summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/aastex/aasclass.dtx
blob: 9dbf142a2c0d6e58f0d735c49115b5eba0ad4a1b (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
10743
10744
10745
10746
10747
10748
10749
10750
10751
10752
10753
10754
10755
10756
10757
10758
10759
10760
10761
10762
10763
10764
10765
10766
10767
10768
10769
10770
10771
10772
10773
10774
10775
10776
10777
10778
10779
10780
10781
10782
10783
10784
10785
10786
10787
10788
10789
10790
10791
10792
10793
10794
10795
10796
10797
10798
10799
10800
10801
10802
10803
10804
10805
10806
10807
10808
10809
10810
10811
10812
10813
10814
10815
10816
10817
10818
10819
10820
10821
10822
10823
10824
10825
10826
10827
10828
10829
10830
10831
10832
10833
10834
10835
10836
10837
10838
10839
10840
10841
10842
10843
10844
10845
10846
10847
10848
10849
10850
10851
10852
10853
10854
10855
10856
10857
10858
10859
10860
10861
10862
10863
10864
10865
10866
10867
10868
10869
10870
10871
10872
10873
10874
10875
10876
10877
10878
10879
10880
10881
10882
10883
10884
10885
10886
10887
10888
10889
10890
10891
10892
10893
10894
10895
10896
10897
10898
10899
10900
10901
10902
10903
10904
10905
10906
10907
10908
10909
10910
10911
10912
10913
10914
10915
10916
10917
10918
10919
10920
10921
10922
10923
10924
10925
10926
10927
10928
10929
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936
10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
10944
10945
10946
10947
10948
10949
10950
10951
10952
10953
10954
10955
10956
10957
10958
10959
10960
10961
10962
10963
10964
10965
10966
10967
10968
10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
10976
10977
10978
10979
10980
10981
10982
10983
10984
10985
10986
10987
10988
10989
10990
10991
10992
10993
10994
10995
10996
10997
10998
10999
11000
11001
11002
11003
11004
11005
11006
11007
11008
11009
11010
11011
11012
11013
11014
11015
11016
11017
11018
11019
11020
11021
11022
11023
11024
11025
11026
11027
11028
11029
11030
11031
11032
11033
11034
11035
11036
11037
11038
11039
11040
11041
11042
11043
11044
11045
11046
11047
11048
11049
11050
11051
11052
11053
11054
11055
11056
11057
11058
11059
11060
11061
11062
11063
11064
11065
11066
11067
11068
11069
11070
11071
11072
11073
11074
11075
11076
11077
11078
11079
11080
11081
11082
11083
11084
11085
11086
11087
11088
11089
11090
11091
11092
11093
11094
11095
11096
11097
11098
11099
11100
11101
11102
11103
11104
11105
11106
11107
11108
11109
11110
11111
11112
11113
11114
11115
11116
11117
11118
11119
11120
11121
11122
11123
11124
11125
11126
11127
11128
11129
11130
11131
11132
11133
11134
11135
11136
11137
11138
11139
11140
11141
11142
11143
11144
11145
11146
11147
11148
11149
11150
11151
11152
11153
11154
11155
11156
11157
11158
11159
11160
11161
11162
11163
11164
11165
11166
11167
11168
11169
11170
11171
11172
11173
11174
11175
11176
11177
11178
11179
11180
11181
11182
11183
11184
11185
11186
11187
11188
11189
11190
11191
11192
11193
11194
11195
11196
11197
11198
11199
11200
11201
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11207
11208
11209
11210
11211
11212
11213
11214
11215
11216
11217
11218
11219
11220
11221
11222
11223
11224
11225
11226
11227
11228
11229
11230
11231
11232
11233
11234
11235
11236
11237
11238
11239
11240
11241
11242
11243
11244
11245
11246
11247
11248
11249
11250
11251
11252
11253
11254
11255
11256
11257
11258
11259
11260
11261
11262
11263
11264
11265
11266
11267
11268
11269
11270
11271
11272
11273
11274
11275
11276
11277
11278
11279
11280
11281
11282
11283
11284
11285
11286
11287
11288
11289
11290
11291
11292
11293
11294
11295
11296
11297
11298
11299
11300
11301
11302
11303
11304
11305
11306
11307
11308
11309
11310
11311
11312
11313
11314
11315
11316
11317
11318
11319
11320
11321
11322
11323
11324
11325
11326
11327
11328
11329
11330
11331
11332
11333
11334
11335
11336
11337
11338
11339
11340
11341
11342
11343
11344
11345
11346
11347
11348
11349
11350
11351
11352
11353
11354
11355
11356
11357
11358
11359
11360
11361
11362
11363
11364
11365
11366
11367
11368
11369
11370
11371
11372
11373
11374
11375
11376
11377
11378
11379
11380
11381
11382
11383
11384
11385
11386
11387
11388
11389
11390
11391
11392
11393
11394
11395
11396
11397
11398
11399
11400
11401
11402
11403
11404
11405
11406
11407
11408
11409
11410
11411
11412
11413
11414
11415
11416
11417
11418
11419
11420
11421
11422
11423
11424
11425
11426
11427
11428
11429
11430
11431
11432
11433
11434
11435
11436
11437
11438
11439
11440
11441
11442
11443
11444
11445
11446
11447
11448
11449
11450
11451
11452
11453
11454
11455
11456
11457
11458
11459
11460
11461
11462
11463
11464
11465
11466
11467
11468
11469
11470
11471
11472
11473
11474
11475
11476
11477
11478
11479
11480
11481
11482
11483
11484
11485
11486
11487
11488
11489
11490
11491
11492
11493
11494
11495
11496
11497
11498
11499
11500
11501
11502
11503
11504
11505
11506
11507
11508
11509
11510
11511
11512
11513
11514
11515
11516
11517
11518
11519
11520
11521
11522
11523
11524
11525
11526
11527
11528
11529
11530
11531
11532
11533
11534
11535
11536
11537
11538
11539
11540
11541
11542
11543
11544
11545
11546
11547
11548
11549
11550
11551
11552
11553
11554
11555
11556
11557
11558
11559
11560
11561
11562
11563
11564
11565
11566
11567
11568
11569
11570
11571
11572
11573
11574
11575
11576
11577
11578
11579
11580
11581
11582
11583
11584
11585
11586
11587
11588
11589
11590
11591
11592
11593
11594
11595
11596
11597
11598
11599
11600
11601
11602
11603
11604
11605
11606
11607
11608
11609
11610
11611
11612
11613
11614
11615
11616
11617
11618
11619
11620
11621
11622
11623
11624
11625
11626
11627
11628
11629
11630
11631
11632
11633
11634
11635
11636
11637
11638
11639
11640
11641
11642
11643
11644
11645
11646
11647
11648
11649
11650
11651
11652
11653
11654
11655
11656
11657
11658
11659
11660
11661
11662
11663
11664
11665
11666
11667
11668
11669
11670
11671
11672
11673
11674
11675
11676
11677
11678
11679
11680
11681
11682
11683
11684
11685
11686
11687
11688
11689
11690
11691
11692
11693
11694
11695
11696
11697
11698
11699
11700
11701
11702
11703
11704
11705
11706
11707
11708
11709
11710
11711
11712
11713
11714
11715
11716
11717
11718
11719
11720
11721
11722
11723
11724
11725
11726
11727
11728
11729
11730
11731
11732
11733
11734
11735
11736
11737
11738
11739
11740
11741
11742
11743
11744
11745
11746
11747
11748
11749
11750
11751
11752
11753
11754
11755
11756
11757
11758
11759
11760
11761
11762
11763
11764
11765
11766
11767
11768
11769
11770
11771
11772
11773
11774
11775
11776
11777
11778
11779
11780
11781
11782
11783
11784
11785
11786
11787
11788
11789
11790
11791
11792
11793
11794
11795
11796
11797
11798
11799
11800
11801
11802
11803
11804
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
11812
11813
11814
11815
11816
11817
11818
11819
11820
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
11830
11831
11832
11833
11834
11835
11836
11837
11838
11839
11840
11841
11842
11843
11844
11845
11846
11847
11848
11849
11850
11851
11852
11853
11854
11855
11856
11857
11858
11859
11860
11861
11862
11863
11864
11865
11866
11867
11868
11869
11870
11871
11872
11873
11874
11875
11876
11877
11878
11879
11880
11881
11882
11883
11884
11885
11886
11887
11888
11889
11890
11891
11892
11893
11894
11895
11896
11897
11898
11899
11900
11901
11902
11903
11904
11905
11906
11907
11908
11909
11910
11911
11912
11913
11914
11915
11916
11917
11918
11919
11920
11921
11922
11923
11924
11925
11926
11927
11928
11929
11930
11931
11932
11933
11934
11935
11936
11937
11938
11939
11940
11941
11942
11943
11944
11945
11946
11947
11948
11949
11950
11951
11952
11953
11954
11955
11956
11957
11958
11959
11960
11961
11962
11963
11964
11965
11966
11967
11968
11969
11970
11971
11972
11973
11974
11975
11976
11977
11978
11979
11980
11981
11982
11983
11984
11985
11986
11987
11988
11989
11990
11991
11992
11993
11994
11995
11996
11997
11998
11999
12000
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12195
12196
12197
12198
12199
12200
12201
12202
12203
12204
12205
12206
12207
12208
12209
12210
12211
12212
12213
12214
12215
12216
12217
12218
12219
12220
12221
12222
12223
12224
12225
12226
12227
12228
12229
12230
12231
12232
12233
12234
12235
12236
12237
12238
12239
12240
12241
12242
12243
12244
12245
12246
12247
12248
12249
12250
12251
12252
12253
12254
12255
12256
12257
12258
12259
12260
12261
12262
12263
12264
12265
12266
12267
12268
12269
12270
12271
12272
12273
12274
12275
12276
12277
12278
12279
12280
12281
12282
12283
12284
12285
12286
12287
12288
12289
12290
12291
12292
12293
12294
12295
12296
12297
12298
12299
12300
12301
12302
12303
12304
12305
12306
12307
12308
12309
12310
12311
12312
12313
12314
12315
12316
12317
12318
12319
12320
12321
12322
12323
12324
12325
12326
12327
12328
12329
12330
12331
12332
12333
12334
12335
12336
12337
12338
12339
12340
12341
12342
12343
12344
12345
12346
12347
12348
12349
12350
12351
12352
12353
12354
12355
12356
12357
12358
12359
12360
12361
12362
12363
12364
12365
12366
12367
12368
12369
12370
12371
12372
12373
12374
12375
12376
12377
12378
12379
12380
12381
12382
12383
12384
12385
12386
12387
12388
12389
12390
12391
12392
12393
12394
12395
12396
12397
12398
12399
12400
12401
12402
12403
12404
12405
12406
12407
12408
12409
12410
12411
12412
12413
12414
12415
12416
12417
12418
12419
12420
12421
12422
12423
12424
12425
12426
12427
12428
12429
12430
12431
12432
12433
12434
12435
12436
12437
12438
12439
12440
12441
12442
12443
12444
12445
12446
12447
12448
12449
12450
12451
12452
12453
12454
12455
12456
12457
12458
12459
12460
12461
12462
12463
12464
12465
12466
12467
12468
12469
12470
12471
12472
12473
12474
12475
12476
12477
12478
12479
12480
12481
12482
12483
12484
12485
12486
12487
12488
12489
12490
12491
12492
12493
12494
12495
12496
12497
12498
12499
12500
12501
12502
12503
12504
12505
12506
12507
12508
12509
12510
12511
12512
12513
12514
12515
12516
12517
12518
12519
12520
12521
12522
12523
12524
12525
12526
12527
12528
12529
12530
12531
12532
12533
12534
12535
12536
12537
12538
12539
12540
12541
12542
12543
12544
12545
12546
12547
12548
12549
12550
12551
12552
12553
12554
12555
12556
12557
12558
12559
12560
12561
12562
12563
12564
12565
12566
12567
12568
12569
12570
12571
12572
12573
12574
12575
12576
12577
12578
12579
12580
12581
12582
12583
12584
12585
12586
12587
12588
12589
12590
12591
12592
12593
12594
12595
12596
12597
12598
12599
12600
12601
12602
12603
12604
12605
12606
12607
12608
12609
12610
12611
12612
12613
12614
12615
12616
12617
12618
12619
12620
12621
12622
12623
12624
12625
12626
12627
12628
12629
12630
12631
12632
12633
12634
12635
12636
12637
12638
12639
12640
12641
12642
12643
12644
12645
12646
12647
12648
12649
12650
12651
12652
12653
12654
12655
12656
12657
12658
12659
12660
12661
12662
12663
12664
12665
12666
12667
12668
12669
12670
12671
12672
12673
12674
12675
12676
12677
12678
12679
12680
12681
12682
12683
12684
12685
12686
12687
12688
12689
12690
12691
12692
12693
12694
12695
12696
12697
12698
12699
12700
12701
12702
12703
12704
12705
12706
12707
12708
12709
12710
12711
12712
12713
12714
12715
12716
12717
12718
12719
12720
12721
12722
12723
12724
12725
12726
12727
12728
12729
12730
12731
12732
12733
12734
12735
12736
12737
12738
12739
12740
12741
12742
12743
12744
12745
12746
12747
12748
12749
12750
12751
12752
12753
12754
12755
12756
12757
12758
12759
12760
12761
12762
12763
12764
12765
12766
12767
12768
12769
12770
12771
12772
12773
12774
12775
12776
12777
12778
12779
12780
12781
12782
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
% AASTeX.dtx: document class for AAS journal.
% Copyright(C) 2003 American Astronomical Society.
%
% Disclaimer:
%   This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
%   without even the implied warranty of
%   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
%
% ReadMe:
%   For the documentation and more detailed instructions for 
%   installation, typeset this document with \LaTeX.
%   
% \fi
% \CheckSum{5961}
%% \CharacterTable
%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}%
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
%%%  @LaTeX-file{
%%%     filename        = "aastex.dtx",
%%%     version         = "5.2",
%%%     date            = "2005/06/22",
%%%     time            = "16:23:00 GMT",
%%%     checksum        = "5964",
%%%     author          = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:ogawa@teleport.com)",
%%%     revised by      = "SR Nova Private Ltd."
%%%     copyright       = "Copyright (C) 2003 American Astronomical Society
%%%
%%%                        This work may be distributed and/or modified under the 
%%%                        conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
%%%                        of this license or (at your option) any later version.
%%%                        The latest version of this license is in
%%%                        http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%%%                        and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
%%%                        version 2003/12/01 or later.
%%%
%%%                        This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
%%% 
%%%                        The Current Maintainer of this work is the American Astronomical Society.
%%%
%%%                        This work consists of all files listed in the document README. 
%%%
%%%     address         = "American Astronomical Society
%%%                        USA",
%%%     telephone       = "+1 ???",
%%%     FAX             = "",
%%%     email           = "aastex-help@aas.org",
%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
%%%     keywords        = "latex, AAS, journal",
%%%     supported       = "yes",
%%%     abstract        = "formatter for AAS journal submissions",
%%%     docstring       = "The checksum field above generated by ltxdoc",
%%%  }
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
% The following references the \file{Read.Me} file,
% which contains basic information about this document class.
% The contents of this file are generated when 
% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
% Search on "{filecontents*}{Read.Me}" to locate it.
% \fi\input{Read.Me}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
% Following is a list of the files in this distribution arranged
% according to provenance.
%
% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
% One single file generates all macro files and documentation.
% \begin{verbatim}
%aasclass.dtx
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{latex aasclass.dtx}}%
% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\ 
% generates the readme, the installer, and a configuration file for 
% this run.
% \begin{verbatim}
%Read.Me         aasclass.ins     ltxdoc.cfg
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex aasclass.ins}}%
% Typesetting the installer generates
% the class file, style file, user guide, and sample documents,
% \begin{verbatim}
%aastex.cls    aastex.sty      aasclass.tex  aasguide.tex
%sample.tex   table.tex
%
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Documentation}%
% The following are the online documentation:
% \begin{verbatim}
%aasclass.dvi   aasguide.dvi
%sample.dvi   table.dvi
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Auxiliary}%
% The following are auxiliary files generated 
% in the course of running \LaTeX:
% \begin{verbatim}
%aasclass.aux    aasclass.toc    
%aasclass.idx    aasclass.ilg    aasclass.ind
%aasguide.aux    aasguide.toc
%aasguide.idx    aasguide.ilg    aasguide.ind
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Font files}%
% In support of the |astro| font, certain files are provided.
%
% For those running Metafont, the primary source for the |astro| font is
% at |CTAN://tex-archive/fonts/astro| and consists of:
% \begin{verbatim}
%astrosym.doc
%astrosym.mf
%astrosym.uni
%astrosym.mac
%astrosym.com
%astrosym.tex
% \end{verbatim}
% with the first-mentioned file representing the documentation.
%
% Metrics for the font are provided as:
% \begin{verbatim}
%astrosym.tfm
%astrosym.pl
% \end{verbatim}
%
% For those with PostScript-capable previewers and printers,
% we provide the font in an ATM-compatible PostScript Type~1 format.
%
% For MacOS with ATM, 
% \begin{verbatim}
%Astrosym.sit.bin
%  metrics
%    astrosym metrics % For Textures
%  font
%    Astro
%    Astrosym.bmap
% \end{verbatim}
%
% For MacOS with ATM,
% \begin{verbatim}
%ASTROSYM.72
%ASTROSYM.FON
%ASTROSYM.INF
%ASTROSYM.PFB
%ASTROSYM.PFM
% \end{verbatim}
%
% For UNIX,
% \begin{verbatim}
%72.Astrosym
%Astrosym.afm
%Astrosym.pfa
% \end{verbatim}
%
%
% \section{The {\sc docstrip} modules}
%
% \subsection{Code common to all modules}%
% The following may look a bit klootchy, but we
% want to require only one place in this file
% where the version number is stated,
% and we also want to ensure that the version
% number is embedded into every generated file.
%
% Here is some code for the document style,
% which can be run under both \LaTeX2.09 or 
% \LaTeXe.
% If the latter, we terminate reading of the 
% style file and 
% simply load the document class instead.
% If the former, we provide dummy
% definitions for the \LaTeXe\ commands
% appearing in the style file.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<style>\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined
%<style> \def\next{}%
%<style>\else
%<style> \def\next{%
%<style>  \endinput
%<style>  \@obsoletefile{aastex.cls}{aastex.sty}\LoadClass{aastex}%
%<style> }%
%<style>\fi\next
%<style>\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{\message{File: #1 #2}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% To start with, we declare that
% this file can only be used with \LaTeXe.
% An appropriate message is displayed if 
% a different \TeX{} format is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc|class|guide|sample|table>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]%
%</doc|class|guide|sample|table>
%    \end{macrocode}
% As desired, the following modules all
% take common version information:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<class>\ProvidesClass{aastex}%
%<style>\ProvidesFile{aastex.sty}%
%<guide>\ProvidesFile{aasguide.tex}%
%<symbols>\ProvidesFile{aassymbols.tex}%
%<sample>\ProvidesFile{sample.tex}%
%<table>\ProvidesFile{table1.tex}%
%<*doc>
\expandafter\ProvidesFile\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
%</doc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Version and Date}%
%
% The following line contains, for once and for all,
% the version and date information.
% By various means, this information is reproduced
% consistently in all generated files and in the 
% typeset documentation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 [2005/06/22 5.2/AAS markup document class]%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The driver module \texttt{doc}}
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{doc} module itself,
% we can simply typeset the |.dtx| file directly,
% and there is thus rarely any need to
% generate the ``doc'' {\sc docstrip} module.
% Module delimiters are nonetheless required so that
% this code does not find its way into the other modules.
% 
% The |\end{document}| command concludes the typesetting run.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The ltxdoc configuration file}
%
% This {\sc docstrip} module generates a local file \file{ltxdoc.cfg},
% which contains customizing commands for
% when the programmer documentation \file{aasclass.dtx} is typeset.
%
% In particular, we request the production of an index of macros.
%
% For more information on such proccessing options, 
% see the standard \LaTeX\ file \file{ltxdoc.dtx}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{filecontents}{ltxdoc.cfg}
% ltxdoc.cfg - local copy for aasclass directory
\AtBeginDocument{\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs}
\AtEndDocument{\PrintIndex}
\end{filecontents}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The Document Class Statement}
% The programmers documentation is formatted 
% with the |ltxdoc| class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\documentclass[draft]{ltxdoc}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Indexing directives}
%    We don't want everything to appear in the index
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DoNotIndex{\',\.,\@M,\@@input,\@Alph,\@alph,\@addtoreset,\@arabic}
\DoNotIndex{\@badmath,\@centercr,\@cite}
\DoNotIndex{\@dotsep,\@empty,\@float,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@ignoretrue}
\DoNotIndex{\@input,\@ixpt,\@m,\@minus,\@mkboth}
\DoNotIndex{\@ne,\@nil,\@nomath,\@plus,\roman,\@set@topoint}
\DoNotIndex{\@tempboxa,\@tempcnta,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb}
\DoNotIndex{\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue,\@viipt,\@viiipt,\@vipt}
\DoNotIndex{\@vpt,\@warning,\@xiipt,\@xipt,\@xivpt,\@xpt,\@xviipt}
\DoNotIndex{\@xxpt,\@xxvpt,\\,\ ,\addpenalty,\addtolength,\addvspace}
\DoNotIndex{\advance,\ast,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\bgroup,\box}
\DoNotIndex{\bullet}
\DoNotIndex{\cdot,\cite,\CodelineIndex,\cr,\day,\DeclareOption}
\DoNotIndex{\def,\DisableCrossrefs,\divide,\DocInput,\documentclass}
\DoNotIndex{\DoNotIndex,\egroup,\ifdim,\else,\fi,\em,\endtrivlist}
\DoNotIndex{\EnableCrossrefs,\end,\end@dblfloat,\end@float,\endgroup}
\DoNotIndex{\endlist,\everycr,\everypar,\ExecuteOptions,\expandafter}
\DoNotIndex{\fbox}
\DoNotIndex{\filedate,\filename,\fileversion,\fontsize,\framebox,\gdef}
\DoNotIndex{\global,\halign,\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hfill,\hrule}
\DoNotIndex{\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss,\if@tempswa,\ifcase,\or,\fi,\fi}
\DoNotIndex{\ifhmode,\ifvmode,\ifnum,\iftrue,\ifx,\fi,\fi,\fi,\fi,\fi}
\DoNotIndex{\input}
\DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\let,\leftmark}
\DoNotIndex{\list,\llap,\long,\m@ne,\m@th,\mark,\markboth,\markright}
\DoNotIndex{\month,\newcommand,\newcounter,\newenvironment}
\DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\newdimen}
\DoNotIndex{\newlength,\newpage,\nobreak,\noindent,\null,\number}
\DoNotIndex{\numberline,\OldMakeindex,\OnlyDescription,\p@}
\DoNotIndex{\pagestyle,\par,\paragraph,\paragraphmark,\parfillskip}
\DoNotIndex{\penalty,\PrintChanges,\PrintIndex,\ProcessOptions}
\DoNotIndex{\protect,\ProvidesClass,\raggedbottom,\raggedright}
\DoNotIndex{\refstepcounter,\relax,\renewcommand}
\DoNotIndex{\rightmargin,\rightmark,\rightskip,\rlap,\rmfamily}
\DoNotIndex{\secdef,\selectfont,\setbox,\setcounter,\setlength}
\DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\sfcode,\skip,\sloppy,\slshape,\space}
\DoNotIndex{\symbol,\the,\trivlist,\typeout,\tw@,\undefined,\uppercase}
\DoNotIndex{\usecounter,\usefont,\usepackage,\vfil,\vfill,\viiipt}
\DoNotIndex{\viipt,\vipt,\vskip,\vspace}
\DoNotIndex{\wd,\xiipt,\year,\z@}
\DoNotIndex{\next}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We \emph{do} want an index, using linenumbers
%    \begin{macrocode}
\EnableCrossrefs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Docstrip and info directives}
%    We use so many {\sc docstrip} modules that we set the
%    \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} counter to 1.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The following command retrieves the date and version information
%    from this file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Direct \file{ltxdoc} to produce an index and cross references.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Macros}
%    Some commonly used abbreviations
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\Lopt}[1]{\textsf {#1}}%
%\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt {#1}}%
\newcommand*{\Lcount}[1]{\textsl {\small#1}}%
\newcommand*{\pstyle}[1]{\textsl {#1}}%
\newcommand\aastex{AAS\TeX}%
\setlength\arraycolsep{0pt}%
\let\oarg\undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
% Modify |theindex| environment so that it produces a TOC entry
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
\renewenvironment{theindex}
               {\if@twocolumn
                  \@restonecolfalse
                \else
                  \@restonecoltrue
                \fi
                \columnseprule \z@
                \columnsep 35\p@
                \twocolumn[\section{\indexname}]%
%               \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\indexname}%
%                       {\MakeUppercase\indexname}%
                \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
                \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
                \let\item\@idxitem}
               {\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
% Look out! We are about to reach deep.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
%    \end{macrocode}
% We paste in a bit of very useful code extracted from 
% \file{ltxguide.cls}, by Alan Jeffrey.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 % This code stolen from ltxguide.cls:
% Some hacks with verbatim... NB: this would be better done with the
% verbatim package, but this document has to run on any LaTeX
% installation.
 
\let\o@verbatim\verbatim
\def\verbatim{%
  \ifhmode\unskip\par\fi
% \nopagebreak              % Overridden by list penalty
  \ifx\@currsize\normalsize
     \small
  \fi
  \o@verbatim
}
 
% Here we extend the font-setting command to include making <> active
% (ie adjusting the input encoding).
\renewcommand \verbatim@font {%
  \normalfont \ttfamily
  \catcode`\<=\active
  \catcode`\>=\active
}
 
% Make |...| a synonym for \verb|...|.
\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
\MakeShortVerb{\|}

 
% Make active <...> produce italics surrounded by angle brackets
% (used in verbatim and \verb).
% << produces a less-than, and >> produces a greater-than.
 
\begingroup
  \catcode`\<=\active
  \catcode`\>=\active
  \gdef<{\@ifnextchar<\@lt\@meta}
  \gdef>{\@ifnextchar>\@gt\@gtr@err}
  \gdef\@meta#1>{\m{#1}}
  \gdef\@lt<{\char`\<}
  \gdef\@gt>{\char`\>}
\endgroup
\def\@gtr@err{%
   \ClassError{ltxguide}{%
      Isolated \protect>%
   }{%
      In this document class, \protect<...\protect>
      is used to indicate a parameter.\MessageBreak
      I've just found a \protect> on its own.
      Perhaps you meant to type \protect>\protect>?
   }%
}
\def\verbatim@nolig@list{\do\`\do\,\do\'\do\-}

% Various forms of argument:
 
\newcommand{\m}[1]{\mbox{$\langle$\it #1\/$\rangle$}}
\renewcommand{\arg}[1]{{\tt\string{}\m{#1}{\tt\string}}}
\newcommand{\oarg}[1]{{\tt[%]
}\m{#1}{\tt%[
]}}
\def\cmd#1{\cs{\expandafter\cmd@to@cs\string#1}}
\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}
\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}}
\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}%
 % end of code stolen from ltxguide.cls. Thanks, Alan.
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Define sectioning command below |\subsubsection|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\subsubsubsection{%
 \@startsection{subsubsection}{4}%
  {\z@}{-15\p@\@plus-5\p@\@minus-2\p@}%
  {5\p@}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Coax the version number into |filecontents|-generated files.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\endfilecontents{%
 \immediate\write\reserved@c{%
  \string\iffalse\space ltxdoc klootch^^J%
  This file has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.%
  \string\fi
 }%
 \immediate\closeout\reserved@c
 \def\T##1##2##3{%
  \ifx##1\@undefined\else
    \@latex@warning@no@line{##2 has been converted to Blank ##3e}%
  \fi
 }%
 \T\L{Form Feed}{Lin}%
 \T\I{Tab}{Spac}%
 \immediate\write\@unused{}%
}%
\expandafter\let\csname endfilecontents*\endcsname\endfilecontents
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% OK, an end to the hacking!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{The installer file}
%
% The installer \file{aasclass.ins} appears here.
% If you have retrieved the standard distribution of this class,
% the installer file is already on your filesystem.
% If you are bootstrapping,
% the first typesetting of the \file{.dtx} file
% will cause the installer to be generated.
%
% The following modules are used to direct
% {\sc docstrip} in generating the external files:
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabular}{lll}
%   \textbf{Module}&\textbf{File}&\textbf{Description}\\
%   class    &\file{aastex.cls}  &document class\\
%   style    &\file{aastex.sty}  &document style\\
%   doc      &\file{aasclass.tex}&driver for programmer's documantation\\
%   guide    &\file{aasguide.tex}&user guide\\
%   symbols  &\file{aassymbols.tex}&AAS and AMS symbols crib sheet\\
%   sample  &\file{sample.tex} &sample\\
%   table &\file{table.tex}&complex table\\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{filecontents}{aasclass.ins}
%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
%% from aasclass.dtx when run through LaTeX or TeX.
\input docstrip
\preamble

This is a generated file;
altering it directly is inadvisable;
instead, modify the original source file.
%See the URL in the file Read.Me.

Copyright notice.

   These files are distributed
   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

\endpreamble
\keepsilent
\generate{%
 \file{aastex.cls}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{class}}%
 \file{aastex.sty}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{style}}%
 \file{aasclass.tex}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{doc}}%
 \file{aasguide.tex}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{guide}}%
 \file{aassymbols.tex}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{symbols}}%
 \file{sample.tex}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{sample}}%
 \file{table.tex}{\from{aasclass.dtx}{table}}%
}%
\ifToplevel{
\Msg{***********************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation, please move the following}
\Msg{* files into a directory searched by TeX:}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* \space\space aastex.cls}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the user documentation,
       run aasguide.tex through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the AAS and AMS symbols crib sheet,
       run aassymbols.tex through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To typeset the aastex sample document,
       run sample.tex and table.tex 
       through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the programmer documentation,
       run aasclass.dtx through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
\Msg{***********************************************************}
}
\endbatchfile
\end{filecontents}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Note that, because all of the files generated by the installer
% are part of the standard distribution, it will
% be necessary to run the installer only when bootstrapping
% (or, of course, during development).
% Note, too, that it is rare to generate the |doc|
% module because it suffices to simply typeset the |.dtx| file itself.
%
% \subsubsection{The \file{Read.Me} File}
% As promised above, here is the contents of the 
% readme file. That file serves a double purpose,
% since it also constitutes the beginining of the
% programmer's documentation. What better thing, after 
% all, to have appear at the beginning of the 
% typeset documentation?
%
% A good discussion of how to write a ReadMe file can be found in
% Engst, Tonya, ``Writing a ReadMe File? Read This''
% \emph{MacTech} October 1998, p. 58.
%
% Note the appearance of the 
% |\StopEventually| command, which marks the 
% dividing line between the user documentation
% and the programmer documentation.
% The former simply summarize the installation
% instructions and refers the reader to 
% the user guide \file{awljavgd}.
%
% The usual user will not be asked to 
% do a full build, not to speak
% of the bootstrap. 
% Instructions for carrying these processes
% begin the programmer's manual.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{filecontents*}{Read.Me}
\title{%
 The \aastex\ Document Class For \LaTeXe\\
 Programmer's Manual%
 \thanks{%
  This file has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.%
  % For version number and date, search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
  % or see the end of the Read.Me file.
 }%
}%

\author{%
Chris Biemesderfer (\texttt{mailto:chris@seagoat.com}), v4\\
Arthur Ogawa (\texttt{mailto:ogawa@teleport.com}), v\fileversion\\
Copyright (C) 1998 AAS
}%
\maketitle

\aastex\ provides a markup system and formatter for authoring 
papers to be submitted electronically to a number of
astonomy journals.
This file embodies the document class,
the implementation, and the user documentation.

The distribution point for \aastex\ is
\file{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs/aastex50.zip}, which contains
fully unpacked, prebuilt runtime files and documentation.

To use this document class, you must have a working
\TeX\ installation equipped with \LaTeXe.
Certain features of \aastex\ (such as landscape tables)
require a PostScript printer.

To install, retrieve the distribution,
unpack it into a directory on the target computer, 
and move the file \file{aastex.cls}
into a location in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX.

If you will be using the |astro| font in your \aastex\ documents,
put the file \file{Astrosym.tfm} where \TeX\ can find it
(Textures users will put \file{Astrosym metrics} into their \file{TeX fonts} folder).
Now either install the (ATM-compatible) PostScript Type~1 fonts
appropriate to your operating system and \TeX\ implementation,
or install the MetaFont source (both provided with \aastex).
In any case, you are responsible for properly installing the 
|astro| font on your system.

Then print out the user guide \file{aasguide.dvi} and 
the two sample documents, \file{sample.dvi} and \file{table.dvi}. 
If need be, print the programmer's manual \file{aasclass.dvi}.

\StopEventually{}\tableofcontents

\section{Processing Instructions}

The document class \file{aastex.cls} (plus other macro files),
the user documentation \file{aasguide.tex},
and the sample documents
are generated from this file, \file{aasclass.dtx},
via the {\sc docstrip} facility of \LaTeX.
The documentation that you are now reading is generated from
the same file by simply typesetting it with \LaTeX.

\subsection{Build Instructions for V5.0}

You may bootstrap \aastex\ solely from \file{aasclass.dtx}.
Prepare by installing \LaTeXe\ on your computer,
then carry out the following steps:
\begin{enumerate}

\item
Within an otherwise empty directory,
typeset \file{aasclass.dtx} with \LaTeX;
you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
along with the installer \file{aasclass.ins} and the file \file{Read.Me}.

Note that you will have to run MakeIndex (using the \LaTeX\ standard
\file{gind.ist}) and retypeset with \LaTeX\ as appropriate.

\item
Now typeset \file{aasclass.ins}, thereby generating
macro files \file{aastex.cls}, and \file{aastex.sty}, user documentation \file{aasguide.tex}, \file{aassymbols.tex}, 
the sample file \file{sample.tex} and the sample table
\file{table.tex}.

\item
Install \file{aastex.cls} and \file{aastex.sty}:
move them to a location
in your file system where they will be found by \LaTeX.

\item
Typeset \file{aasguide.tex} to obtain the user documentation
(you will have to run MakeIndex and retypeset as needed),

\item
Typeset the sample file \file{sample.tex}.
\end{enumerate}

For your reference,
there are six \TeX\ log files appended to this file
(locate them by searching on |preloaded format=|).
They result respectively from typesetting
\file{aasclass.dtx}, \file{aasclass.ins}, \file{aasguide.tex},
\file{aassymbols.tex}, 
\file{sample.tex}, \file{table.tex}.

\subsection{Build Instructions for V4.1}

When you bootstrap V5.0, you automatically create the files rquired for the 
V4.1 distribution, which consists of a number of the documents for V4.0
along with style files to patch it, plus revised sample documents.
The user guide for V5.0 is also the guide for 4.1; relevant differences
appear in an appendix.

The files for version~4.1 are located in a separate part of the distribution tree,
a directory called \file{./V4.1/}.

To build, simply copy the file
\file{aastex.sty} into the 4.1 directory.
Then copy
the sample files \file{sample.tex}, \file{sample2.tex}, and \file{samptbls.tex},
and the sample tables
\file{table1.tex}, \file{table2.tex}, \file{table3.tex}, and \file{complext.tex}
into the same directory.
Finally, copy 
\file{aasguide.dvi} and \file{aasguide.ps} into the same directory.

\end{filecontents*}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{The Body of the Programmers Documentation}
% Here is the document body, containing only a
% |\DocInput| directive---referring to this very file.
% This very cute self-reference is a common |ltxdoc| idiom.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{document}%
\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}%
\PrintIndex
% ^^A\PrintChanges
\end{document}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% End of the |doc| module:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</doc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% \section{Common to Document Style and Class}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\substitute@option}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\substitute@option#1#2{%
 \ClassWarning{aastex}{%
  Substyle #1 is deprecated in aastex.
  Using #2 instead (please fix your document).
 }\@nameuse{ds@#2}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Document Style Module}%
%
% The document style is provided for compatibility sake.
% If the user's document has
% \begin{verbatim}
%\documentstyle[<options>]{aastex}%
% \end{verbatim}
% and it is run under \LaTeXe, then this style file will be called,
% but the document class will be loaded instead.
% A warning message is given admonishing the user to switch to
% using |\documentclass|.
%
% If the same document is run under \LaTeX 2.09, \aastex\ will run 
% version 4.1 (which is an updated version~4.0).
%
% Here begins the style file:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Document Style Options}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\ClassWarning}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ClassWarning#1#2{\@warning{Style #1: #2}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{ds@manuscript}
% \begin{macro}{ds@preprint}
% \begin{macro}{ds@preprint2}
% The substyle options are defined here.
% As in the document class, exactly one substyle will be in effect;
% the default being the |manuscript| substyle.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ds@manuscript{\def\aastex@substyle{aasms4}}%
\def\aastex@substyle{aasms4}%
\def\ds@preprint{\def\aastex@substyle{aaspp4}}%
\@namedef{ds@preprint2}{\def\aastex@substyle{aas2pp4}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% 
% \begin{macro}{ds@aasms4}
% \begin{macro}{ds@aaspp4}
% \begin{macro}{ds@aas2pp4}
% \begin{macro}{ds@ajpt4}
% \begin{macro}{ds@apjpt4}
% For backward compatibility, we declare options corresponding to V4.0
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@namedef{ds@aasms4}{\substitute@option{aasms4}{manuscript}}%
\@namedef{ds@aaspp4}{\substitute@option{aaspp4}{preprint}}%
\@namedef{ds@aas2pp4}{\substitute@option{aas2pp4}{preprint2}}%
\@namedef{ds@aj_pt4}{\substitute@option{aj_pt4}{preprint}}%
\@namedef{ds@apjpt4}{\substitute@option{apjpt4}{preprint}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% 
% \begin{macro}{ds@eqsecnum}
% \begin{macro}{ds@tighten}
% \begin{macro}{ds@flushrt}
% The remaining document style options are defined here.
% They have the same significance as those of the 
% document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ds@eqsecnum{\AtEndOfClass{\eqsecnum}}%
\def\ds@tighten{\AtEndOfClass{\tightenlines}}%
\def\ds@flushrt{%
 \AtEndOfClass{%
  \@rightskip=\z@\rightskip\@rightskip % Flush right
  \pretolerance=100\relax              % Enable hyphenation
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% 
% \subsection{\LaTeXe\ Equipment Needed}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@testopt}
% The following is snitched from \LaTeX2e.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@testopt#1#2{%
  \@ifnextchar[{#1}{#1[#2]}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% The remaining definitions merely provide for
% a bare emulation of \LaTeXe.
%
% \begin{macro}{\AtEndOfClass}
% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\appdef#1#2{%
 \toks@\expandafter{#1}\toks\@ne{#2}\edef#1{\the\toks@\the\toks\@ne}%
}%
\def\AtEndOfClass{\appdef\@styleh@@k}%
\def\@styleh@@k{}%
\def\AtBeginDocument{\appdef\@begindocumenthook}%
\def\@begindocumenthook{}%
\appdef\document{\@begindocumenthook}%
\def\@latex@warning{\@warning}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Some low-level macros.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\protected@edef{\edef}%
\def\@finalstrut#1{\strut}%
\let\color@begingroup\begingroup
\let\color@endgroup\endgroup
\def\G@refundefinedtrue{}%
\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Font-oriented macros.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\rmfamily{\rm}%
\def\itshape{\it}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Base Document Style and Packages}%
%
% Read in the base document style, the \LaTeX\ standard
% article style.
% It will execute the document style options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@input article.sty\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% Add in the |natbib| package for \LaTeX2.09
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@input natbib209.sty\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% Most of the remainder of the document style 
% is drawn from the code going into \file{aastex.cls}.
% 
% We first read in the kernel modifications,
% then read in the selected V4.0 substyle,
% insert our V4.1 overrides,
% then act on the document style options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \section{Document Class Module}
% The document class module comprises this and the next
% five sections.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
\ClassInfo{aastex}{%
 Original \protect\LaTeX2.09 style 
 by Chris Biemesderfer (chris@seagoat.com).
 Adapted to \protect\LaTeXe\space
 by A. Ogawa (ogawa@teleport.com)%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Type Size}
% \begin{macro}{\aas@ptsize}
% The macro |\aas@ptsize| works very much like 
% the |\@ptsize| macro of \file{classes.dtx},
% but in this class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\iflong@abstract
\global\long@abstractfalse
\DeclareOption{10pt}{\newcommand\aas@ptsize{0}}%
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\newcommand\aas@ptsize{1}}%
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\newcommand\aas@ptsize{2}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Landscape Orientation}
%    The option \Lopt{landscape} is disabled in this document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{landscape}{\OptionNotUsed}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Equations Numbered by Section}
%
%    The option \Lopt{eqsecnum} invokes |\eqsecnum|, q.v.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{eqsecnum}{\AtEndOfClass{\eqsecnum}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Longabstract}
%    The option \Lopt{longabstract} cause the long abstract text to break into 
% next page within preprint2. Using this option has no effect with other styles.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{longabstract}{\global\long@abstracttrue}
% use when abstract exceed title page
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Set Text Justified Rather Than Ragged Right}
%
%    The option \Lopt{flushrt} causes the text to set 
% justified, hyphenated rather than ragged right, nohyphens
% as is normal in the |manuscript| substyle.
%
% Asserting this option presently has no effect in
% the other substyles because they make no changes 
% to the justification. If this situation changes,
% be careful to supply the appropriate hook as needed.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{flushrt}{\let\opt@just\just@just}%
\let\opt@just\@empty
\def\just@just{%
 \@rightskip\z@skip
 \rightskip\@rightskip
 \pretolerance=100\relax
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Use Tight Leading Rather Than Doublespace}
%
%    The option \Lopt{tighten} causes the text to set 
% with tight leading rather than double spacing
% as is normal in the |manuscript| substyle.
%
% Asserting this option presently has no effect in
% the other substyles because they make no changes 
% to the justification. If this situation changes,
% be careful to supply the appropriate hook as needed.
%
% Not! In the manuscript substyle, leading is doubled and
% the |\tightenlines| command is effectively disabled.
% So, what gives?
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{tighten}{\def\opt@tighten{\tightenlines}}%
\let\opt@tighten\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}

% \subsection{Summary}%
% The following are local options to this document class.
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
% |eqsecnum|&equations numbered by section\\
% |flushrt|&set text justified\\
% |tighten|&use tight leading\\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
%
% \subsection{Substyle Options}%
% An \aastex\ document must have exactly one class option selected from 
% the following list; the default is |manuscript|.
% This option determines the substyle, signifying the 
% basic formatting choice for the document.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
% \bfseries Class Option&\bfseries Purpose\\
% |manuscript|&Manuscript (the default)\\
% |preprint|&Preprint\\
% |preprint2|&Preprint in two columns
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
% Note that in the case of |preprint2|, we immediately signal
% the base document class that the two-column grid will be used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{manuscript}{\def\aas@substyle{manuscript}\long@abstractfalse}
\DeclareOption{preprint}{\def\aas@substyle{preprint}\long@abstractfalse}
\DeclareOption{preprint2}{\def\aas@substyle{preprint2}\@twocolumntrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% For backward compatibility, we declare options corresponding to V4.0
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{aasms4}{\substitute@option{aasms4}{manuscript}}%
\DeclareOption{aaspp4}{\substitute@option{aaspp4}{preprint}}%
\DeclareOption{aas2pp4}{\substitute@option{aas2pp4}{preprint2}}%
\DeclareOption{aj_pt4}{\substitute@option{aj_pt4}{preprint}}%
\DeclareOption{apjpt4}{\substitute@option{apjpt4}{preprint}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\aas@substyle}
% At the end of package processing, we invoke the selected 
% substyle.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\aas@substyle{manuscript}%
\AtEndOfPackage{%
 \@nameuse{aas@\aas@substyle}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Font Complement}
% \begin{macro}{astro}
% Invoking the |astro| class option causes the 
% astro font to be loaded at the appropriate size.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{astro}{\AtBeginDocument{\load@astro}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Default Option}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Executing Options}
%
%    Here we execute the default options to initialize certain
%    variables. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,oneside,onecolumn,final}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    The |\ProcessOptions| command causes the execution of the code
%    for every option \Lopt{FOO}
%    which is declared and for which the user typed
%    the \Lopt{FOO} option in his
%    |\documentclass| command.  For every option \Lopt{BAR} he typed,
%    which is not declared, the option is assumed to be a global option.
%    All options will be passed as document options to any
%    |\usepackage| command in the document preamble.
%
% Note that |\ProcessOptions| is followed by |\relax| in order to 
% signal conclusively that the *-form has not been used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptions\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{aas@size@manuscript}
% \begin{macro}{aas@size@preprint}
% \begin{macro}{aas@size@preprint2}
% Now that local options have been processed, we know what substyle to use.
% We execute a procedure to pass the proper type size option to 
% the base class.
% Note that the macro |\aas@ptsize| acquires a value as a side effect of this 
% processing.
%
% As should be evident, the manuscript substyle mandates 12point, the default 
% size for preprint is 11 point, and that for two-column preprint is 10 point.
%
% Implementation note: here we must use \LaTeXe's cumbersome methods because we
% have not yet defined the Boolean control macros.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@namedef{aas@size@manuscript}{%
 \def\aas@ptsize{2}%
 \pass@aassize
}%
\@namedef{aas@size@preprint}{%
 \ifx\undefined\aas@ptsize\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
 {\def\aas@ptsize{1}}{}%
 \pass@aassize
}%
\@namedef{aas@size@preprint2}{%
 \ifx\undefined\aas@ptsize\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
 {\def\aas@ptsize{0}}{}%
 \pass@aassize
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pass@aassize}
% The procedure |\pass@aassize| is the bottleproc for passing the size option
% down to the base class, which is taken to be the |article| class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pass@aassize{%
 \expandafter\PassOptionsToClass\expandafter{\expandafter1\aas@ptsize pt}{article}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Now exercise the selected substyle option.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@nameuse{aas@size@\aas@substyle}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% \section{Loading the Base Document Class and Packages}
%\aastex\ is a variant of the standard \LaTeX\ article class:
% |CTAN://macros/latex/unpacked|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\LoadClass{article}[1995/12/01]%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% We always load the standard \LaTeX\ symbol package:
% |CTAN://macros/latex/base|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{latexsym}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% We always load the standard \LaTeX\ extended graphics package:
% |CTAN://macros/latex/packages/graphics|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{graphicx}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The AMS |amssym| package provides access to symbols in the AMS fonts:
% |CTAN://macros/latex/packages/amslatex|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{amssymb}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The contributed \LaTeX\ |natbib| package:
% |CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{natbib}%
\newcommand{\bibstyle@aas}{\bibpunct{(}{)}{;}{a}{}{,}}
\@citestyle{aas}
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The standard \LaTeX\ verbatim package may not be really necessary, but
% this code may serve as a model for loading other classes:
% |CTAN://macros/latex/packages/tools|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{verbatim}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here ends the code for the document class.
% The next section provides code that is common to 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \section{Extensions to the \LaTeX\ Kernel}%
% We extend and modify \LaTeX.
% Most of these tools are to help make the job of the 
% class file writer easier; some correct errors introduced 
% in \LaTeXe.
%
% All of the kernel extensions are incorporated into 
% the document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{New Tools}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@to}
% \begin{macro}{\ulap}
% \begin{macro}{\dlap}
%
% The macro |\@to| is simple shorthand for |to|;
% the user commands |\ulap| and |\dlap| augment |\llap| and |\rlap|.
% \begin{verbatim}
%  \ulap{<vertical mode material>} % Will protrude upward
%  \dlap{<vertical mode material>} % Will protrude downward
% \end{verbatim}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@to{to}%
\newcommand\ulap[1]{\vbox\@to\z@{{\vss#1}}}%
\newcommand\dlap[1]{\vbox\@to\z@{{#1\vss}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\let@environment}
% The directive |\let@environment| takes care of a common programming 
% idiom whereby one environment is made a synonym for another.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\let@environment[2]{%
 \expandafter\let
 \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname#2\endcsname
 \expandafter\let
 \csname end#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname end#2\endcsname
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\say}
% \begin{macro}{\sayythe}
% The commands |\say| and |\saythe| cause diagnostic messages in the 
% \TeX\ log that give the value of a control sequence name or a register 
% respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\say[1]{\typeout{<\noexpand#1=\meaning#1>}}%
\newcommand\saythe[1]{\typeout{<\noexpand#1=\the#1>}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tracingplain}
% The command |\tracingplain| causes \TeX's tracing parameters to 
% return to the values set by default. This command is sometimes
% useful when you have said |\tracingall| somewhere and want to
% restore.
% The |\traceoutput| command causes |\tracingoutput| diagnostics
% upon |\shipout|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\tracingplain{%
 \tracingonline\z@\tracingcommands\z@\tracingstats\z@
 \tracingpages\z@\tracingoutput\z@\tracinglostchars\@ne
 \tracingmacros\z@\tracingparagraphs\z@\tracingrestores\z@
 \showboxbreadth5\showboxdepth3\relax %\errorstopmode
 }%
\newcommand\traceoutput{%
 \appdef\@resetactivechars{\showoutput}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\nohyphenation}
% \begin{macro}{\offhyphenation}
% The command |\nohyphenation| immediately preceding a word will
% prevent \TeX\ from hyphenating that word;
% the |\offhyphenation| command causes \TeX\ to not hyphenate within its
% scope.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\nohyphenation{\kern\z@}%
\newcommand\offhyphenation{%
 \lefthyphenmin\maxdimen\emergencystretch8\p@
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\substitute@command}
% \begin{macro}{\remove@command}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\substitute@command#1#2{%
 \ClassWarning{aastex}{%
  Command \protect#1\space is deprecated in aastex.
  Using \protect#2\space instead (please fix your document).
 }%
 #2%
}%
\def\remove@command#1{%
 \ClassWarning{aastex}{%
  Command \protect#1\space is deprecated in aastex.
  Please remove it from your document%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Boolean Control}%
% \begin{macro}{\prepdef}
% \begin{macro}{\appdef}
%
% Provide the capability of performing head- and tail patches.
% The procedure |\prepdef| prepends to the given macro 
% the tokens specified in its second argument.
% Likewise for |\appdef|, except that it appends.
% Note that the first 10 toks registers are utility registers,
% and we simply make a control sequence name, |\toks@ii|, for one of 
% them.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@provide#1{%Implicit #2
 \@ifxundefined#1{\def#1}{\def\@tempa}% 
}% 
\def\prepdef#1#2{%
 \@ifxundefined#1{\toks@{}}{\toks@\expandafter{#1}}%
 \toks@ii{#2}%
 \edef#1{\the\toks@ii\the\toks@}%
}%
\def\appdef#1#2{%
 \@ifxundefined#1{\toks@{}}{\toks@\expandafter{#1}}%
 \toks@ii{#2}%
 \edef#1{\the\toks@\the\toks@ii}%
}%
\def\appgdef#1#2{%
 \@ifxundefined#1{\toks@{}}{\toks@\expandafter{#1}}%
 \toks@ii{#2}%
 \xdef#1{\the\toks@\the\toks@ii}%
}% 
\toksdef\toks@ii=\tw@
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ifxundefined}
% We introduce just enough of the Boolean calculus for \TeX.
% Alan Jeffrey was the pioneer here, with an article in TUGboat
% (Vol. 11, No. 2, page 237).
% This implementation owes a debt to
% William Baxter (web@superscript.com).
% See articles by Baxter and Ogawa in the proceedings of the 
% 1994 TUG meeting.
% 
% Other utility procedures used |\@ifxundefined|,
% which is defined here in terms of |\@ifx|.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@ifxundefined#1{\@ifx{\undefined#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@boolean}
% \begin{macro}{\@boole@def}
% In order to define |\@ifx|, we first must create the
% ``defining word'' (term taken form our Forth vocabulary)
% |\@boole@def|, which employs |\@boolean| to do its job.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@boolean#1#2{%
  \long\def#1{%
    #2% \if<something>
      \expandafter\boolean@true
    \else
      \expandafter\boolean@false
    \fi
  }%
}%
\def\@boole@def#1#{\@boolean{#1}}% Implicit #2
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ifx}
% \begin{macro}{\@ifx@empty}
% We can now invoke the defining word to create
% the procedure |\@ifx|.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@boole@def\@ifx#1{\ifx#1}%
\@boole@def\@ifx@empty#1{\ifx\@empty#1}%
\@boole@def\@ifnum#1{\ifnum#1}%
\@boole@def\@ifdim#1{\ifdim#1}%
\@boole@def\@ifvoid#1{\ifvoid#1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\boolean@true}
% \begin{macro}{\boolean@false}
%
% Note that when a Boolean operator expands, it
% employs two macros that act as selectors, defined here.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\boolean@true#1#2{#1}%
\long\def\boolean@false#1#2{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Damage Control}%
%
% \subsubsection{Vertical Stuff}%
% \begin{macro}{\addpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\addvspace}
% Repair some \LaTeX\ damage.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\addpenalty[1]{%
  \ifvmode
    \if@minipage
    \else
      \if@nobreak
      \else
        \ifinner
          \@tempskipa\lastskip \unskip
          \@tempcnta\lastpenalty \unpenalty
          \ifnum#1<\@tempcnta
            \penalty#1\relax
          \else
            \penalty\@tempcnta
          \fi
          \vskip\@tempskipa
        \else
          \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
            \penalty#1\relax
          \else
            \@tempskipb\lastskip
            \vskip-\lastskip
            \penalty#1%
            \vskip\@tempskipb
          \fi
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
    \@noitemerr
  \fi
}%
%
\renewcommand\addvspace[1]{%
  \ifvmode
    \if@minipage
    \else
      \ifinner
        \@tempskipa\lastskip \unskip
        \ifdim\@tempskipa=\z@
          \vskip#1\relax
        \else
          \@tempskipb#1\relax
          \ifdim\@tempskipa<\@tempskipb
            \vskip\@tempskipb
          \else
            \ifdim\@tempskipb<\z@
              \ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@
                \vskip\@tempskipa
              \else
                \advance\@tempskipb\@tempskipa
                \vskip\@tempskipb
              \fi
            \else
              \vskip\@tempskipa
            \fi
          \fi
        \fi
      \else
        \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
          \vskip#1\relax
        \else
          \@tempskipb#1\relax
          \@xaddvskip
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
    \@noitemerr
  \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Title Page Formatting}%
% \begin{macro}{\maketitle@page}
% The |\maketitle| (for a title page) of \file{classes.dtx}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\maketitle@page{%
 \maketitle@disarm
 \begin{titlepage}%
  \let\footnotesize\small
  \let\footnoterule\relax
  \let \footnote \thanks
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@maketitle
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@thanks
  \vfil\null
 \end{titlepage}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \after@maketitle
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\maketitle@runin}
% The |\maketitle| (for a run-in title page) of \file{classes.dtx}
% appears to be broken. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\maketitle@runin{%
  \par
  \maketitle@disarm
  \begingroup
    %%%%\renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
    \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
    \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
     \parindent 1em\noindent
     \hb@xt@1.8em{%
      \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}%
     }%
     ##1%
    }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here, we swap the two predicates:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \if@twocolumn
      \@ifnum{\col@number=\@ne}{%
        \global\let\@title@footnote@text\@empty%
        \twocolumn[\let\@footnotetext\@title@footnotetext\@maketitle]%
        \@title@footnote@text%
      }{%
        \@maketitle
      }%
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \newpage
      \global\@topnum\z@   % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
      \@maketitle
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
    %\thispagestyle{plain}%
    \@thanks
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \endgroup
  \after@maketitle
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\after@maketitle}
% Common processing for title whether run-in or page. And switching from one-column 
% to two-column mode if \Lopt{longabstract} option is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\after@maketitle{%
 \iflong@abstract %
   \let\@makecol\@makecol@pptt
   \let\@outputdblcol\@outputdblcol@pptt
   \global\columnwidth\textwidth%
   \global\advance\columnwidth-\columnsep
   \global\divide\columnwidth\tw@
   \global\hsize\columnwidth
   \global\linewidth\columnwidth
   \global\@twocolumntrue
   \global\@firstcolumntrue
   \col@number \tw@
   \@ifnextchar [\@topnewpage\@floatplacement
   \begin{strip}% separate the abstract text from two-column text 
   \end{strip}
 \fi
 %%%\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
 \global\let\thanks\@gobble
 \global\let\maketitle\relax
 \global\let\@maketitle\relax
 \global\let\@thanks\@empty
 \global\let\@author\@empty
 \global\let\@date\@empty
 \global\let\@title\@empty
 \global\let\title\relax
 \global\let\author\relax
 \global\let\date\relax
 \global\let\and\relax
 \global\let\email\@text@email
 \global\firsttabskip\z@
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% Defer until the end of the processing for the document class
% the decision between the two formatting procedures.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfClass{%
 \if@titlepage
  \let\maketitle\maketitle@page
 \else
  \let\maketitle\maketitle@runin
 \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Repairing Footnotes}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@mpfootnotetext}
% \begin{macro}{\@footnotetext}
% Reparametrize so that |\footnotesize| (a user-level command)
% is not invoked---use |\footnote@size| instead.
% In general, user-level commands should not be invoked by
% low-level formatting procedures.
%
% Also, factor out the shared code into a procedure called |\set@footnotetext|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%
\def\open@footnotetext{% 
  \insert\footins\bgroup % \egroup in \close@footnotetext 
  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty 
  \splittopskip\footnotesep 
  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox 
  \floatingpenalty \@MM 
  \reset@font\footnote@size 
  \hsize\columnwidth 
  \@parboxrestore 
}% 
\def\close@footnotetext#1{% 
  \color@begingroup 
   \@makefntext{% 
    \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces 
    #1\@finalstrut\strutbox 
   }% 
  \color@endgroup 
 \egroup 
}% 
\def\@footnotetext{% Implict #1 
 \open@footnotetext 
  \set@footnotetext{p@footnote}% 
}%
% 
\def\@mpfootnotetext{% Implict #1 
 \global\setbox\@mpfootins\vbox\bgroup % \egroup in \set@footnotetext 
  \unvbox\@mpfootins 
  \set@footnotetext{p@mpfootnote}% 
}% 
\long\def\set@footnotetext#1{%Implicit #2 
  \protected@edef\@currentlabel{% 
   \csname #1\endcsname\@thefnmark 
  }% 
 \close@footnotetext 
}% 
\def\@title@footnotetext#1{% 
 \protected@edef\@tempa{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}% 
 \expandafter\appgdef 
 \expandafter\@title@footnote@text 
 \expandafter{% 
 \expandafter\insert@footnotetext 
 \expandafter{\@tempa}{#1}}% 
}% 
\def\insert@footnotetext#1{%Implicit #2 
 \open@footnotetext 
  \def\@thefnmark{#1}% 
  \def\@currentlabel{#1}% 
 \close@footnotetext 
}% 
%
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \ifx\footnote@size\undefined
  \let\footnote@size\footnotesize
 \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Eqnarray Correction}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqnarray@broken}
% \begin{macro}{\eqnarray@fleqn@fixed}
% Team \LaTeX\ still hasn't repaired Leslie's broken 
% definition of |eqnarray|.
% Let us be bold\dots.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\eqnarray@broken{%
 \stepcounter{equation}\def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}%
 \global\@eqnswtrue\m@th\global\@eqcnt\z@
 \tabskip\mathindent
 \let\\=\@eqncr
 \setlength\abovedisplayskip{\topsep}%
 \ifvmode\addtolength\abovedisplayskip{\partopsep}\fi
 \addtolength\abovedisplayskip{\parskip}%
 \setlength\belowdisplayskip{\abovedisplayskip}%
 \setlength\belowdisplayshortskip{\abovedisplayskip}%
 \setlength\abovedisplayshortskip{\abovedisplayskip}%
 $$%
 \everycr{}%
 \halign to\linewidth\bgroup
  \hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@skip{##}$\@eqnsel
  &\global\@eqcnt\@ne
   \hskip\tw@\arraycolsep
   \hfil${##}$\hfil
  &\global\@eqcnt\tw@
   \hskip\tw@\arraycolsep
   $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering
  &\global\@eqcnt\thr@@\hb@xt@\z@\bgroup\hss##\egroup
   \tabskip\z@skip
  \cr
}%
\long\def\eqnarray@fleqn@fixed{%
 \stepcounter{equation}\def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}%
 \global\@eqnswtrue\m@th\global\@eqcnt\z@
 \tabskip\mathindent
 \let\\=\@eqncr
 \setlength\abovedisplayskip{\topsep}%
 \ifvmode\addtolength\abovedisplayskip{\partopsep}\fi
 \addtolength\abovedisplayskip{\parskip}%
 \setlength\belowdisplayskip{\abovedisplayskip}%
 \setlength\belowdisplayshortskip{\abovedisplayskip}%
 \setlength\abovedisplayshortskip{\abovedisplayskip}%
 $$%
 \everycr{}%
 \halign\@to\linewidth\bgroup
  \hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@skip{##}$\@eqnsel
  &\global\@eqcnt\@ne
   \hskip\tw@\eqncolsep
   \hfil${{}##{}}$\hfil
  &\global\@eqcnt\tw@
   \hskip\tw@\eqncolsep 
   $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering
  &\global\@eqcnt\thr@@\hb@xt@\z@\bgroup\hss##\egroup
   \tabskip\z@skip
  \cr
}%
\ifx\eqnarray\eqnarray@broken
 \ClassWarningNoLine{aastex}{Repairing broken {eqnarray} definition}%
 \let\eqnarray\eqnarray@fleqn@fixed
\fi
\let\eqnarray@broken\relax
\let\eqnarray@fleqn@fixed\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Customization of Sections}%
% \begin{macro}{\@startsection}
% Patch a head hook into the basic sectioning command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
 \@startsection@hook
  \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
  \par
  \@tempskipa #4\relax
  \@afterindenttrue
  \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@
    \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
  \fi
  \if@nobreak
    \everypar{}%
  \else
    \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
  \fi
  \@ifstar
    {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
    {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}%
}%
\def\@startsection@hook{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@sect}
% \begin{macro}{\@ssect}
% Adjust section heading typography slightly.  The manuscript editors
% seem to like the idea that the heads will be centered, and that there
% will be a |.| trailing the section number.  This requires hacking 
% below the normal \LaTeX\ programming interface (|\@startsection|), 
% since the centering has to be turned on and off again before the 
% section starts.
%
% FIXME: cf \LaTeX\ standard definitions. Hooks for |\sec@upcase| and 
% centering.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
 \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
  \let\@svsec\@empty
 \else
  \refstepcounter{#1}\protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}
 \fi
  \@tempskipa #5\relax
  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
  \begingroup \section@centering#6{%
    \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}\interlinepenalty \@M\sec@upcase{#8}\@@par}%
  \endgroup 
  \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
  {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
               \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
    #7}\else
  \def\@svsechd{%
   #6{\hskip#3\relax\@svsec 
    \sec@upcase{#8}}% 
   \csname #1mark\endcsname
   {#7}\addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{% 
    \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth 
    \else 
     \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% 
    \fi 
    #7}}\fi 
 \@xsect{#5}% 
}% 
%
\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
 \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ 
  \begingroup 
   \section@centering
   #4{%
    \@hangfrom{\hskip #1}\interlinepenalty \@M
    \sec@upcase{#5}\@@par}\endgroup
   \else 
    \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}}\fi
    \@xsect{#3}}%
\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\quad}
\def\section@centering{\centering}%
\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Customization of Citations}%
% \begin{macro}{\@citex}
% Modify |\@citex| so that individual citation texts are {\em not} 
% |\hbox|ed.
%
% This allows \TeX\ to break lines at spaces between words in citations.
% Remove the obnoxious |{\bf ?}| that was inserted in the text when
% undefined citations are encountered; here, the warning message is
% printed only on the terminal.
%
% FIXME: doublecheck compatibility with natbib!
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@citex[#1]#2{%
 \let\@citea\@empty
 \@cite{%
  \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
   \@citea
   \def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }%
   \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
   \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi
   \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{%
%   \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
    \G@refundefinedtrue
    \@latex@warning{%
     Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined%
    }%
   }{%
%   \hbox{%
     \csname b@\@citeb\endcsname
%   }%
   }%
  }%
 }{#1}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% All of the kernel extensions have been incorporated into 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \section{More of the Document Style Module}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Now that kernel modifications are complete, read in the selected substyle.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\@@input\aastex@substyle.sty\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% And begin patching the code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\revtex@ver{4.1}%
\def\revtex@date{25 Jan 99}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Undefine commands that we are about to override.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\lefthead\undefined
\let\righthead\undefined
\let\references\undefined
\let\reference\undefined
\let\markcite\undefined
\let\colhead\undefined
\let\tablecolumns\undefined
\let\tablecaption\undefined
\let\tablehead\undefined
\let\tabletail\undefined
\let\tablewidth\undefined
\let\tableheadfrac\undefined
\let\deluxetable\undefined
\let\startdata\undefined
\let\tablevspace\undefined
\let\tablebreak\undefined
\let\cutinhead\undefined
\let\sidehead\undefined
\let\tablerefs\undefined
\let\tablecomments\undefined
\let\phn\undefined
\let\phd\undefined
\let\phs\undefined
\let\phm\undefined
\let\sq\undefined
\let\arcdeg\undefined
\let\arcmin\undefined
\let\arcsec\undefined
\let\fd\undefined
\let\fh\undefined
\let\fm\undefined
\let\fs\undefined
\let\fdg\undefined
\let\fp\undefined
\let\micron\undefined
\let\case\undefined
\let\slantfrac\undefined
\let\onehalf\undefined
\let\onethird\undefined
\let\twothirds\undefined
\let\onequarter\undefined
\let\threequarters\undefined
\let\ubvr\undefined
\let\ub\undefined
\let\bv\undefined
\let\vr\undefined
\let\ur\undefined
\let\ion\undefined
\let\nodata\undefined
\let\sun\undefined
\let\earth\undefined
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The overrides and additions to the V4.0
% document style are drawn from the same code that goes into
% the document class.
%
% Once those emendments have been read in,
% we will return to the document style to finish things off.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \section{\aastex\ Additions and Amendments}
%  This section presents commands that are specific to the \aastex\
%  macro package.
%
% All of the \aastex\ emendments are incorporated into the document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{A Special Note on the Two-Column Preprint Style}%
%
% It is not the objective of the \aastex\ project to develop \LaTeX\ 
% styles that produce pages that mimic the appearance of specific AAS 
% journals.
% However, it would be nice to offer format options within the preprint
% styles so that output format can be changed.
% (Within the ``manuscript''
% style, |\tighten| is available, and this effectively turns off the
% doublespacing.)  The primary motivation behind this idea is to provide 
% some definitions that permit institutions to distribute ``pretty'' 
% preprints with this package.
% (Of course, I make the glaring assumption that I
% can determine what someone else will think is pretty.)
%
% This style has the principle function of setting up two-column output.
% Although it should be painfully obvious, it is important to remember
% that text lines are considerably shorter when two of them are typeset
% side by side on a page.  Long equations, wide tables and figures, and
% the like, may not slide into this format without some adjustments.
% It is our opinion that great effort to adapt copy and markup for
% two-column pages is counterproductive; remember that the main goals
% of this package are to enable comprehensive tagging of the article
% and, secondarily, to produce ``correct'' draft (or referee) format 
% pages.
%
% I elect not to impose a format for the front matter, although I feel
% it looks best if the title, author, abstract, and keyword material is
% typeset on its own page at full text width.  The author may supply the
% |\twocolumn| command wherever desired, and, for that matter, is free
% to switch between |\onecolumn| and |\twocolumn| modes.
% (However, this is bad form.)
% \begin{verbatim}
%     \twocolumn % Enter two-column page grid
%     \onecolumn % Enter one-column page grid
% \end{verbatim}
% Note that the two-column page grid begins at the point |\twocolumn| 
% appears in the text, and if that point is before the frontmatter, 
% the latter will get typeset in two-column mode
% along with the rest of it.
% For purposes of producing ``pretty'' output,
% it is probably desirable to 
% put this command after the abstract and keywords, just before the body 
% of the paper.
% If the command is not specified explicitly, 
% the document class will automatically switch between the one-column
% and two-column page grid as needed.
%
% \subsection{Configuration Information}
%
% \begin{macro}{\revtex@ver}
% \begin{macro}{\revtex@date}
% \begin{macro}{\revtex@org}
% \begin{macro}{\revtex@jnl}
% \begin{macro}{\revtex@genre}
% \begin{macro}{\revtex@pageid}
% My convention for identifying configuration information is for styles
% to define the following five parameters:
% |\revtex@ver| is the version number of this file;
% |\revtex@date| signifies the revision date;
% |\revtex@org| is the sponsoring organization;
% and
% |\revtex@genre| gives the applicable journal, if specified.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\revtex@ver{5.2}%
\def\revtex@date{12 Dec 2003}%
\def\revtex@org{AAS}%
\def\revtex@jnl{AAS}%
\def\revtex@genre{manuscript}%
%\def\revtex@genre{preprint}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Display identifying message on screen and in logfile.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\class@typeout{%
 \typeout{%
  \revtex@org\space
% \revtex@jnl\space
  \revtex@genre\space substyle, v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.%
 }%
}%
\def\class@typeout@jnl{%
 \typeout{%
  \revtex@org\space
  \revtex@jnl\space
  \revtex@genre\space substyle, v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.%
 }%
}%
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \class@typeout
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following mini-colophon identifies the article as having been
% prepared with this macro package.  The |\revtex@pageid| command only
% defines the formatting of this colophon; its existence and placement
% within the printed article is controlled by the use of this command
% in the style file.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\revtex@pageid{%
 \xdef\@thefnmark{\null}%
 \@footnotetext{%
  This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
  \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Page Style}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ps@plaintop}
% Create |plaintop| page style that has folios at top of page,
% and use |plaintop| pagestyle by default.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ps@plaintop{%
 \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
 \def\@oddfoot{}%
 \def\@oddhead{\rmfamily\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}%
 \def\@evenfoot{}%
 \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
}%
\def\ps@msstitle{% mss ID on title page
 \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
 \def\@oddfoot{}%
 \def\@oddhead{\rmfamily\hfil\ms@id}%
 \def\@evenfoot{}%
 \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Page Layout}
%
% \subsubsection{The pica area}
%
% \begin{macro}{\textwidth}
% Set the text width
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength\textwidth{6.5in}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\textheight}
% The |\textheight| is the height of text
%    (including footnotes and figures, excluding running head and
%    foot).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength\textheight{8.4in}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Vertical spacing}
%
% \begin{macro}{\headheight}
% \begin{macro}{\headsep}
% \begin{macro}{\topskip}
%    The |\headheight| is the height of the box that will contain the
%    running head. The |\headsep| is the distance between the bottom
%    of the running head and the top of the text. The |\topskip| is
%    the |\baselineskip| for the first line on a page; \LaTeX's output
%    routine will not work properly if it has the value 0pt, so do not
%    do that!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength\headheight{.15in}%
%\setlength\headsep   {.35in}%
%\setlength\topskip   {10\p@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Margins}
%
% \begin{macro}{\marginparsep}
% \begin{macro}{\marginparpush}
%    The horizontal space between the main text and marginal notes is
%    determined by |\marginparsep|, the minimum vertical separation
%    between two marginal notes is controlled by |\marginparpush|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}%
 \setlength\marginparpush{5\p@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%    Now we can give the values for the other margin parameters. For
%    native \LaTeXe, these are calculated.
% \begin{macro}{\oddsidemargin}
% \begin{macro}{\evensidemargin}
% \begin{macro}{\marginparwidth}
%
%    Values for two-sided printing:
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \setlength\oddsidemargin   {0in}%
 \setlength\evensidemargin  {0in}%
 \setlength\marginparwidth  {0in}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\topmargin}
%    The |\topmargin| is the distance between the top of `the
%    printable area'---which is 1 inch below the top of the
%    paper--and the top of the box which contains the running head.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \setlength\topmargin{0in}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Paragraphing}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lineskip}
% \begin{macro}{\normallineskip}
%    These parameters control \TeX's behavior when two lines tend to
%    come too close together.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength\lineskip{1\p@}%
\setlength\normallineskip{1\p@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@doubleleading}
% \begin{macro}{\@tightleading}
% The two alternatives for leading are defined here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@doubleleading{1.6}%
\def\@tightleading{1.1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\baselinestretch}
%    This is used as a multiplier for |\baselineskip|.
%    Note that if this command
%    doesn't resolve to ``empty'' any \texttt{plus} or \texttt{minus}
%    part in the specification of |\baselineskip| is ignored.
%
% Double spacing is the default: the style uses
% the \@doubleleading factor, defined above.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tighten}
% The |\tighten| command merely resets the |\baselinestretch| to a
% smaller factor, resulting in single-column text that is more closely
% spaced.  (This will always work.)  Tightening the vertical spacing
% in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
% to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
% opposed to copy editing it.  Double-spaced output for referees and
% copy editors is, however, the main objective of this style, hence
% double-spacing occurs by default.  The same effect as |\tighten|
% can be achieved by using the |tighten| document style option.
%
% The |\tighten| command is intended for use in the preamble of the 
% article.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}%
\newcommand\tightenlines{\tighten}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\singlespace}
% \begin{macro}{\doublespace}
% For authors who feel compelled to change between single and double
% spacing in the manuscript, |\singlespace| and |\doublespace| commands
% are provided.  (Following recommendations of AAS Publications Board
% Subcommittee on Preprints.)  These are no-ops in manuscript style.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\singlespace{%
 \def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}%
 \normalsize
}%
\newcommand\doublespace{%
 \def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}%
 \normalsize
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here are the corresponding command definitions for the ApJ style:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\singlespace@apj{%
 \def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}%
 \def\arraystretch{\@tightleading}%
 \normalsize
}%
\def\doublespace@apj{%
 \def\baselinestretch@apj{\@doubleleading}%
 \def\arraystretch{\@doubleleading}%
 \normalsize
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\sec@upcase}
% Upper case for sections (optional upper case items).  These are 
% created so that some headings can be toggled between mixed case and 
% upper case readily.
% Headings that might be changed can be wrapped in the style file in 
% |\sec@upcase{|\m{text}|}| constructs;
% the expansion of |\sec@upcase| is
% controlled here.  It is |\relax| by default (mixed case heads), and 
% can easily be changed to |\uppercase| if desired.
% If mixed case headings are wanted by the editor, authors {\em must} 
% supply mixed case text, although this is what authors should be doing 
% anyway.
% (Mixed can be converted to upper,
% but the reverse transformation cannot be automated.)
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\parskip}
% \begin{macro}{\parindent}
%    |\parskip| gives extra vertical space between paragraphs and
%    |\parindent| is the width of the paragraph indentation. The value
%    of |\parindent| depends on whether we are in two column mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength\parskip{1.5ex}%
\setlength\parindent{2em}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%  \begin{macro}{\smallskipamount}
%  \begin{macro}{\medskipamount}
%  \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount}
%    The values for these three parameters are set in the \LaTeX\
%    kernel.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength\smallskipamount{3\p@\@plus1\p@\@minus1\p@}%
\setlength\medskipamount{6\p@\@plus2\p@\@minus2\p@}%
\setlength\bigskipamount{12\p@\@plus4\p@\@minus4\p@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@lowpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\@medpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\@highpenalty}%
%    The commands |\nopagebreak| and |\nolinebreak| put in penalties
%    to discourage these breaks at the point they are put in.
%    They use |\@lowpenalty|, |\@medpenalty| or |\@highpenalty|,
%    dependent on their argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@lowpenalty   51
\@medpenalty  151
\@highpenalty 301
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\clubpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\widowpenalty}
%    These penalties are use to discourage club and widow lines.
%    Because we use their default values we only show them here,
%    commented out.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \clubpenalty  150
% \widowpenalty 150
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\displaywidowpenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\predisplaypenalty}
% \begin{macro}{\postdisplaypenalty}
%    Discourage (but not so much) widows in front of a math display
%    and forbid breaking directly in front of a display. Allow break
%    after a display without a penalty. Again the default values are
%    used, therefore we only show them here.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \displaywidowpenalty 50
% \predisplaypenalty   10000
% \postdisplaypenalty  0
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\interlinepenalty}
%    Allow the breaking of a page in the middle of a paragraph.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \interlinepenalty 0
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\brokenpenalty}
%    We allow the breaking of a page after a hyphenated line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \brokenpenalty 100
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Layout for Landscape Tables}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\ptlandscape}
% This command switches to a page layout appropriate to
% a table in landscape orientation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ptlandscape{%
 \setlength\textwidth{9in}%
 \setlength\textheight{6.5in}%
 \setlength\pt@width{\textwidth}%
 \setlength\hoffset{0.0in}%
 \setlength\voffset{-0.25in}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Formatting Options}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqsecnum}
% Sometimes authors want to number equations by section,
% rather than sequentially through the whole paper.
%
% To invoke this processing option, the user may 
% give the following command in the document preamble:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \eqsecnum
% \end{verbatim}
% The preferred way is to call |eqsecnum| as a 
% document class option:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \documentclass[eqsecnum]{aastex}
% \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqsecnum{%
 \@addtoreset{equation}{section}%
 \def\theequation{%
 %\mbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}% Wrong!
  \arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Data Commands}%
%
% There are some obvious style-dependent parameters and formatting
% instructions in this file.  The object has been to keep the author
% commands (the user interface, if you will) society-, journal-, and
% style-independent, while the style-specific parameters and commands
% are kept below that level.
%
% \subsubsection{Article Attributes}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@journalname}
% \begin{macro}{\cpr@holder}
% Set the journal name and copyright holder.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@journalname{The Astrophysical Journal}%
\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Journal and article identification information is established by the
% editorial staff.  The following macros are used by personnel at the
% editorial office to annotate/record slug-line data and should be 
% included in the manuscript preamble, i.e., before the \LaTeX\ 
% |\begin{document}|.
% All they do is globally define other \TeX\ control sequences that are 
% used by other macros at a later time.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \received{<receipt date>}
%    \revised{<revision date>}
%    \accepted{<acceptance date>}
%    \journalid{<vol>}{<journal date>}
%    \articleid{<start page>}{<end page>}
%    \paperid{<id>}
%    \ccc{<code>}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \begin{macro}{\received}
% \begin{macro}{\accepted}
% \begin{macro}{\revised}
% \begin{macro}{\journalid}
% \begin{macro}{\articleid}
% \begin{macro}{\paperid}
% \begin{macro}{\ccc}
% For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
% the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
% the data are never used.  In my estimation, it is perfectly acceptable
% to have these commands in the file (for future use), so they are 
% defined in the usual way.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\received[1]{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}}%
\newcommand\accepted[1]{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}}%
\newcommand\revised[1]{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}}%
\newcommand\journalid[2]{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}%
\newcommand\articleid[2]{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}%
\newcommand\paperid[1]{\gdef\@paperid{#1}}%
\newcommand\ccc[1]{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% We provide initialization code. If
% at some future date someone manages to give these 
% macros a value before the end of the class,
% |\providecommand| will nicely bow out.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfClass{%
 \@provide\@recvdate{}%
 \@provide\@accptdate{}%
 \@provide\@revisedate{}%
 \@provide\@jourvol{}%
 \@provide\@jourdate{}%
 \@provide\@startpage{}%
 \@provide\@finishpage{}%
 \@provide\@paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}%
 \@provide\CCC@code{000-00\$75.95-CDB}%
}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Copyright data}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\cpright}
%
% We permit the author/editor to supply a copyright ``type'' as well as 
% the year.
% The formatting of the copyright notices is defined by |\@slug|.
% FIXME: |\@slug| is never used.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\cpright[2]{%
 \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\cpr@type\csname cpr@#1\endcsname
 \gdef\cpr@year{#2}%
 \typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}%
}%
\def\cpr@AAS{Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.}%
\def\cpr@PD{This article is in the public domain.}%
\def\cpr@Crown{Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.}%
\def\cpr@none{No copyright is claimed for this article.}%
\def\cpr@ASP{Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Default copyright year and type:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\cpr@year{\number\year}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@slug}
% |\@slug| determines formatting of slugline information.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@slug{%
 \par
 \noindent\cpr@type\par
 \noindent Manuscript number \@paperid.\par
 \noindent\CCC@code\par
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Here ends the code for the document class.
% Hereinafter appears code that is common to 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Running heads}%
%
% The change in the user-level markup is incorporated into the V4.1
% document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \begin{macro}{\lefthead}
% \begin{macro}{\righthead}
%
% The |\lefthead| and |\righthead| commands are now deprecated and will give
% a diagnostic message in the \TeX\ log (NB: without halting \TeX).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\lefthead{\substitute@command\lefthead\shorttitle}%
\newcommand\righthead{\substitute@command\righthead\shortauthors}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\shorttitle}
% \begin{macro}{\shortauthors}
% Authors may be asked to supply running head information.  We use the
% language of the publisher here to distinguish between two pieces of
% information: the left head frequently contains an author list (last
% names, possibly truncated as et al.), while the right head frequently
% contains an abbreviated form of the paper title.  The |\shorttitle| and
% |\shortauthors| commands merely collect the information and buffer the 
% text.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \shorttitle{<text>}
%    \shortauthors{<text>}
% \end{verbatim}
% For the ApJ, right heads are the short titles, and the publisher 
% prefers that the author specify a 44-character or less abbreviated 
% title to use as the running head on right pages.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\shorttitle[1]{\gdef\@versohead{#1}}%
\newcommand\shortauthors[1]{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Default values:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\shorttitle{\relax}%
\shortauthors{\relax}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Here ends the portion of code for the document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Hereinafter appears code for the document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@runheads}
% The |\@runheads| procedure determines the formatting of running head 
% information.
% It produces a set of running head lines, one for each page of the 
% article.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@runheads{%
 \@tempcnta\c@page
 \@whilenum\@tempcnta>\z@\do{%
  \vskip 3ex
  \hbox\@to30pc{%
   \small
   \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
   \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil
  }%
  \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\slugcomment}
% The |\slugcomment| command is provided so authors or editors may 
% include a remark about the manuscript that may be desired in print for 
% some styles.
% For instance, authors like to include information about the
% journal and publication date of accepted papers ("To appear in AJ,
% November 1992").
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \slugcomment{<text>}
% \end{verbatim}
% The formatting of the |\slugcomment| information is controlled by the
% |\@makeslugcmmnt| command, and its placement on the page is dictated
% by the presence of |\@makeslugcmmnt| in |\sluginfo| (or whatever).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\msid[1]{\gdef\ms@id{#1}}% mss ID
\def\ms@id{}%
\newcommand\slugcomment[1]{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Default value:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\slugcomment{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@slugcmmntwidth}
% \begin{macro}{\@makeslugcmmnt}
% Low-level formatting procedure:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth
\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt@mss{%
 \@ifx@empty\slug@comment{\relax}{%
  \vskip 5ex
  \sbox\@tempboxa{\slug@comment}%
  \@ifdim{\wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth}{%
   \hbox\@to\textwidth{%
    \hss
    \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment
   }%
  }{%
   \hbox\@to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
  }%
 }%
}%
\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt@ppt{%
 \@ifx@empty\slug@comment{\relax}{%
  \sbox\@tempboxa{\slug@comment}%
  \@ifdim{\wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth}{%
   \hbox\@to\textwidth{%
    \hss
    \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment
   }%
  }{%
   \hbox\@to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa}%
  }%
  \vskip 2ex
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Receipt and Acceptance Dates}%
% Editorial offices like to have receipt and acceptance dates on the
% front page for tracking purposes.
% The current practice is to require the author
% to type Received \dots\ and Accepted \dots\ lines
% for the staff to type on.
%
% The |\@dates| command will typeset either rules
% or the dates specified in |\received| and/or |\accepted| commands.
% Note that authors should not include |\received| and |\accepted|.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@rcvaccrule}
% This is the rule following the date.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@dates}
% |\@dates| determines formatting of manuscript date information.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@dates{\ifx\@title\@empty\else {Received}\space%
 \ifx\@empty\@recvdate\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
 \hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space% 
 \ifx\@empty\@accptdate\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
\fi}%                                                 %        
\def\@dates@pptt{% 
 \@ifx@empty\@recvdate{}{% 
  \@ifx@empty\@accptdate{}{% 
   {\center 
     \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{\small}{\normalsize}% 
     {\itshape Received}\space 
     \@recvdate 
     \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{\\[.5ex]}{\hspace{1.5em}}% 
     {\itshape accepted}\space 
     \@accptdate 
    \endcenter 
   }% 
  }% 
 }% 
}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Formatting the Slug Information}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\sluginfo}
% The |\sluginfo| command is executed automatically when a 
% |\begin{abstract}| is
% encountered, so it is not necessary (or appropriate) for the author to
% include this line explicitly.  The received/accepted business is a
% concern only for the editorial staff, hence we have arranged for the
% author not to have to fuss with it.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\sluginfo@mss{% 
 {% 
  \addpenalty{\@M}% 
  \addvspace{6\p@}% 
  \centering 
  \@dates 
  \@makeslugcmmnt 
  \par 
  \addvspace{6\p@}% 
 }% 
}% 
\newcommand\sluginfo{% 
 {% 
  \addpenalty{\@M}% 
  \addvspace{6\p@}% 
  \centering 
  \@dates 
  \par 
  \addvspace{6\p@}% 
 }% 
}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
% For backwards compatibility:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\dates=\sluginfo
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Front Matter}%
%
% \subsubsection{Abstract}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\abstract}
% The abstract environment simply formats the
% material into a certain box for later use.
% Note that the assignment of the measure
% (|\hsize|) is taken from the code
% for |\begin{document}|,
% as is the call to |\process@table|, which
% turns into a no-op after |\begin{document}|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
  \iflong@abstract% Abstract in one-column mode
    \onecolumn
  \fi
 \global\setbox\abstract@box\vtop\bgroup
% \let\@nodocument\@empty
  \columnwidth\textwidth\hsize\columnwidth\linewidth\hsize
% \process@table
  \normalsize
  \color@begingroup
  \@parboxrestore
  \@setminipage
  \quotation
}{%
  \par
  \endquotation
  \removelastskip
  \vskip-\prevdepth
  \color@endgroup
 \egroup
}%
\newbox\abstract@box
%    \end{macrocode}
% Make adjustments to \LaTeX\ abstract style: optional upper case 
% heading, retain current type size (should be |\normalsize|),
% ignore twocolumn option in the |manuscript| substyle,
% add |\sluginfo|, and start abstract on new page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\abstractname{ABSTRACT}%
\def\@abstract@mss{%
 \sluginfo
 \clearpage
 \@ifvoid\abstract@box{}{%
  \begin{center}\bfseries\abstractname\end{center}%
  \contribute@box\abstract@box
 }%
}%
\def\contribute@box#1{%
 \dimen@\ht#1%
 \leavevmode\hbox{\vrule\@height\ht#1\@width\z@}\par
 \nointerlineskip\nobreak\kern-\ht#1\unvbox#1\prevdepth\z@
}%
\def\@abstract@ppt{%
%\sluginfo
%\clearpage
 \@ifvoid\abstract@box{}{%
  \begin{center}\bfseries\abstractname\end{center}%
  \contribute@box\abstract@box
 }%
}%
\def\@abstract@pptt{%
 \@ifvoid\abstract@box{}{%
  \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{%
   \section*{Abstract}%
  }{%
   \vspace{3em}%
   \begin{center}%
    \large
    \bfseries\abstractname\vspace{-.5em}\vspace{\z@}%
   \end{center}%
  }%
  \contribute@box\abstract@box
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Title, Author, etc.}\label{sec-preamble}%
% Title and author identification is by way of standard \LaTeX\ commands
% |\title| and |\author|.
% The authors' principal affiliation is specified with a separate macro |\affil|.
% Each |\author| command should be followed by its own |\affil| (or address).
%
% Authors often have affiliations above and beyond their main employer,
% and these are specified with the |\altaffilmark| and |\altaffiltext| 
% commands.
% These commands behave like the |\footnotemark| and |\footnotetext| 
% commands
% of \LaTeX.
% |\altaffilmark| is appended to author's names in the |\author| lists,
% and generates the superscript identification numbers.
% The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
% |\altaffiltext| command.  It is up to the author to make sure that the
% |\altaffilmark| numbers attached to authors' names correspond to the 
% correct alternate affiliation.
%
% The following commands may appear in the title block,
% with the |\title| command appearing exactly once, and 
% all others appearing as many times as needed:
% \begin{verbatim}
%     \title{<lucid text>}
%     \author{<name(s)>}
%     \authoraddr{<author's postal address>}% Deprecated (V5.0) in favor of \affil
%     \email{<author's e-mail address>}
%     \affil{<affiliation>}
%     \altaffilmark{<tag number(s)>}
%     \altaffiltext{<numerical tag>}{<text>}
%     \and
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \begin{macro}{\title}
% \begin{macro}{\author}
% \begin{macro}{\authoraddr}
% \begin{macro}{\email}
% \begin{macro}{\affil}
% \begin{macro}{\altaffilmark}
% \begin{macro}{\altaffiltext}
% \begin{macro}{\and}
% The title block commands simply queue up the 
% given tokens into the appropriate control sequence.
%
% Implementation note: 
% The |\email| command has one meaning until the titlepage
% is set, then acquires a different meaning, appropriate for text use.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\title#1{\appdef\@title{\make@title{#1}}}%
\def\author#1{\appdef\@author{\make@author{#1}}}%
%%% \def\authoraddr{\substitute@command\authoraddr\affil}%
\def\email#1{\appdef\@author{\make@authoremail{#1}}}%
\def\affil#1{\appdef\@author{\make@affil{#1}}}%
\def\altaffilmark#1{\appdef\@author{\make@altaffilmark{#1}}}%
\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\appdef\@author{\make@altaffiltext{#1}{#2}}}%
\def\and{\appdef\@author{\make@and}}%
\let\authoraddr\@gobble
\let\@title\@empty
\let\@author\@empty
\let\@date\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@maketitle}
% To format the title page, simply
% expand the tokens that were saved up.
% Remember that some users incorporate
% title block commands (notably |\altaffilmark|)
% into the argument of the |\author| command itself.
% Therefore, we might encounter
% certain of the above commands while formatting
% the title page itself.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@maketitle{%
 \newpage
 \begingroup
  \let\footnote\thanks
  \let\email\make@authoremail
  \let\affil\make@affil
  \let\altaffilmark\make@altaffilmark
  \let\altaffiltext\make@altaffiltext
  \let\and\make@and
  \@title
  \@author
  \@date
  \par
  \@abstract
  \@ifxundefined\keyword@list{}{%
   \expandafter\@keywords
   \expandafter{\keyword@list}%
  }%
 \endgroup
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \end{macro}
%
% The typesetting performed by the titlepage commands is appropriate
% for the top of the first text page of the manuscript.
% They could as well be used on a title cover page, but vertical 
% placement would have to be controlled by the author.
% This is not to be encouraged, since I want to discourage
% the introduction of any extra horizontal or vertical space.
%
% \begin{macro}{\make@title}
% \begin{macro}{\make@author}
% \begin{macro}{\make@authoraddr}
% \begin{macro}{\make@authoremail}
% \begin{macro}{\make@affil}
% \begin{macro}{\make@altaffilmark}
% \begin{macro}{\make@altaffiltext}
% \begin{macro}{\make@and}
% Here are the formatting procedures for the title page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\make@title@mss#1{%
 {%
  \def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}%
  \center\large\bfseries{#1}\endcenter %%
 }%
 \thispagestyle{msstitle}% mss ID
}%
\def\make@title@ppt#1{%
 \@makeslugcmmnt
 {\center\large\bfseries{#1}\endcenter}%
 \thispagestyle{empty}%
}%
\def\make@title@pptt#1{%
 {%
  \center
  \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{\large}{\Large}%
  \bfseries
  #1%
  \endcenter
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here are the formatting procedures for the author list.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\make@author#1{%
 {\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}%
}%
\def\make@author@pptt#1{%
 {\topsep\z@
  \center
  \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{\normalsize}{\vspace{4ex}\large}%
  #1%
  \endcenter
 }%
}%
% FIXME: produce text when in preprint substyle
\let\make@authoraddr=\@gobble
\def\make@authoremail#1{%
 {\topsep\z@\center\normalsize\tt#1\endcenter}%
}% 
\newcommand\make@affil[1]{%
 \vspace*{-2.5ex}% 
{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}%
}%
\def\make@affil@ppt#1{%
 \vspace*{-0.8ex}% 
 {%
  \topsep\z@ 
  \center 
   \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{\small}{\normalsize}% 
   \itshape 
   #1% 
  \endcenter 
 }%
}%
\def\make@affil@pptt#1{%
 \vspace*{-0.8ex}% 
 {%
  \topsep\z@ 
  \center 
   \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{\small}{\normalsize}% 
   \itshape 
   #1% 
  \endcenter 
 }%
}%
% 
\def\thefootnote{\@arabic\c@footnote}% initial style
%
\newcommand\make@altaffilmark[1]{$^{#1}$}%
%
\newcommand\make@altaffiltext[2]{%          
\iflong@abstract% 
   \footnotetext@ass[#1]{#2}
\else
   \footnotetext@ass[#1]{\hsize\columnwidth #2}
\fi
%\stepcounter{footnote}
}%
%% 
\def\thanks#1{\footnotemark
    \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
    \iflong@abstract% 
        \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\hsize18pc #1}
    \else
        \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{#1}
    \fi
    }%
}
%%
\def\footnotetext@ass{%
     \@ifnextchar [\@xfootnotenext@ass
       {%\protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
    \@footnotetext}}
\def\@xfootnotenext@ass[#1]{%
  \begingroup
     %\csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname #1\relax
     \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{#1}%
  \endgroup
  \@footnotetext}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Redefine the \LaTeX\ |\and| command for this style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\make@and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Keywords}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\keywords}
% \begin{macro}{\keyword@list}
% \begin{macro}{\@keywords}
% \begin{macro}{\@keywords@pptt}
% \begin{macro}{\@keywordtext}
% \begin{macro}{\@keyworddelim}
% \begin{macro}{\subjectheadings}
% Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
% only as a piece of text; the |\keywords| command indents if necessary 
% and supplies the proper lead-in text
% (``Keywords:'', ``Subject headings:'', etc.)
% but does not apply formatting to the user's keyword text.  The author
% must supply the correct punctuation according to the journal style.
%
% Note that the editors of A\&A, ApJ, and MNRAS have discussed the issue
% of keywords, and there is disagreement about whether
% ``subject headings'' or
% ``keywords'' should appear after abstracts in astronomical papers.
% In any case, the user-level command is |\keywords|.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\keywords{\appdef\keyword@list}%
\let\keyword@list\undefined
\def\@keywords#1{%
 \vspace*{-.7ex}%
 \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{%
  \noindent
  {{\itshape\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}%
 }{%
  {%
   \quote
   {\itshape\@keywordtext:\/}\space
   \@kwds{#1}%
   \endquote
  }%
 }%
}%
\def\@keywords@pptt#1{% 
 \vspace*{-.7ex}% 
 \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{% 
  \noindent 
  {% 
   \small 
   {\itshape\@keywordtext:\/}\space 
   \@kwds{#1}% 
  }% 
 }{% 
  {% 
   \quote
   \small
   {\itshape\@keywordtext:\/}\space
   \@kwds{#1}%
   \endquote
  }%     
 }% 
}% 
%
\def\@keywords@mss#1{%%%   
 \vspace*{-.7ex}% 
 \@ifnum{\col@number=\tw@}{% 
  \noindent 
  {% 
   \small 
   {\itshape\@keywordtext:\/}\space 
   \@kwds{#1}% 
  }% 
 }{% 
  {% 
   \quote 
   \small 
   {\itshape\@keywordtext:\/}\space 
   \@kwds{#1}% 
   \endquote%
   \clearpage 
  }% 
 }% 
}% 
%
\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}%
\def\@keyworddelim{---}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@kwds}
% It might be possible to handle keywords and their punctuation more
% automatically at some stage, but at the moment using this looping
% construct is serious overkill.  It also causes problems because the
% loop delimiter is a comma, and there are keywords that legitimately
% contain commas.  It also seem ponderous to me for keywords in the
% |\keyword| list to be delimited by \verb+|+, so I make the author 
% responsible for keyword list punctuation.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@kwds@jnl#1{%
 \def\@kwddlm{}%
 \@for\@kwd:=#1\do{%
  \@kwddlm
  \def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}%
  {\@kwd}%
 }%
}%
\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Automatically Triggering the Title}%
% In order to accomodate the many different formatting options
% for the title page, it is best for the user to 
% present the title block and then to 
% invoke the |\maketitle| command explicitly.
% 
% The custom in V4.0 documents has been to give 
% the commands of the title block
% as if they formatted the given material immediately---which they did.
% But this defies the \LaTeX\ markup scheme in which those commands
% are expected to act like ``data'' commands: they are legal 
% in the preamble (before |\begin{document}|).
%
% Coupled with the need to automatically switch between
% one- and two-column page grids, it would be best if the
% title block commands were to return to their nature 
% as ``data'' commands.
%
% An \aastex\ document will therefore begin with its 
% |\begin{document}| declaration and its title block
% (which could legally appear in the preamble), followed
% by an optional |\maketitle| command, succeeded by 
% optional |\tableofcontents| and similar commands, 
% succeeded by the body of the article, which 
% may begin with a sectioning command like |\section|, 
% or may even begin with paragraph text.
%
% In order to trigger at the start of paragraph text, we
% install a hook into |\everypar|. This may fail under some
% circumstances because of the violent way \LaTeX\ handles
% this token register. (We hope for the best.)
%
% Given that the abstract is formatted as part of the 
% title page, it, too, must have the status of a
% data command. However, its syntax as a \LaTeX\ environment
% prevents a simple approach using |\appdef|.
% Instead, we temporarily endow the |abstract|
% environment with the ability to set type.
% 
% The procedure |\everypar@hook| takes advantage
% of a trick for returning to vertical mode, effectively
% aborting the nascent paragraph. The only trace thereof
% in the vertical list being the |\parskip| glue.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \everypar{%
  \everypar@hook
 }%
}%
\def\everypar@hook{%
 \setbox\z@\lastbox\par\removelastskip
 \everypar{}%
 \maketitle@trigger
 \leavevmode
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% We use |\@startsection@hook| in |\@startsection| (see above).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@startsection@hook{\maketitle@trigger}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% We headpatch into the |listof|\dots\ procedures:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\prepdef\tableofcontents{\listof@hook}%
\prepdef\listoffigures{\listof@hook}%
\prepdef\listoftables{\listof@hook}%
\def\listof@hook{\maketitle@trigger}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\maketitle@disarm{%
 \global\let\maketitle@trigger\relax
 \global\let\@startsection@hook\@empty
 \global\let\listof@hook\@empty
 \global\let\everypar@hook\@empty
}%
\def\maketitle@trigger{%
 \maketitle
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsection{Document Body}%
% Herein are definitions of formatting procedures that occur in the body 
% of the article.
%
% \subsubsection{Footnotes}%
%
% The following code redefines a few things so that spacing in footnotes 
% is different than \LaTeX\ defaults.  The adjustment to |\skip\footins| 
% increases
% the amount of vertical space inserted before the |\footnoterule|.  
% The commented out definitions of |\@makefntext| give proper 
% indentation.
% \begin{macro}{\footins}
% \begin{macro}{\footnotesep}
% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
%
% Style Note: in the two-column preprint style, these values are 
% different.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\skip\footins}{4ex\@plus1ex\@minus.5ex}%
\setlength\footnotesep{3ex}%
%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hb@xt@\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
\long\def\@makefntext@pptt#1{%
 \noindent
 \hbox\@to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}%
 #1%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% FIXME: doublecheck the |\xdef|.
% \begin{macro}{editornote}
% \begin{macro}{\theeditornote}
% \begin{macro}{\notetoeditor}
% The |\notetoeditor| command puts text into the footnote area that 
% contains some
% special instruction to the editor.
% It places a superior ``En'' at the point in
% the text where the note appears, then makes a footnote labelled
% ``En NOTE TO EDITOR: <text>''
% \begin{verbatim}
% \notetoeditor{<text>}
% \end{verbatim}
% FIXME: cf. definition of |\footnote|.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{editornote}%
\def\theeditornote{{\rmfamily E}\arabic{editornote}}%
\newcommand\notetoeditor[1]{%
 \stepcounter{editornote}%
 \begingroup
  \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}%
  \xdef\@thefnmark{\theeditornote}%
 \endgroup
 \@footnotemark\@footnotetext{NOTE TO EDITOR: #1}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Sections}%
%
% Modify the indentation behavior so that {\em all} paragraphs, 
% including those first after section heads, are indented.
% This is consonant with the styles of many journals,
% although it's non-standard typographic practice.
%
% Style Note: In the two-column preprint style, we
% add simple logic to engage |\twocolumn| when the first |\section| 
% command is encountered if this has not been done already.
%
% \begin{macro}{\section}
% \begin{macro}{\thesection}
% Level-one head.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\section{%
 \@startsection{section}{1}%
  {\z@}{5ex\@plus.5ex}{1ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries}%
}%
\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}}%
\def\clear@section@page{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\subsection}
% \begin{macro}{\thesubsection}
% Level-two head.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\subsection{%
 \@startsection{subsection}{2}%
  {\z@}{5ex\@plus.5ex}{1ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries}%
}%
\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\@arabic{\c@subsection}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection}
% \begin{macro}{\thesubsubsection}
% Level-three head.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\subsubsection{%
 \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}%
  {\z@}{5ex\@plus.5ex}{1ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\itshape}%
}%
\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\subsubsubsection}
% \begin{macro}{\thesubsubsubsection}
% Define sectioning command below |\subsubsection|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\subsubsubsection{%
 \@startsection{subsubsection}{4}%
  {\z@}{-15\p@\@plus-5\p@\@minus-2\p@}{5\p@}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
}%
\def\thesubsubsubsection{\thesubsubsection.\@arabic{\c@subsubsubsection}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\theparagraph}
% The run-in head.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\@arabic{\c@paragraph}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\acknowledgments}
% \begin{macro}{\acknowledgements}
% For ApJ, acknowledgments are set off from main body text simply by
% vertical space (no heading or type size change).  I do the same for
% the AAS manuscript style.  For use in producing more polished output
% for other journals, this macro might generate text saying
% ``Acknowledg[e]ments''.
%
% An alternative spelling of the command is provided.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex\@plus.8ex\@minus.4ex}%
\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Equation Numbering}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
% Redefine |\appendix| so that equation numbers are prepended with 
% |\theappendix| number.  Reset equation counter so that equation
% numbers in the appendix begin again with 1.  
% The |\section| command is redefined by
% |\appendix| to clear the equation counter for each section, so
% that equation numbers will look like A1, A2,\dots, B1, B2,
%
% Note that the
% |\appendix| command is {\em not} a sectioning command; it is merely
% a delimiting markup between the main body of the paper and the
% appendix.  Sections in the appendix are still started with
% |\section| commands.  
% etc. 
%
% If we are in two-column mode at this point,
% we switch back to one column and set a flag to remind us to
% return to two-column mode upon entering the bibliography.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\appendix{%
 \par
 \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
 \setcounter{section}{\z@}%
 \setcounter{subsection}{\z@}%
 \setcounter{equation}{\z@}%
%\setcounter{figure}{\z@}%
%\setcounter{table}{\z@}%
%\def\fnum@figure{Figure \Alph{section}\thefigure:}%
%\def\fnum@table{Table \Alph{section}\thetable:}%
 \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}%
 \def\theequation{%
 %\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}%
  \thesection\arabic{equation}%
 }%
 \@addtoreset{equation}{section}%
 \appendix@figtab@defs
 \def\section{%
  \@startsection
   {section}{1}{\z@}%
   {5ex\@plus.5ex}{1ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries}%
   }%
}%
\let\appendix@figtab@defs\@empty
\def\appendix@figtab@defs@pptt{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{mathletters}
% Define |mathletters| environment.  This is a wrapper that goes
% \emph{around} (outside of) |equation| or |eqnarray| environments.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{cureqno}%
\newenvironment{mathletters}{%
 \refstepcounter{equation}%
 \setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
 \let\@curtheeqn\theequation
 \edef\@tempa{\theequation}%
 \expandafter\def
 \expandafter\theequation
 \expandafter{\@tempa\alph{equation}}%
 \setcounter{equation}{0}%
}{%
 \let\theequation\@curtheeqn
 \setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\eqnum}
% The |\eqnum| command allows the author to override all automatic
% equation marking schemes.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\eqnum[1]{%
 \def\theequation{#1}%
 \let\@currentlabel\theequation
 \addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Here ends the code for the document class.
% Hereinafter appears code that is common to 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Bibliography}%
% For the time being, I don't think
% it would be a good idea to force an implementation based on BibTeX,
% although I'll prepare for that eventuality by using the constructs and
% general ideas of the \LaTeX\ |thebibliography| environment.  
% Adjustments have been made so that the |\cite|--|\bibitem| mechanism 
% can be used to cite references symbolically while maintaining proper 
% citation syntax within the paper; the author must create the citation 
% label for each reference in proper journal format in the |\bibitem| 
% command.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \begin{thebibliography}
%    \bibitem[label]{<texttag>}
%    \reference <bibliographic data>
%    \end{thebibliography}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Observe that the bibliographic data supplied by the author must also
% conform to the standards of the journal.  I have elected not to burden
% authors with tedious \LaTeX\ commands which would require many curly 
% braces to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the 
% journals I have targeted in this project have agreed to reduce 
% typographic overhead (bolding, italicizing, etc.) in reference lists.  
% (See Abt's editorial in ApJ 357.)
% It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the 
% proper order with the correct punctuation; the information will be 
% typeset as is, i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
%
% Macros are provided for many of the oft-referenced journals so that 
% authors may use the \LaTeX\ names rather than having to look up a 
% particular journal's
% specific abbreviation.  In principle, all the journals should be using 
% the same abbreviations, too, but I anticipate some changes in the 
% specific abbreviations before a set is finally settled on.  As long as 
% these macros are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about 
% such editorial changes.
%
% Corresponding with the non-BibTeX references environment and 
% |\reference| command for the reference list is the |\markcite| 
% command.
% This can be  used to identify in-text citations; in this case, the 
% author provides the actual citation text as opposed to the symbolic 
% tag.
% The use of this is encouraged, even for journals where no special 
% formatting of citation call-outs is required; it is crucial for the 
% future use of on-line browsers.
%
% Note: |\markcite| is deprecated (V5.0) and has been eliminated.
%
% The entire bibliography section of code is incorporated into the
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{thebibliography}
% \begin{macro}{\clear@thebibliography@page}
% \begin{macro}{\thebib@list}
% \begin{macro}{\thebib@list@pptt}
%
% Note on |\clear@thebibliography@page|: this procedure is nil except in
% the manuscript substyle, where it does a |\clearpage|, and 
% the two-column preprint substyle, where it returns to two column mode.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%
 \clear@thebibliography@page
 \subsection*{REFERENCES}%
 \thebib@list
 \def\refpar{\relax}%
 \def\newblock{\hskip .11em\@plus.33em\@minus.07em}%
 \sloppy
 \clubpenalty4000
 \widowpenalty4000
 \sfcode`\.=1000\relax
}{%
 \endlist
 \revtex@pageid
}%
\def\clear@thebibliography@page{}%
\def\thebib@list{%
 \list{\null}{%
  \leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent-\leftmargin
  \usecounter{enumi}%
 }%
}%
\def\thebib@list@pptt{%
 \list{\null}{%
  \leftmargin 1.2em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent-\leftmargin
  \usecounter{enumi}%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{references}
% It is not necessary to use the thebibliography environment.
% This style defines a |references| environment that simply sets off the 
% list of references and adjusts spacing parameters.
% It is not possible to use |\bibitem|s within the |references| 
% environment.
% (The |\reference| command cannot be shortened to |\ref|;
% |\ref| is used in standard \LaTeX\ for cross-referencing.)
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \begin{references}
%    \reference <bibliographic data>
%    \end{references}
% \end{verbatim}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{references}{%
 \clear@thebibliography@page
 \subsection*{REFERENCES}%
 \bgroup
  \setlength\parindent\z@
  \setlength\parskip\itemsep
  \let\refpar\references@refpar
}{%
  \refpar
 \egroup
 \revtex@pageid
}%
\def\references@refpar@mss{%
 \par\setlength\hangindent{3em}\hangafter\@ne
}%
\def\references@refpar@pptt{%
 \par\setlength\hangindent{1.2em}\hangafter\@ne
}%
\let\references@refpar\references@refpar@mss
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\reference}
% \begin{macro}{\@reference}
% List of references.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\reference{%
 \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\@reference}{%
  \@latexerr{Missing key on reference command}{%
   Each reference command should have a key corresponding
   to a \protect\markcite\space somewhere in the text
  }%
 }%
}%
\def\@reference#1{\relax\refpar}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% 
% \begin{macro}{\markcite}
%
% The |\markcite| command is now deprecated and will give
% a diagnostic message in the \TeX\ log (NB: without halting \TeX).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\markcite[1]{\remove@command\markcite}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@biblabel}
% \begin{macro}{\@cite}
% Formatting choices for citations.
%
% FIXME: doublecheck compatibility with natbib
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\@biblabel#1{\relax}%
%\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}%
 \def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% This completes the section of code incorporated into the
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% Hereinafter appears code for the document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Tables and Figures}%
%
% \begin{macro}{topnumber}
% Explicitly set the counter for the number of floats allowed at the
% top of the page
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setcounter{topnumber}{7}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tablenotemark}
% \begin{macro}{\tablenotetext}
% Footnotes for tables are to be identified with lower case alphabetics,
% rather than numeric.  |\tablenotemark| and |\tablenotetext| commands 
% are provided analogous to |\footnotemark| and |\footnotetext|, but 
% with the identifier {\em required}, like |\altaffilmark| and 
% |\altaffiltext|.
% The |\tablenotetext| must be specified before the |\end{table}|,
% since |\end{table}| displays it.
%
% \begin{verbatim}
%     \tablenotemark{<tag letter(s)>}
%     \tablenotetext{<alpha tag>}{<text>}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Note that \m{tag letter} is identified with \m{alpha tag}
% for corresponding text.
% It is the
% responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
%
% The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, 
% rather than being associated with a particular page, and they are 
% printed with the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of 
% appearing at the extreme bottom of the page.
% This is done to ensure that the notes wind up on the same page as the 
% table, since tables are floats and can migrate
% from one page to another.  There is the additional benefit that the 
% notes are unambiguously attached to the proper table, which is what is 
% required in the event that the editorial requirement of one table only 
% per page is ever changed to permit several tables per page.
%
% Footnotes are \emph{not} supported for figures.
%
% Here we give the formatting procedures for the mark, the note, and 
% the sequence of notes as a whole.
% The code for plano tables provides alternative procedures,
% albeit a common queueing mechanism is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newskip\tnotemarkskip
\tnotemarkskip7pt
\newdimen\@abovenoteskip%
\newcommand\tablenotemark[1]{%
\rlap{$^{\mathrm #1}$}\hskip\tnotemarkskip\ignorespaces% Fixed: the space after notemark
}%
\def\@tablenotetext#1#2{%
 \vspace{.5ex}%
 {\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2\par}%
}%
\def\@tablenotes#1{%
 \par
 \vspace{4.5ex}\footnoterule\vspace{.5ex}%
 {\footnotesize#1}%
}%
\def\@tablenotes@pptt#1{%
 \par
 \vspace{3.2ex}\footnoterule\vspace{.4ex}%
 {\footnotesize#1}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tablenotetext}
% \begin{macro}{\spew@tblnotes}
%
% The command |\tablenotetext| enqueues the table note text.
%
% The tablenotes are
% dequeued onto the vertical list by |\spew@tblnotes|, which is
% executed at the end of table processing.
% Note that |\spew@tblnotes| also clears the |\tblnote@list|.
%
% Praise and honor are due to Kresten Krab Thorup (krab@iesd.auc.dk) for
% posting ftn.sty to the Usenet, from which I drew the technique.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \let\tblnote@list\@empty
}%
%
\newcommand\tablenotetext[2]{\ifdim\@abovenoteskip=0pt\global\@abovenoteskip=20pt\fi% 
 \appgdef\tblnote@list{\hsize\pt@width\leftskip\z@\rightskip\z@%
 \@tablenotetext{#1}{\parfillskip\z@ plus1fil#2\endgraf}}% 
}% 
%
\def\spew@tblnotes{%
 \@ifx@empty\tblnote@list{}{%
  \@tablenotes{\tblnote@list}%
  \global\let\tblnote@list\@empty
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{table}
% \begin{macro}{table*}
% Patch |\spew@tblnotes| into the end-processing for tables:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\prepdef\endtable{\spew@tblnotes}%
\expandafter\prepdef\csname endtable*\endcsname{\spew@tblnotes}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tableline}
% Add a |\tableline| command for use in tabular environments.  This 
% command produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings 
% and the body of the table.
% Authors are discouraged from using any |\hlines| themselves,
% and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\tableline=\hline
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
% |\@makecaption| determines formatting for figure and table captions.  
% For manuscripts, all captions should be set as flushleft paragraphs.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent#1\ #2\par}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tablenum}
% \begin{macro}{\figurenum}
% The |\tablenum| and |\figurenum| commands allows the author to
% override all automatic table- and figure marking schemes.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\tablenum[1]{%
 \def\thetable{#1}%
 \let\@currentlabel\thetable
 \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
}%
\newcommand\figurenum[1]{%
 \def\thefigure{#1}%
 \let\@currentlabel\thefigure
 \addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\placetable}
% \begin{macro}{\placefigure}
% \begin{macro}{\placeplate}
% \begin{macro}{\@place@float}
% Usually, a float (table, figure, or plate) is placed in an article at 
% or near the location that it is first mentioned.
% However, there are times when an author wishes to refer to a float
% {\em before} it is placed, for instance in an introduction.
% The editors and typesetters however, may
% have trouble deciding just where the float should be placed.  The
% following commands allow the author to tell the editor and publisher 
% exactly where they want to put the item.
% It requires that a |\label{|\m{key}|}| command be
% used in the markup for the float
% (note that |\label{}| should appear {\em after} any |\caption| 
% command, so that the numbering will be correct).
%
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \placetable{<key>}
%    \placefigure{<key>}
%    \placeplate{<key>}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Style Note: In the preprint style, the command emits no text;
% in the manuscript style, it places a note to the editors in the body 
% of the text.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\placetable{\@place@float{TABLE}}%
\newcommand\placefigure{\@place@float{FIGURE}}%
\newcommand\placeplate{\@place@float{PLATE}}%
\def\@place@float#1#2{%
 \vspace{0.5ex}%
 \begin{center}EDITOR: PLACE #1 \ref{#2} HERE.\end{center}%
 \vspace{0.5ex}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\figcaption}
% \begin{macro}{\@figcaption}
% \begin{macro}{\@xfigcaption}
% Sometimes the figures are not included in the text, only the figure
% captions. To facilitate this, a |\figcaption| command is
% provided, which formats the figure captions as needed, and
% increments the figure counter automatically.
% The optional argument allows the markup to include, e.g. the filename
% of the external figure.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\figcaption{\@testopt{\@xfigcaption}{}}%
\def\@xfigcaption[#1]#2{{\def\@captype{figure}\caption{#2}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\dummytable}
% Similarly, we sometimes want to put a placeholder in a document 
% corresponding to a plano table (published elsewhere) so that cross  
% references, etc. work properly with autoincremented counters.
% Thus, for example, one can do:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \dummytable
% \label{mytable}
% \end{verbatim}
% in the document, and refer to this table by number.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\dummytable{\refstepcounter{table}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% Here ends the code for the document class.
% Hereinafter appears code that is common to 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Plano Tables}%
%
% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
% art, i.e., as ``planographic'' figures.  There are desirable 
% properties for a formatter to have that are somewhat above and beyond 
% \LaTeX\'s |tabular| environment that would facilitate the creation of 
% such tables.
% Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
% in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
%
% Note for V5.0:
% Plano tables are no longer supported, but the capabilities of 
% the |deluxetable| are still part of \aastex.
% What this means for the user is that all tables should be coded
% in \LaTeX, whether using the standard \LaTeX\ mechanisms or
% using the enhancements of |deluxetable|, however, the 
% appearance of the table in the printed journal will be under the control
% of the publisher and not the author.
%
% Style Note:
% ApJ ``standard'' widths for tables are 21 and 42 picas, which are the
% widths of single and double columns in the journal.  For wide tables,
% any width less than 42 is acceptable, although using widths of 30pc
% and up will result in better appearance when centering.  Landscape
% orientation is acceptable, and I have provided the pseudo-option
% |\ptlandscape| that resets the page dimensions; the author is still
% responsible for running the local DVI translator with the proper
% parameters so that landscape pages emerge from the laser printer.
%
% Style Note:
% AJ has no ``standard'' widths for camera-ready tables,
% they simply need to be narrower than the page.
% Landscape orientation is acceptable,
% and I have provided the pseudo-option |\ptlandscape| that resets the
% page dimensions; the author is still responsible for running the
% local DVI translator with the proper parameters so that landscape
% pages actually emerge from the laser printer.
%
% What follows was inspired by supertab.sty by Theo Jurriens, 1988.
%
% We define descriptive markup for table elements.
% Observe that the formatting is embedded in the macro definitions
% so that the author doesn't need to be concerned about stylistic 
% nuances.
%
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \tablecaption{<text>}
%    \tablehead{<text>}
%    \colhead{<heading>}
%    \tabletail{<text>}
%    \tablewidth{<dimen>}
%    \tablecolumns{<num>}
%    \tableheadfrac{<num>}
%    \rotate
% \end{verbatim}
%
% The entire deluxetable section of code is incorporated into the 
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pt@box}
% \begin{macro}{\pt@width}
% \begin{macro}{\pt@column}
% \begin{macro}{\pt@nlines}
% \begin{macro}{\pt@ncol}
% \begin{macro}{\pt@page}
% Allocate registers for use in |deluxetable| (plano) tables.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\pt@box
\newdimen\pt@width
\newcount\pt@line
\newcount\pt@column
\newcount\pt@nlines
\newcount\pt@ncol
\newcount\pt@page
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\colhead}
% \begin{macro}{\tablecolumns}
% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption}
% \begin{macro}{\tablehead}
% \begin{macro}{\tabletail}
% \begin{macro}{\tablewidth}
% \begin{macro}{\tableheadfrac}
% See |deluxetable| environment definition for |\pt@addcol|.
% The definition was moved so that |\tablecolumns| only affects the current 
% table
%
% FIXME: document syntax of |\tablehead{\colhead{<text>}}|
% and alternative of using |\tablecolumns|.
% Latter was added to assist Evan's translator, therefore is
% highly recommended.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\colhead[1]{\multicolumn{1}{c}{#1}\pt@addcol}%
%
\gdef\pt@footnotesize{\string\footnotesize} 
\gdef\pt@scriptsize{\string\scriptsize}
\newcommand\tabletypesize[1]{\def\pt@typesize{#1}\gdef\@typesize{\string#1}
 \ifx\@typesize\pt@footnotesize
      \def\pt@headfrac{\pt@headfrac@ass@footnotesize}
  \else
      \ifx\@typesize\pt@scriptsize
          \def\pt@headfrac{\pt@headfrac@ass@scriptsize}
      \else
          \def\pt@headfrac{\pt@headfrac@ass@normalsize}% 
      \fi
\fi
}% Access to different type sizes in deluxetable 
\def\pt@typesize{}% 
%
\newcommand\tablecolumns[1]{%
 \pt@column=#1\relax%
 \pt@ncol=#1\relax%
 \global\let\pt@addcol\@empty%
}%
%
\newcommand\tablecaption[1]{\gdef\pt@caption{\tnotemarkskip8pt#1}}%Fixed: space after mark 
\newcommand\tablehead[1]{%
 \gdef\pt@head{%
  \hline\hline
  \relax\\[-1.7ex]%
  #1\hskip\tabcolsep
  \\[.7ex]%
  \hline
  \relax\\[-1.5ex]%
 }%
}%
\def\tablehead@aj#1{%
 \gdef\pt@head{%
  #1\hskip\tabcolsep
  \\[.7ex]%
  \hline
  \relax\\[-1.5ex]%
 }%
}%
\newif\if@pt@rot
\newcommand\rotate{\@pt@rottrue}%
\newcommand\tabletail[1]{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}}%
\newcommand\tablewidth[1]{\pt@width=#1\relax}%
\newcommand\tableheadfrac[1]{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Initialization:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \let\pt@caption\@empty%
 \let\pt@head\@empty%
 \let\pt@tail\@empty%
 \pt@width\textwidth%
 %\def\pt@headfrac{.1}%
 \def\pt@headfrac{\pt@headfrac@ass@normalsize}% initialize typesize to consider 
}%                                            % while calculating rows
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pt@calcnlines}
% Calculate the number of tabular rows that will fit in the body of the
% table.  The height of the table body and the number of lines are
% calculated thus:
% \makeatletter
% \begin{eqnarray}
%  \mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar bodyheight}}&
%  {}={}&
%  \mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar textheight}}
%  \times (1 - \mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar pt@headfrac}})\nonumber\\
%  \mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar pt@nlines}}&
%  {}={}&
%  \mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar bodyheight}}
%  / (\mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar arraystretch}}
%  \times \mbox{\texttt{\@backslashchar baselineskip}})\nonumber
% \end{eqnarray}
% \makeatother
%
% The row height can be seen to be valid algebraically if one examines 
% the definitions for |\strutbox|, |\@setstrut|, and |\@array|.
% I could eliminate
% this calculation, as well as its attendant parameters, if it were 
% possible to determine the accumulated height of the |\halign| box as 
% \TeX\ goes along.
%
% Art says: of course this is not possible in \LaTeX\
% without supplementing it with a specialized output routine.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%
\newdimen\tabbaseskip%
%
\def\pt@calcnlines{% 
 \begingroup%
  \if@pt@rot\textheight\textwidth\fi% rotate tables
  \pt@typesize% Type sizes in deluxetable
  \@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight 
  \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by -\@tempdima
  \@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
  \global\tabbaseskip\baselineskip
  \divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
  \global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb
 \endgroup
}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pt@tabacol}
% Set |\@acol|
% to |\pt@tabacol|, which is called when building the preamble for the
% |\halign| (assuming the first column format specification is |l|, 
% which it should be for ApJ tables) so that |\tabskip| within the table 
% is set to |\fill|.
%
% Doing so permits us to toggle between natural and fixed-width
% tables without requiring the user to change markup.  Note that by
% forcing |\tabskip| always to be |\fill|, I pretty well nullify any
% |@{\hspace}| commands the user puts in the template, but this 
% environment is for people who don't want to think about that sort of 
% stuff anyway.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pt@tabacol{%
 \edef\@preamble{\@preamble\hskip\tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pt@tmpcapwidth}
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@plano}
%
% Permit different identifying strings, one for the first page of the
% table and one for continuation pages.  \LaTeX's |\fnum@table| is set 
% to one or the other automatically in the environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\pt@tmpcapwidth
\long\def\@makecaption@plano#1#2{%
 \@ifdim{\pt@width>\z@}{%
  \pt@tmpcapwidth\pt@width
 }{%
  \pt@tmpcapwidth\hsize
 }%
%\center
  \parbox{\pt@tmpcapwidth}{%
   \@make@caption@text{#1}{#2}%
  }%
 \endcenter
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptable}
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptablecont}
% \begin{macro}{\@make@caption@text}
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@plano@cont}
% 
% The default formatting procedures for 
% plano table captions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}%
\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\rmfamily Continued}}%
\long\def\@make@caption@text#1#2{%
 \center\rmfamily#1.\quad#2\endcenter
}%
\long\def\@makecaption@plano@cont#1#2{%
 \center\rmfamily#1\endcenter
 \vskip 2.5ex
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptablecont@pptt}
% \begin{macro}{\@make@caption@text@pptt}
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@plano@cont@pptt}
% Formatting procedures for 
% plano table captions in the 
% preprint style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\fnum@ptablecont@pptt{Table \thetable---{\itshape Continued}}%
\long\def\@make@caption@text@pptt#1#2{%
 \center\sc#1\\[.5ex]#2\endcenter
}%
\long\def\@makecaption@plano@cont@pptt#1#2{%
 \center\sc#1\endcenter
 \vskip 1.5ex
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptable@apj}
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptablecont@apj}
% \begin{macro}{\@make@caption@text@apj}
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@plano@cont@apj}
% Formatting procedures for 
% plano table captions in the 
% ApJ style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\fnum@ptable@apj{TABLE \thetable}%
\def\fnum@ptablecont@apj{TABLE \thetable---{\itshape Continued}}%
\long\def\@make@caption@text@apj#1#2{%
 \center\Large\sc#1\\[.5ex]#2\endcenter
}%
\long\def\@makecaption@plano@cont@apj#1#2{%
 \center\Large\sc#1\endcenter
 \vskip 1.5ex
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptable@aj}
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@ptablecont@aj}
% \begin{macro}{\@make@caption@text@aj}
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@plano@cont@aj}
% Formatting procedures for 
% plano table captions in the 
% AJ style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\fnum@ptable@aj{Table \thetable.}%
\def\fnum@ptablecont@aj{Table \thetable.\space{\rmfamily (continued)}}%
\long\def\@make@caption@text@aj#1#2{%
 \center\large{\sc#1}\space#2\endcenter
}%
\long\def\@makecaption@plano@cont@aj#1#2{%
 \center\large{\sc#1}\endcenter
 \vskip 1.5ex
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{deluxetable}
% \begin{macro}{planotable}
% \begin{macro}{\startdata}
% \begin{macro}{\enddata}
%
% Implementation Note:
% It is desirable for the last portion of
% a multi-page table to be |\topinsert|ed, rather than |\midinsert|ed.
% At the moment, this doesn't happen.  It's not straightforward to
% make that preference known at the {\em end} of table processing.
%
% Note the context switch that provides for alternative formatting for 
% table notes in plano tables.
% 
% In the start processing of |deluxetable|, the first order
% of business is to put away the argument, which is 
% just like the argument of \LaTeX's |tabular|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\spew@tblnotesbox%
\newbox\restof@tblnotesbox%
\global\newdimen\noteheight%
\global\newdimen\pt@tabnoteminht%
\global\pt@tabnoteminht=0pt%
\newenvironment{deluxetable}[1]{%
% Fixed: table immediately after the title
 \maketitle
 \def\pt@format{\string#1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Next come the custom modifications to |tabular|'s behavior,
% the row terminator that allows pagebreaks and 
% the alignment preamble parser that always sets
% |\tabskip| to |\hfill|.
% Note: |\nl| and |\nextline| are now deprecated.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\@acol\pt@tabacol% 
 \let\@tabularcr\@ptabularcr%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now come the context switches that control how
% table notes are formatted.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\@tablenotetext\@ptablenotetext%
 \let\@tablenotes\@ptablenotes%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The remainder of the start processing simply initializes
% counters that are used in |deluxetable| processing.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \global\pt@ncol\z@%
 \global\pt@column\z@%
 \global\pt@page\@ne%
 \gdef\pt@addcol{\global\advance\pt@ncol\@ne}%
 \if@pt@rot\leavevmode\fi%
}{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% End processing for |deluxetable| entails
% formatting the table notes, outputting the diagnostic
% message for the last table page and wrapping up the float.
%
% Finding the available space for tablenotes below the table body
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx\@typesize\pt@footnotesize%%% considering the table typesize in calculation
    \global\pt@tabnoteminht=\pt@notemin@footnote\baselineskip
  \else
    \ifx\@typesize\pt@scriptsize
       \global\pt@tabnoteminht=\pt@notemin@script\baselineskip
    \else
       \global\pt@tabnoteminht=\pt@notemin@normal\baselineskip    
    \fi
  \fi  
 \global\advance\pt@tabnoteminht-\@abovenoteskip
 \global\@abovenoteskip=0pt
 \setbox\spew@tblnotesbox\vbox{\spew@tblnotes}%
 %%
 %% Finding the available space for tablenotes in current page   
 \if@pt@rot\global\noteheight\textwidth\else\global\noteheight\textheight\fi%
 \global\advance\noteheight-\ht\captionbox%
 \global\advance\noteheight-\pt@line\tabbaseskip
 \if@twocolumn  %% tables in preprint2 style
    \ifx\@typesize\pt@scriptsize
    \global\advance\noteheight-6\baselineskip% 
    \else
    \global\advance\noteheight-3\baselineskip% 
    \fi
  \else
    \global\advance\noteheight-2\baselineskip% 
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%%
%% Print the maximum lines of notes below table within current page
%    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifdim\noteheight<\pt@tabnoteminht% if not possible to keep the minimum two lines 
     \global\noteheight=0pt%         % the whole notes move to next page.
     \global\setbox\restof@tblnotesbox\vbox{\unvbox\spew@tblnotesbox}% 
   \else
   %%
   %% if possible two lines, check the length of notes 
     \ifdim\ht\spew@tblnotesbox>\noteheight%
        % Print maximum notes in available space and store the remaining part
        \hbox\@to\hsize{\hfil\vsplit\spew@tblnotesbox to \noteheight\hfil}%
        \global\setbox\restof@tblnotesbox\vbox{\unvbox\spew@tblnotesbox}% 
     \else%
        % Print the whole notes in current page.
        \vbox{\hbox\@to\hsize{\hfil\box\spew@tblnotesbox\hfil}}%
     \fi
   \fi
 \typeout@deluxetable% 
 \endcenter% 
 \end@plano@float%
%    \end{macrocode}
%%
%% Print the remaining tablenotes into new page(s). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
%% print each page until the remaining box empty.
 \loop\ifvoid\restof@tblnotesbox\else%
 \clearpage
 %%
 %% check whether the remaining box is a full/partial page
 \ifdim\ht\restof@tblnotesbox<\if@pt@rot\hsize\else\vsize\fi% 
     \vbox to \textheight{\if@pt@rot\vfill\fi\hbox to \textwidth{\if@pt@rot\else\hfil\fi
     \if@pt@rot\rotatebox{90}{\box\restof@tblnotesbox}
     \else{\box\restof@tblnotesbox}\fi\hfil}\vfill}%
 \else%
    \vbox to \textheight{\vfill\hbox to \textwidth{\hfil%
    \if@pt@rot\rotatebox{90}{\vsplit\restof@tblnotesbox to \textwidth}
    \else{\vsplit\restof@tblnotesbox to \textheight}\fi\hfil}\vfill}%
 \fi%
 \clearpage
 \repeat% 
 \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
 \tabletypesize{\normalsize}% 
}%
\let@environment{planotable}{deluxetable}%
%
\def\@plano@float{% Invoked by \startdata
 \begingroup%
  \if@pt@rot\columnwidth\textheight\fi% Deluxetable table \rotate
  \@plano@float@{table}% 
}% 
\def\end@plano@float{% S/B invoked by \enddata; instead by \enddeluxetable 
  \end@plano@float@\endgroup}% 
\def\@plano@float@{\@float}% Extra layer of abstraction for float processing 
\def\end@plano@float@{% 
\end@float}%
\newdimen\firsttabskip
\firsttabskip-\hsize 
\appdef\@endfloatbox{%
\if@pt@rot
\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\hskip\firsttabskip\global\firsttabskip\z@%
\rotatebox{90}{\box\@currbox}}\else\global\firsttabskip\z@\fi% 
% Fix the roate table on first page
}% 
%
\def\typeout@deluxetable@mss{%
 \typeout{%
  Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width
 }%
}%
\def\typeout@deluxetable@ppt{%
 \typeout{%
  Page  \the\pt@page \space of table \thetable\space has been set to 
  width \the\pt@width\space with \the\pt@nlines\space lines per page
 }%
}%
% FIXME: default setting in case of unknown substyle
\let\typeout@deluxetable\typeout@deluxetable@mss
\newcommand\startdata{%
 \pt@calcnlines
 \@ifdim{\pt@width>\z@}{%
  \def\@halignto{\@to\pt@width}%
 }{%
  \def\@halignto{}%
 }%
 \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable
 \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@plano
 \global\pt@line\z@
 \start@pt@tabular
 \after@startdata
}%
%
\global\newbox\captionbox
\def\start@pt@tabular{\par%
 \@plano@float 
 \center 
 \expandafter\caption\expandafter{\pt@caption}% 
 \global\setbox\captionbox\vbox{\expandafter\caption\expandafter{\pt@caption}}
 \pt@typesize% Type sizes in deluxetable 
 \expandafter\@tabular\expandafter{\pt@format}% 
}%
% 
\def\set@pt@box#1{\setbox\pt@box}%
\def\after@startdata{\pt@head}%
\def\after@startdata@aj{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]\pt@head}%
\def\enddata{%
 \crcr
 \noalign{\vskip .7ex}%
 \before@enddata% 
 \endtabular%
 \setbox\pt@box\lastbox%
 \pt@width\wd\pt@box
 \hbox \@to \hsize{\hfil\box\pt@box\hfil}%
 \ignorespaces}%
\def\before@enddata{\hline}%
\def\before@enddata@aj{\hline\hline}%
\def\nl{\substitute@command\nl\\}%
\def\nextline{\substitute@command\nextline\\}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ptabularcr}
% \begin{macro}{\@argptabularcr}
% A different row terminator is needed so that the line counter
% can be checked prior to adding the line to the alignment box.
% This command is syntactically equivalent to |\\|.
%
% User Note: This code is syntactically the same as the \LaTeX\
% code for |\@tabularcr|, however the latter semantically ignores
% its *-form.
% In the case of |\@ptabularcr|, the * suppresses the possibility
% of a page break.
%
% Implementation Note: This code, like |\@tabularcr| relies on the 
% idiom |{\ifnum0=`}\fi|, an obscure construction that is explained
% by the \TeX book on pages 240 and 385--386.
% The need for this construct is the case where a |\\| is immediately
% followed by a |&| or a |\cr|. The construct |\ifnum0=`{\fi}| undoes
% the effect of the first.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ptabularcr{%
 {\ifnum0=`}\fi% A klootch just in case the next token is & or \cr
 \@ifstar{%
  \@testopt{\@argptabularcr\@empty}\z@skip%
 }{%
  \@testopt{\@argptabularcr\ptable@@split}\z@skip%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Recalculating the lines per page if any optional spacing between rows 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\pt@reduceline
\newdimen\extra@vspace
\extra@vspace\z@
\def\@xargptarraycr#1{\@tempdima #1%
   \global\advance\extra@vspace\@tempdima%        % adding the optional spaces
   \advance\@tempdima\dp \@arstrutbox%
   \vrule \@height\z@ \@depth\@tempdima \@width\z@%
   \global\pt@reduceline\arraystretch\tabbaseskip% total lines to be reduced
   \@whilenum\pt@reduceline<\extra@vspace%       % reducing the excess lines% 
   \do{% 
   \global\advance\extra@vspace-\pt@reduceline%
   \global\advance\pt@line1
   }% 
\cr}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@argptabularcr#1[#2]{%
 \ifnum0=`{\fi}% To undo the effect of the klootch.
 \@ifdim{#2>\z@}{%
  \unskip\@xargptarraycr{#2}%
 }{%
  \@yargarraycr{#2}%
 }\ptable@split#1%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ptable@split}
% \begin{macro}{\ptable@@split}
% \begin{macro}{\before@suspendpt}
% \begin{macro}{\before@resumept}
% \begin{macro}{\before@suspendpt@aj}
% \begin{macro}{\before@resumept@aj}
% \begin{macro}{\typeout@pt@nl@ppt}
% \begin{macro}{\typeout@pt@nl@mss}
% \begin{macro}{\typeout@pt@nl@aj}
% The decision to break the table is made by |\ptable@split|,
% which does its calculations inside a |\noalign|,
% a trick I got from William Baxter.
% Note that if the *-form of the |\\| was used, 
% the token thrown by |\aftergroup| is simply |\@empty|,
% regardless of what the line count is;
% this is how we prevent a pagebreak at this line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ptable@split#1{%
 \noalign{%
  \global\advance\pt@line\@ne%
  \@ifnum{\pt@line<\pt@nlines}{}{%
   \aftergroup#1%
  }%
 }%
}%
\def\ptable@@split{%
  \before@suspendpt%
  \endtabular%
  \setbox\pt@box\lastbox%
  \pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box%
  \typeout@pt@nl%
  \global\advance\pt@page\@ne%
  \endcenter%
  \end@plano@float%
  \clearpage
  \global\extra@vspace\z@
  \addtocounter{table}{-2}%
  \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont%
  \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@plano@cont%
  \global\pt@ncol=\pt@column%  Either 0 or value of \tablecolumns
  \global\pt@line\z@%
  \start@pt@tabular%
  \before@resumept%
  \pt@head%
}%
\def\before@suspendpt{}%
\def\before@resumept{}%
\def\before@suspendpt@aj{\@tabularcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline}%
\def\before@resumept@aj{\hline\relax\@tabularcr[-1.7ex]}%
\def\typeout@pt@nl@ppt{%
 \typeout{%
  Page \the\pt@page\space of table \thetable\space has been set to
  width \the\pt@width
 }%
}%
\def\typeout@pt@nl@mss{%
 \typeout{%
  Page \the\pt@page\space of table \thetable\space has been set to
  width \the\pt@width\space with \the\pt@nlines\space lines per page
 }%
}%
\def\typeout@pt@nl@aj{%
 \typeout{%
  Table \thetable\space has been set to
  width \the\pt@width\space with \the\pt@nlines\space lines per page
 }%
}%
\let\typeout@pt@nl\typeout@pt@nl@mss
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tablevspace}
% \begin{macro}{\tablebreak}
% Author markup commands for planotable environment line breaks.
%
% In version 4.0, it was necessary to use |\nl| or |\nextline| instead 
% of |\\| and to employ an alternative mechanism for introducing extra 
% vertical space:
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \nl == \nextline   Used in place of LaTeX's \\
%    \tablevspace{<dimen>}
%    \tablebreak
% \end{verbatim}
%
% In this version of \aastex\, the user can simply employ \LaTeX's |\\| 
% as per usual.
% The user can supply an optional argument to govern the vertical 
% spacing as usual, and the *-form prevents a pagebreak.
%
% Consequently, |\nl|, |\nextline|, and |\tablevspace| are now deprecated.
%
% Note that there is a significant problem with the |\tablevspace| command that 
% recommends against its use:
% if the table splits at that point, the extra vertical space 
% will fall at the top of the next page's table.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\tablevspace[1]{\substitute@command\tablevspace\\[#1]}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% In order to force a |deluxetable| to split (over pages), the user
% gives the |\tablebreak| command.
%
% Art says: As a means of controlling page breaks,
% I prefer to see the user employ the *-form of the 
% row terminator |\\| to prevent the indicated line
% from splitting from the next line.
% Besides, there is a drawback in using |\tablebreak|, namely
% that it is syntactically different from |\\|, and
% unlike any extant \LaTeX\ capability.
% The ``\LaTeX\ way'' of forcing a page break would be 
% to use the |\pagebreak| or |\newpage| commands.
% So I deprecate |\tablebreak|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\tablebreak{\cr\ptable@@split}%\\{\cr\ptable@@split}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\cutinhead}
% \begin{macro}{\cutinhead@ppt}
% \begin{macro}{\sidehead}
% We have some specialty heads that are sometimes wanted in tables.
% Art says: Why do these use |\@ptabularcr|?
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \cutinhead{<text>}
%    \sidehead{<text>}
% \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\cutinhead[1]{%
 \noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}%
 \hline
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip -4ex}%
 \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}%
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip .8ex}%
 \hline
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip -2ex}%
}%
\def\cutinhead@ppt#1{%
 \noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}%
 \hline
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip -2ex}% Style Note: in apj, it is -1.5ex
 \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}%
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip .8ex}%
 \hline
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip -2ex}%
}%
\newcommand\sidehead[1]{%
 \noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}%
 \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}%
 \@ptabularcr
 \noalign{\vskip .5ex}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ptablenotetext}
% \begin{macro}{\@ptablenotes}
% 
% Here we provide for the alternative formatting procedures for
% table notes in plano tables. 
% Note that the |\tablenotemark| does not change.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ptablenotetext#1#2{%
 \vspace{0ex}% Style Note: in ppt, it is gone
 {%\parbox{\pt@width}%
 {\hskip1em$^{\mathrm#1}$#2}\par}% 
}%
\def\@ptablenotes#1{%
 \par
 \vspace{2ex}%
 {\setlength\parskip{1.5ex}#1}%
}%
\def\@ptablenotes@apj#1{%
 \par
 \vspace{2ex}%
 {#1}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tablerefs}
% \begin{macro}{\@tableref}
% \begin{macro}{\tablecomments}
% \begin{macro}{\@tablecom}
% Special kinds of table footnotes.  Sometimes authors tabulate things
% which have corresponding references, and it may be desirable to 
% associate these references with the table rather than
% (or in addition to) the formal reference list.
% Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
% paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
% which are different than the caption.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \tablerefs{<reference list>}
%    \tablecomments{<text>}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% In implementation, we enqueue and dequeue using the same
% mechanism as the table notes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%
\newcommand\tablerefs[1]{\ifdim\@abovenoteskip=0pt\global\@abovenoteskip=10pt\fi
\appgdef\tblnote@list{\hsize\pt@width\leftskip\z@\rightskip\z@%
\@tableref{\parfillskip\z@ plus1fil#1\endgraf}}}% 
\def\@tableref#1{% 
 \par 
 \vspace*{3ex}% 
 {%\parbox{\pt@width} %%%% 
 {\hskip1em\rmfamily References. --- #1}\par}% 
}% 
\newcommand\tablecomments[1]{\ifdim\@abovenoteskip=0pt\global\@abovenoteskip=10pt\fi
\appgdef\tblnote@list{\hsize\pt@width\leftskip\z@\rightskip\z@%
\@tablecom{\parfillskip\z@ plus1fil#1\endgraf}}}% 
\def\@tablecom#1{% 
 \par 
 \vspace*{3ex}% 
 {%\parbox{\pt@width} %%% 
{\hskip1em\rmfamily Note. --- #1}\par}% 
}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@tableref@pptt}
% \begin{macro}{\@tablecom@pptt}
% Table references and comments in the two-column preprint style:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@tableref@pptt#1{% 
 \par 
 \vspace*{3ex}%
 {%\parbox{\pt@width} %%% 
 {\hskip1em{\sc References.---}#1}\par}% 
}% 
\def\@tablecom@pptt#1{% 
 \vspace*{3ex}{%
  %\parbox{\pt@width} %%% 
  {\hskip1em{\sc Note.---}#1}\par}% 
}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% Here ends the section of code incorporated into the 
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Hereinafter appears code for the document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Float Parameters}%
%
% \begin{macro}{plate}
% Create a new type of float for ``plates''.
% Note that the |\ftype@plate| must be a power of 2, 
% and that plates are put into the LOF (via |\ext@plate|).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{plate}%
\def\ftype@plate{4}%
\def\ext@plate{lof}%
\newenvironment{plate}{\@float{plate}}{\end@float}%
\newenvironment{plate*}{\@dblfloat{plate}}{\end@dblfloat}%
\let\platewidth=\tablewidth
\newcommand\platenum[1]{%
 \def\theplate{#1}%
 \let\@currentlabel\theplate
 \addtocounter{plate}{\m@ne}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\thefigure}
% \begin{macro}{\thetable}
% \begin{macro}{\theplate}
% Float numbering is arabic.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}%
\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}%
\def\theplate{\@arabic\c@plate}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@figure}
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@table}
% \begin{macro}{\fnum@plate}
%
% Formatting of the float number:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\fnum@figure{{\rmfamily Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}%
\def\fnum@table{{\rmfamily Table \thetable:}}%
\def\fnum@plate{{\bfseries Plate \theplate.}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\fps@figure}
% \begin{macro}{\fps@table}
% \begin{macro}{\fps@plate}
%
% Float positions:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%
\def\fps@figure{bp}%
\def\fps@table{bp}%
\def\fps@plate{bp}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{EPS Inclusions}%
% FIXME: requires package epsf.sty
%
% FIXME: prefer |\includegraphics|
%
% FIXME: implement autoscaling in |\plotone| and |\plottwo|.
%
% \begin{macro}{\eps@scaling}
% \begin{macro}{\epsscale}
% \begin{macro}{\plotone}
% \begin{macro}{\plottwo}
% \begin{macro}{\plotfiddle}
% Support EPS inclusion with the native \LaTeX\ |\includegraphics| 
% command.
% A large number of DVI translators are supported by this mechanism,
% although certain other features of \aastex, notably turnpage tables,
% are supported only by PostScript output devices.
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \plotone{<epsfile>}
%    \plottwo{<epsfile>}{<epsfile>}
%    \plotfiddle{<epsfile>}{<vsize>}{<rot>}{<hsf>}
%     {<vsf>}{<htrans>}{<vtrans>}
%    <epsfile>    name of EPS file
% \end{verbatim}
% |\plotone| inserts the plot in a space that is |\columnwidth| wide;
% |\plottwo| inserts two plots side by side on the same line.
%
% The |\plotfiddle| command now 
% uses only its first six arguments;
% only |voffset| is ignored.
% The parameters |hsf| and |vsf| serves as a scale factor for both
% horizontal and vertical.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\epsfverbosetrue
\def\eps@scaling{1.0}%
\newcommand\epsscale[1]{\gdef\eps@scaling{#1}}%
% 28 Oct 2003 SZ
% added typeout commands to \plotone, \plottwo, \plotfiddle
% this was a change made to the .cls for WPR
% that was not picked up in the .dtx
\newcommand\plotone[1]{%
 \typeout{Plotone included the file #1}
 \centering
 \leavevmode
 \includegraphics[width={\eps@scaling\columnwidth}]{#1}%
}%
\newcommand\plottwo[2]{{%
 \typeout{Plottwo included the files #1 #2}
 \centering
 \leavevmode
 \columnwidth=.45\columnwidth
 \includegraphics[width={\eps@scaling\columnwidth}]{#1}%
 \hfil
 \includegraphics[width={\eps@scaling\columnwidth}]{#2}%
}}%
%
\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{{
\typeout{Plotfiddle included the file #1}
\centering\leavevmode%% Re-implement from v4.0
\vbox to #2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
\hspace*{#6pt}\includegraphics[width=#4pt, height=#5pt, angle=#3, origin=c]{#1}}%
}
%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Abbreviations for Journals}%
%
% The object here is to provide authors
% with convenient shorthands for the most ``popular'' (often-cited)
% journals; the author can use these markup tags without being concerned
% about the exact form of the journal abbreviation, or its formatting.
% It is up to the keeper of the macros to make sure the macros expand
% to the proper text.  If macro package writers agree to all use the
% same TeX command name, authors only have to remember one thing, and
% the style file will take care of editorial preferences.  This also
% applies when a single journal decides to revamp its abbreviating
% scheme, as happened with the ApJ (Abt 1991).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\jnl@style=\rmfamily
\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}%
\newcommand\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}}%
          % Astronomical Journal
\newcommand\actaa{\ref@jnl{Acta Astron.}}%
	  % Acta Astronomica
\newcommand\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}}%
          % Annual Review of Astron and Astrophys
\newcommand\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}%
          % Astrophysical Journal
\newcommand\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}%
          % Astrophysical Journal, Letters
\newcommand\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}}%
          % Astrophysical Journal, Supplement
\newcommand\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.~Opt.}}%
          % Applied Optics
\newcommand\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}}%
          % Astrophysics and Space Science
\newcommand\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}}%
          % Astronomy and Astrophysics
\newcommand\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}}%
          % Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews
\newcommand\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}}%
          % Astronomy and Astrophysics, Supplement
\newcommand\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}}%
          % Astronomicheskii Zhurnal
\newcommand\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}}%
          % Bulletin of the AAS
\newcommand\caa{\ref@jnl{Chinese Astron. Astrophys.}}%
	  % Chinese Astronomy and Astrophysics	  
\newcommand\cjaa{\ref@jnl{Chinese J. Astron. Astrophys.}}%
	  % Chinese Journal of Astronomy and Astrophysics	  
\newcommand\icarus{\ref@jnl{Icarus}}%
	  % Icarus
\newcommand\jcap{\ref@jnl{J. Cosmology Astropart. Phys.}}%
	  % Journal of Cosmology and Astroparticle Physics
\newcommand\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}}%
          % Journal of the RAS of Canada
\newcommand\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}}%
          % Memoirs of the RAS
\newcommand\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}}%
          % Monthly Notices of the RAS
\newcommand\na{\ref@jnl{New A}}%
	  % New Astronomy
\newcommand\nar{\ref@jnl{New A Rev.}}%
	  % New Astronomy Review
\newcommand\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rev.~A}}%
          % Physical Review A: General Physics
\newcommand\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rev.~B}}%
          % Physical Review B: Solid State
\newcommand\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rev.~C}}%
          % Physical Review C
\newcommand\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rev.~D}}%
          % Physical Review D
\newcommand\pre{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rev.~E}}%
          % Physical Review E
\newcommand\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rev.~Lett.}}%
          % Physical Review Letters
\newcommand\pasa{\ref@jnl{PASA}}%
	  % Publications of the Astron. Soc. of Australia
\newcommand\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}}%
          % Publications of the ASP
\newcommand\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}}%
          % Publications of the ASJ
\newcommand\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}}%
          % Quarterly Journal of the RAS
\newcommand\rmxaa{\ref@jnl{Rev. Mexicana Astron. Astrofis.}}%
	  % Revista Mexicana de Astronomia y Astrofisica
\newcommand\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}}%
          % Sky and Telescope
\newcommand\solphys{\ref@jnl{Sol.~Phys.}}%
          % Solar Physics
\newcommand\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}}%
          % Soviet Astronomy
\newcommand\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.~Rev.}}%
          % Space Science Reviews
\newcommand\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}}%
          % Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik
\newcommand\nat{\ref@jnl{Nature}}%
          % Nature
\newcommand\iaucirc{\ref@jnl{IAU~Circ.}}%
          % IAU Cirulars
\newcommand\aplett{\ref@jnl{Astrophys.~Lett.}}%
          % Astrophysics Letters and Communications
\newcommand\apspr{\ref@jnl{Astrophys.~Space~Phys.~Res.}}%
          % Astrophysics Space Physics Research
\newcommand\bain{\ref@jnl{Bull.~Astron.~Inst.~Netherlands}}%
          % Bulletin Astronomical Institute of the Netherlands
\newcommand\fcp{\ref@jnl{Fund.~Cosmic~Phys.}}%
          % Fundamental Cosmic Physics
\newcommand\gca{\ref@jnl{Geochim.~Cosmochim.~Acta}}%
          % Geochimica Cosmochimica Acta
\newcommand\grl{\ref@jnl{Geophys.~Res.~Lett.}}%
          % Geophysics Research Letters
\newcommand\jcp{\ref@jnl{J.~Chem.~Phys.}}%
          % Journal of Chemical Physics
\newcommand\jgr{\ref@jnl{J.~Geophys.~Res.}}%
          % Journal of Geophysical Research
\newcommand\jqsrt{\ref@jnl{J.~Quant.~Spec.~Radiat.~Transf.}}%
          % Journal of Quantitiative Spectroscopy and Radiative Trasfer
\newcommand\memsai{\ref@jnl{Mem.~Soc.~Astron.~Italiana}}%
          % Mem. Societa Astronomica Italiana
\newcommand\nphysa{\ref@jnl{Nucl.~Phys.~A}}%
          % Nuclear Physics A
\newcommand\physrep{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Rep.}}%
          % Physics Reports
\newcommand\physscr{\ref@jnl{Phys.~Scr}}%
          % Physica Scripta
\newcommand\planss{\ref@jnl{Planet.~Space~Sci.}}%
          % Planetary Space Science
\newcommand\procspie{\ref@jnl{Proc.~SPIE}}%
          % Proceedings of the SPIE
\let\astap=\aap
\let\apjlett=\apjl
\let\apjsupp=\apjs
\let\applopt=\ao
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% Here ends the code for the document class.
% Hereinafter appears code that is common to 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Text Entities}%
%
% The entire text entities section of code is incorporated into the 
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Handy little things---that everybody works out for themselves anyway!
% Many of these come from Springer's A\&A package, and some were 
% contributed by Francois Schweizer at DTM.
% You can go berserk making these up,
% especially when you start getting into the composite ones.  We have
% tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
% difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
% Most can be used in or out of math mode with impunity; |\alt| and 
% |\agt| are relations and can only be used in math mode.
%
% The first group consists of
% various kinds of phantoms used for aligning columns in tables;
% |\phn| is a phantom numeral,
% |\phd|    a phantom decimal,
% |\phs|    a phantom minus sign, and
% |\phm| is a generic phantom.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\phn{\phantom{0}}%
\newcommand\phd{\phantom{.}}%
\newcommand\phs{\phantom{$-$}}%
\newcommand\phm[1]{\phantom{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% Wait! These two macros are defined in \file{amssymb.sty}!
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\newcommand\lesssim{%
% \mathrel{\mbox{\rlap{\mbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\mbox{$<$}}}%
%}%
%\newcommand\gtrsim{%
% \mathrel{\mbox{\rlap{\mbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\mbox{$>$}}}%
%}%
%
\let\la=\lesssim            % For Springer A&A compliance...
\let\ga=\gtrsim
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% Various and sundry shorthand for text entities:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\sq{\mbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}%
\newcommand\arcdeg{\mbox{$^\circ$}}%
\newcommand\arcmin{\mbox{$^\prime$}}%
\newcommand\arcsec{\mbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}%
\newcommand\fd{\mbox{$.\!\!^{\mathrm d}$}}%
\newcommand\fh{\mbox{$.\!\!^{\mathrm h}$}}%
\newcommand\fm{\mbox{$.\!\!^{\mathrm m}$}}%
\newcommand\fs{\mbox{$.\!\!^{\mathrm s}$}}%
\newcommand\fdg{\mbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}%
\newcommand\farcm@mss{\mbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}%
\let\farcm\farcm@mss
\newcommand\farcs@mss{\mbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}%
\let\farcs\farcs@mss
\newcommand\fp{\mbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\mathrm p}$}}%
\newcommand\micron{\mbox{$\mu$m}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Alternative definitions for ApJ
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\farcm@apj{%
 \mbox{.\kern -0.7ex\raisebox{.9ex}{\scriptsize$\prime$}}%
}%
\def\farcs@apj{%
 \mbox{%
  \kern  0.13ex.%
  \kern -0.95ex\raisebox{.9ex}{\scriptsize$\prime\prime$}%
  \kern -0.1ex%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\case}
% Permit author to typeset ``case'' fractions.  This is sometimes
% wanted in displayed equations, during which \LaTeX\ will set fractions
% specified as |\frac{x}{y}| as ``built-up'' fractions (numerator and
% denominator at body text size).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\case[2]{\mbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\slantfrac}
% \begin{macro}{\onehalf}
% \begin{macro}{\onethird}
% \begin{macro}{\twothirds}
% \begin{macro}{\onequarter}
% \begin{macro}{\threequarters}
% \begin{macro}{\ubvr}
% \begin{macro}{\ub}
% \begin{macro}{\bv}
% \begin{macro}{\vr}
% \begin{macro}{\ur}
% Permit author to typeset ``text fractions''---the |\slantfrac|
% command should be used in text mode, \emph{not} in math mode.  
% Note that this is different from a ``shilling'' fraction, which the 
% author can produce without any special formatting markup.
% Define markup shorthands for several common fractions using |\slantfrac|.
%
% The |\slantfrac| command is reimplemented in this version of \aastex---
% it used to produce a ``special fraction'', now a case fraction.
% The old definition appears below for reference.
%
% I do not understand the |\ubvr| commands.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\newcommand\slantfrac[2]{\mbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}%
\newcommand\slantfrac{\case}%
\newcommand\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}%
\newcommand\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}%
\newcommand\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}%
\newcommand\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}%
\newcommand\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}%
%
\newcommand\ubvr{\mbox{$U\!BV\!R$}}%% UBVR system
\newcommand\ub{\mbox{$U\!-\!B$}}%   % U-B
\newcommand\bv{\mbox{$B\!-\!V$}}%   % B-V
\newcommand\vr{\mbox{$V\!-\!R$}}%   % V-R
\newcommand\ur{\mbox{$U\!-\!R$}}%   % U-R
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ion}
% Notation for atomic species (ionization levels).  The ionization state
% is specified as the second argument, and should be given as a numeral.
% The macro has to expand the numeric state into the proper notation for
% the publication (roman, numeric, plus signs, etc.)
% \begin{verbatim}
%    \ion{<element>}{<ionization state>}
% \end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ion[2]{#1$\;${\small\rmfamily\@Roman{#2}}\relax}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\nodata}
% Centered ellipsis for use in tables (for unknown values).  |\nodata|
% is generalized markup for this notion: format of null-valued entries
% in tables is style-specific.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\newcommand\cellipsis{\hfill$\cdots$\hfill}%
%\newcommand\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}%
\newcommand\nodata{ ~$\cdots$~ }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\diameter}
% The |\diameter| command produces a circle with a slash through it;
% added for compatibility with A\&A and MNRAS packages.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\diameter{\ooalign{\hfil/\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\degr}
% The |\degr| command is a synonym for |\arcdeg|;
% added for compatibility with A\&A and MNRAS packages.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\degr{\arcdeg}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\Sun}%
% \begin{macro}{\Sol}%
% \begin{macro}{\sun}%
% \begin{macro}{\Mercury}%
% \begin{macro}{\Venus}%
% \begin{macro}{\Earth}%
% \begin{macro}{\Mars}%
% \begin{macro}{\Jupiter}%
% \begin{macro}{\Saturn}%
% \begin{macro}{\Uranus}%
% \begin{macro}{\Neptune}%
% \begin{macro}{\Pluto}%
% \begin{macro}{\Moon}%
% \begin{macro}{\ascnode}%
% \begin{macro}{\descnode}%
%  Names for the planets and ascending node and descending node.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\Sun{\sun}% Sun symbol, "S"
\newcommand\Sol{\sun}%
\newcommand\sun{\odot}%
\newcommand\Mercury{\astro{\char1}}% Mercury symbol, "1"		
\newcommand\Venus{\astro{\char2}}% Venus symbol, "2"		
\newcommand\Earth{\earth}% Earth symbol, "3"		
\newcommand\Terra{\earth}%
\newcommand\earth{\oplus}%
\newcommand\Mars{\astro{\char4}}% Mars symbol, "4"		
\newcommand\Jupiter{\astro{\char5}}% Jupiter symbol, "5"		
\newcommand\Saturn{\astro{\char6}}% Saturn symbol, "6"		
\newcommand\Uranus{\astro{\char7}}% Uranus symbol, "7"		
\newcommand\Neptune{\astro{\char8}}% Neptune symbol, "8"		
\newcommand\Pluto{\astro{\char9}}% Pluo symbol, "9"		
\newcommand\Moon{\astro{\char10}}% Moon symbol, "M"		
\newcommand\Luna{\Moon}%
%\def\ascnode{\astro{N}}% ascending node (dragon's head), (only in cmastro)
%\def\descnode{\astro{D}}% descending node (dragon's tail), (only in cmastro)
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\Aries}%
% \begin{macro}{\VEq}%
% \begin{macro}{\Taurus}%
% \begin{macro}{\Gemini}%
% \begin{macro}{\Cancer}%
% \begin{macro}{\Leo}%
% \begin{macro}{\Virgo}%
% \begin{macro}{\Libra}%
% \begin{macro}{\AEq}%
% \begin{macro}{\Scorpius}%
% \begin{macro}{\Sagittarius}%
% \begin{macro}{\Capricornus}%
% \begin{macro}{\Aquarius}%
% \begin{macro}{\Pisces}%
% Zodiacal symbols, and autumnal and vernal equinox.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\Aries{\astro{\char11}}%
\newcommand\VEq{\Aries}% vernal equinox (Aries)
\newcommand\Taurus{\astro{\char12}}%
\newcommand\Gemini{\astro{\char13}}%
\newcommand\Cancer{\astro{\char14}}%
\newcommand\Leo{\astro{\char15}}%
\newcommand\Virgo{\astro{\char16}}%
\newcommand\Libra{\astro{\char17}}%
\newcommand\AEq{\Libra}% autumnal equinox (Libra)
\newcommand\Scorpius{\astro{\char18}}%
\newcommand\Sagittarius{\astro{\char19}}%
\newcommand\Capricornus{\astro{\char20}}%
\newcommand\Aquarius{\astro{\char21}}%
\newcommand\Pisces{\astro{\char22}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\astro}
% Font for astronomical symbols.
% If the document lacks a |astro| class option, then the
% |\astro@font| font switch gives a warning message suggesting how to correct things.
%
% The font is loaded at a size commensurate with that of basal text.
% We may need to fine-tune things by scaling the value; the |astro| font's metrics
% are, weirdly, about one quarter the em square. 
%
% FIXME: scale the astro font?
%
% FIXME: provide a better default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\load@astro{%
 \dimen@=1\aas@ptsize\p@
 \font\astro@font=Astrosym at\dimen@
}%
\def\astro#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\astro@font#1}}%
\def\astro@font{%
 \ClassWarning{aastex}{%
  Please use class option `astro', since you are using the astro font.%
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\sbond}
% \begin{macro}{\dbond}
% \begin{macro}{\tbond}
% Chemical bonds in text
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\sbond{\chem@bnd{\@sbnd}}%
\newcommand\dbond{\chem@bnd{\@dbnd}}%
\newcommand\tbond{\chem@bnd{\@tbnd}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\chem@bnd}
% \begin{macro}{\@sbnd}
% \begin{macro}{\@dbnd}
% \begin{macro}{\@tbnd}
% Low-level macros for chemical bonds in text
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\chem@bnd#1{%
 {%
  \kern.1em\relax
  \setbox\z@\hbox{M}%
  \dimen@ii.8em\relax
  \p@=.1em\relax
  \dimen@.5\ht\z@\dimen@i-\dimen@
  \advance\dimen@1.5\p@\advance\dimen@i-1.0\p@
  #1%
  \kern.1em\relax
  }%
 }%
%
\def\@sbnd{%
 \advance\dimen@-1.5\p@\advance\dimen@i1.5\p@
 \vrule\@height\dimen@\@depth\dimen@i\@width\dimen@ii\nobreak
 }%
%
\def\@dbnd{%
 \advance\dimen@-0.5\p@\advance\dimen@i0.5\p@
 \vrule\@height\dimen@\@depth\dimen@i\@width\dimen@ii\nobreak
 \advance\dimen@-1.5\p@\advance\dimen@i1.5\p@
 \hskip-\dimen@ii
 \vrule\@height\dimen@\@depth\dimen@i\@width\dimen@ii\nobreak
 }%
%
\def\@tbnd{%
 \vrule\@height\dimen@\@depth\dimen@i\@width\dimen@ii\nobreak
 \advance\dimen@-1.5\p@\advance\dimen@i1.5\p@
 \hskip-\dimen@ii
 \vrule\@height\dimen@\@depth\dimen@i\@width\dimen@ii\nobreak
 \advance\dimen@-1.5\p@\advance\dimen@i1.5\p@
 \hskip-\dimen@ii
 \vrule\@height\dimen@\@depth\dimen@i\@width\dimen@ii\nobreak
 }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LaTeX}
% This is a generalization of the definition of |\LaTeX| that comes in 
% \LaTeX.
% The change here ensures that \LaTeX\ will be typeset in the current 
% style, rather than always in roman.
% Note that the appearance of the \LaTeX\ logo will not necessarily 
% coincide with that promulgated by Team \LaTeX\ in the Companions,
% but I claim that, in the absence of a standard set by Lamport himself,
% we need have no concerns about being taken to task by the purity police.
%
% Implementation note: we use herein the |\count@| scratch register.
% if |\everymath| begins using that register, this macro is hosed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\LaTeX{%
 \leavevmode
 L%
 \raise.42ex\hbox{%
  \count@=\the\fam
  $\fam\count@\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$%
 }%
 \kern-.15em\TeX
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\anchor}
% Syntax: |\anchor|\arg{href}\arg{text}.
%
% A general-purpose hypertext link tag, using the parlance of
% the HTML element |<<A>>| (anchor).
% |<href>| is a \emph{full} URI, including the |scheme:| designator
% and may be active in some sort of hyperref-savvy system;
% for now it has no semantic.
% The |<text>| argument is the copy to set in the document,
% much like the content of the HTML |<<A>>| element.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\anchor[2]{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\url}
% Syntax: |\url|\oarg{href}\arg{text}.
%
% We provide |\url| with the |<href>| as an optional argument,
% to support the degenerate case where an author wishes to express a URL in the text.
% In that case, |<href>|\({}={}\)|<text>|.
% If the author supplies both arguments, this command looks like an alias for |\anchor|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\url{\@dblarg\@url}%
\def\@url[#1]{\anchor{#1}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\email}
% Syntax: |\email|\arg{address}.
%
% Identify email addresses anywhere in text (not just in the author group).
%
% This markup will also permit production software at the Press
% to make |mailto:| links, etc., in online products.
% |<address>| should \emph{not} contain the |mailto:| scheme designator.
%
% In general text, |\email{foo@bar}| produces |\textt{mailto:foo@bar}|.
% The |\email| command is also used in the author lists;
% |\authoremail| is deprecated.
%
% FIXME: what happens if there is no title page?
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@text@email#1{#1}%
\def\authoremail{\substitute@command\authoremail\email}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\objectname}
% Syntax: |\objectname|\oarg{catalog ID}\arg{text}.
%
% Celestial objects can and should be identified by the author to facilitate
% post-processing of articles by the astronomical catalog databases.
% At the moment, this is done by eye, although when articles contain these
% marks, the Press could pass along a list of `objects in article'
% to database personnel.  Obviously, more sophisticated technical solutions
% are possible.
% 
% In the future, software could construct queries to those databases in the
% online editions, hence it may be useful for the author to supply a catalog identifier.
% We may choose to suppress the |<catalog ID>| argument in the
% documentation in the near term, since we don't have an architecture
% and a nomenclature for linking to them at this point.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\objectname{\@testopt\@objectname{[}}
\def\@objectname[#1]#2{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% macro for object
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\object{\@testopt\@object{[}}% 
\def\@object[#1]#2{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%% macro for facility
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\facility{\@testopt\@facility{[}}% 
\def\@facility[#1]#2{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%% macro for supportfrom
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\supportfrom{\@testopt\@supportfrom{[}}% 
\def\@supportfrom[#1]#2{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%% macro for dataset
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\dataset{\@testopt\@dataset{[}}% 
\def\@dataset[#1]#2{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Here ends the section of code incorporated into the 
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% Hereinafter appears code for the document class.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Debugging}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\sizrpt}
% Reveal the em-width and ex-height of the current font:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\sizrpt{%
 (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
 \typeout{%
  (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
 }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Substyles for Manuscript and Preprint}%
%
% This portion defines the class options that account for
% the differences between the various types of document formats
% (substyles) covered by this class.
%
% \subsubsection{Preprint class option}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\aas@preprint}
% The user should invoke the |preprint| document class option
% if wishing the document formatted in preprint format.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\aas@preprint{%
 \def\revtex@genre{preprint}%
 \let\ptlandscape\@empty
 \setlength\@slugcmmntwidth{.67\textwidth}%
 \let\@makeslugcmmnt\@makeslugcmmnt@ppt
 \let\@abstract\@abstract@ppt
 \let\make@title\make@title@ppt
 \let\make@affil\make@affil@ppt
 \let\notetoeditor\@gobble
 \let\clear@section@page\@empty
 \let\placetable\@gobble
 \let\placefigure\@gobble
 \let\placeplate\@gobble
 \let\typeout@deluxetable\typeout@deluxetable@ppt
 \let\typeout@pt@nl\typeout@pt@nl@mss
 \ps@plaintop
 \let\references@refpar\references@refpar@mss
 \let\cutinhead\cutinhead@ppt
  \def\pt@headfrac@ass@normalsize{.1}
  \def\pt@headfrac@ass@footnotesize{.12}
  \def\pt@headfrac@ass@scriptsize{.15}
  \def\pt@notemin@normal{4.5}
  \def\pt@notemin@footnote{4.5}
  \def\pt@notemin@script{5}
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Two-column preprint class option}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\aas@preprint2}
% The user should invoke the |preprint2| document class option
% if wishing the document formatted in two-column preprint format.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@namedef{aas@preprint2}{%
 \aas@preprint
 \def\revtex@genre{2-column preprint}%
 \ps@plain
 \@twocolumntrue
 \@rightskip=\z@\@plus4em
 \rightskip\@rightskip
 \opt@just 
 \just@just % -SZ restored preprint2 to full justification
 \setlength\parindent{1.2em}%
 \setlength\parskip{0.5ex}%
 \setlength\columnsep{0.5in}%
 \setlength\hoffset{-0.2in}%
 \tolerance=600
 \setlength\emergencystretch{6\p@}%
 \def\baselinestretch{1.0}%
 \def\@tightleading{1.0}%
 \let\singlespace\@empty
 \let\doublespace\@empty
 \let\@dates\@dates@pptt
 \let\@abstract\@abstract@pptt
 \let\make@title\make@title@pptt
 \let\make@author\make@author@pptt
 \let\make@affil\make@affil@pptt
 \let\@keywords\@keywords@pptt
 \setlength{\skip\footins}{3ex\@plus1ex\@minus.5ex}%
 \setlength\footnotesep{2ex}%
 \let\@makefntext\@makefntext@pptt
 \let\section\section@pptt
 \let\subsection\subsection@pptt
 \let\subsubsection\subsubsection@pptt
 \let\section@centering\@empty
 \let\appendix@figtab@defs\appendix@figtab@defs@pptt
 \def\clear@thebibliography@page{%
  \if@restonecol\if@twocolumn\else\twocolumn\fi\fi
 }%
 \let\references@refpar\references@refpar@pptt
 \let\thebib@list\thebib@list@pptt
 \let\@tablenotes\@tablenotes@pptt
 \let\fnum@ptablecont\fnum@ptablecont@pptt
 \let\@make@caption@text\@make@caption@text@pptt
 \let\@makecaption@plano@cont\@makecaption@plano@cont@pptt
 \let\cutinhead\cutinhead@ppt
 \def\@plano@float@{\@dblfloat}% Extra layer of abstraction for float processing
 \def\end@plano@float@{\end@dblfloat}%
 %\let\@tableref\@tableref@pptt
 \let\@tablecom\@tablecom@pptt
 \def\pt@headfrac@ass@normalsize{.12}
 \def\pt@headfrac@ass@footnotesize{.15}
 \def\pt@headfrac@ass@scriptsize{.18}
 \def\pt@notemin@normal{5}
 \def\pt@notemin@footnote{5}
 \def\pt@notemin@script{5}
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\section@pptt}
% \begin{macro}{\subsection@pptt}
% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection@pptt}
% Level one-, two-, and three heads for two-column preprint substyle.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\section@pptt{%
 \@startsection{section}{1}%
  {\z@}{2.3ex\@plus1ex\@minus.2ex}%
  {1.5ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries}%
}%
\def\subsection@pptt{%
 \@startsection{subsection}{2}%
  {\z@}{2ex\@plus1ex\@minus.2ex}{1ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries}%
}%
\def\subsubsection@pptt{%
 \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}%
  {\z@}{2ex\@plus1ex\@minus.2ex}{1ex\@plus.2ex}{\normalsize\itshape}%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Manuscript class option}%
%
% \begin{macro}{\aas@manuscript}
% The user should invoke the |manuscript| document class option
% if wishing the document formatted in manuscript format.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\aas@manuscript{%
 \def\revtex@genre{manuscript}%
 \let\ptlandscape\@empty
 \def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}%
 \let\footnote@size\@empty
 \def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}}%
 \def\singlespace{}%
 \def\doublespace{}%
 \opt@tighten
 \setlength\@slugcmmntwidth{\textwidth}%
 \let\@makeslugcmmnt\@makeslugcmmnt@mss
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Page layout dimensions:
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \@rightskip=\z@\@plus4em
 \rightskip\@rightskip
 \opt@just
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Other switches:
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\sluginfo\sluginfo@mss
 \let\@abstract\@abstract@mss
 \let\@keywords\@keywords@mss % pagebreak after keywords
 \let\make@title\make@title@mss
 \def\clear@section@page{\clearpage}%
 \def\clear@thebibliography@page{\clearpage}%
 \let\typeout@deluxetable\typeout@deluxetable@mss
 \let\typeout@pt@nl\typeout@pt@nl@mss
 \ps@plaintop
 \let\references@refpar\references@refpar@mss
  \def\pt@headfrac@ass@normalsize{.08}
  \def\pt@headfrac@ass@footnotesize{.1}
  \def\pt@headfrac@ass@scriptsize{.12}
  \def\pt@notemin@normal{3}
  \def\pt@notemin@footnote{3}
  \def\pt@notemin@script{4}
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% Here ends the code for the document class.
% Hereinafter appears code that is common to 
% the document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{For Editorial Use Only}%
% The following commands permit administrative details or production
% instructions to be passed through to production software at the publisher.
% These commands are not to be used by the author.
%
% The entire editorial entities section of code is incorporated into the 
% V4.1 document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\journal}
% \begin{macro}{\volume}
% \begin{macro}{\issue}
% |\journal|\arg{identifier}, |\volume|\arg{text}, |\issue|\arg{text}:
% The identification token for the target journal, and the volume
% and issue numbers, are specified in these commands.
% In the \LaTeX\ style, they produce no output; they are simply a |\@gobble|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\journal{\@gobble}%
\def\volume{\@gobble}%
\def\issue{\@gobble}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\SGMLbi}
% \begin{macro}{\SGMLbsc}
% \begin{macro}{\SGMLclc}
% |\SGMLbi|\arg{text}, |\SGMLbsc|\arg{text}, |\SGMLclc|\arg{text}:
% These commands mark text that should be in bold italic, bold script (calligraphic),
% or \emph{always} in mixed case.  The first two occur principally in math mode,
% and they permit editors and keyboardists a more direct approach for specifying
% these changes.  The latter item is used around text, notably chemical symbols,
% that must remain in mixed case, even when presented in an all-caps environment.
% In the \LaTeX\ style, these commands just pass the \arg{text} through.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\SGMLbi#1{#1}%
\def\SGMLbsc#1{#1}%
\def\SGMLclc#1{#1}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\SGMLentity}
% |\SGMLentity|\arg{text}:
% This command permits editors and keyboardists to introduce special symbols
% with their SGML entity names.  \arg{text} does \emph{not} contain the leading
% ampersand (|&|) or the trailing semicolon (|;|).
% In the \LaTeX\ style, this command should add the ampersand and the
% semicolon to \arg{text}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\SGMLentity#1{\&#1;}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\SGML}
% |\SGML|\arg{text}:
% This command permits SGML instructions and markup to passed through the
% translation process.
% In the \LaTeX\ style, it produces no output; it is simply a |\@gobble|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\SGML{\@gobble}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%
% \begin{macro}{\@makecol}
%% Modify the |\@makecol| macro for one-column abstract.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if@printfoot%
\global\@printfoottrue%
\global\newbox\my@footins
\gdef \@makecol@pptt {%
   \ifvoid\footins
       \setbox\@outputbox \box\@cclv
   \else
       \if@printfoot
       \else
           \global\setbox\my@footins\vbox{\box\footins}
           %\global\advance\c@colht by -\ht\my@footins
       \fi
       \setbox\@outputbox \vbox{%
       \global\setbox\footins\vbox{\unvbox\my@footins\unvbox\footins}
       \boxmaxdepth \@maxdepth
       \unvbox\@cclv
       \if@printfoot
       \vskip\skip\footins
       \color@begingroup
         \normalcolor
         \footnoterule
	 \unvbox \footins
       \color@endgroup
       \else
       \global\@printfoottrue
       \fi
       }%
   \fi
   \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}%
   \global \let \@midlist \@empty
	   \@combinefloats
   \ifvbox\@kludgeins
     \@makespecialcolbox
   \else
       \setbox\@outputbox \vbox to \@colht{%
       \@texttop
       \dimen@ \dp\@outputbox
       \unvbox \@outputbox
       \ifbotragg%
       \vskip -\dimen@
       \@textbottom
       \fi
       }%
   \fi
   \global \maxdepth \@maxdepth
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%%
%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% \begin{macro}{\strip}
%% macro to switch from one-column long abstract to two-column normal text
%    \begin{macrocode}
\iflong@abstract
\newtoks\juo@sar \juo@sar={}
\def\@ca#1#2#3#4{}
\@ifundefined{stripsep}{\newskip\stripsep\stripsep 15pt}{}
\newskip\m@addvipersep
\m@addvipersep\z@
\newskip\c@addvipersep
\c@addvipersep\z@
\newdimen\ht@strip
\newdimen\right@cor
\newdimen\cor@height \cor@height=0pt
\newdimen\juo@pr
\newdimen\juo@ht
\newbox\@viper
\newcount\juo@sk
\newdimen\c@colht
\newbox\my@outputbox
%% macro for adding strip
\def\add@strip#1#2#3#4{\begingroup%
  \xdef\ex@{\global\noexpand\juo@sar{\the\juo@sar\noexpand\@ca{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}\ex@%
\endgroup}
%% macro for remove strip
\def\remove@strip#1{\ifx#1\@empty\global\juo@sk=0\else
   \global\advance\juo@sk by-1\expandafter\next@item\the #1\@@#1\fi}
\def\next@item \@ca#1#2#3#4#5\@@#6{\global #6={#5}\global\juo@pr=#1\global\juo@ht=#2%
\global\cor@height=#3\global\m@addvipersep=#4}
%% macro for strip command
\def\strip{\@ifnextchar[{\@strip}{\@strip[0pt/0pt]}}
\def\@strip[#1/#2]{\global\@tempdima=#1\global\@tempdimb=#2%
        \global \setbox\@viper\vbox\bgroup%
        \hsize\textwidth
        \@parboxrestore
        \col@number \@ne
        \vrule height\topskip width\z@ depth\z@}
\def\endstrip{%
    \egroup
    \if@firstcolumn
    \ifdim\pagetotal>\z@
       \global\ht@strip\pagegoal
       \global\advance\ht@strip by-\pagetotal
       \global\advance\ht@strip by-\stripsep
       \global\advance\ht@strip by-\ht\@viper
       \global\advance\ht@strip by-\stripsep
       \global\juo@ht=\ht\@viper
    \else
       \global\ht@strip\z@
    \fi
    \ifdim\ht@strip>\z@
       \add@strip{\the\pagetotal}{\the\juo@ht}{\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
       \global\advance\juo@sk by1
    \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@outputdblcol}
% Modification in |\@outputdblcol| command for long abstract
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifbotragg\botraggfalse
\def\@outputdblcol@pptt{%
\if@firstcolumn
    \global\@firstcolumnfalse
    \global\setbox\@leftcolumn\box\@outputbox
    \global\c@colht\@colht\global\c@addvipersep\z@
    \ifnum\juo@sk>0
        \remove@strip\juo@sar
        \global\@colht\the\juo@pr
        \global\@printfootfalse
        \ifdim\right@cor>\z@
            \global\advance\@colht by\right@cor
        \fi
        \global\advance\@colht by\cor@height
        \global\cor@height=0pt
    \fi
\else
    \ifdim\c@colht>\@colht%
        \@tempdima\@colht%
        \ifdim\@colht>\z@%% 
            \ifvoid\footins%
            \else%
                \vskip-\skip\footins%
            \fi%
            \splittopskip0pt%
            \setbox\my@outputbox\vbox{%
            \vspace*{\@colht}%% 
            \global\botraggfalse%
            \vskip.7\baselineskip%
            \vsplit\@outputbox to \baselineskip%
            \unvbox\@outputbox}%
            \unvbox\my@outputbox%
            \ifvoid\my@outputbox%
               \global\botraggtrue
            \fi%
            \global \@printfoottrue
            \global\c@addvipersep\m@addvipersep%
        \else%
        \fi%
        \ifnum\juo@sk>0%
        \else%
            \global\@colht\c@colht%
        \fi%
    \else%
        \global \@firstcolumntrue%
        \global\setbox\@outputbox\vbox to \ht\@leftcolumn{\unvbox\@outputbox}%
        \setbox\@outputbox \vbox{\hb@xt@\textwidth {%
        \hb@xt@\columnwidth {\box\@leftcolumn \hss}%
        \hfil
        \vrule \@width\columnseprule
        \hfil
        \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox \hss}}%
        \vss}%
        \@combinedblfloats
        \@outputpage
        \begingroup
        \@dblfloatplacement
        \@startdblcolumn
        \@whilesw\if@fcolmade \fi
        {\@outputpage\@startdblcolumn}%
        \endgroup
        \global\juo@sk=0\global\juo@sar={}%
        \global\cor@height\z@\global\c@addvipersep\z@
    \fi
\fi
}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% Here ends the code for both document class and document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</class|style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% \section{Tail of Document Style Module}%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% This is not good: we now define a command for the
% document style that is defined elsewhere for the class.
% FIXME: only one definition of |\email|
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%\def\email#1{\appdef\@author{\make@authoremail{#1}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here is another klootch:
% we have to provide a meaning to |\footnote@size|;
% the following code duplicates code in the class file.
% FIXME: only one code for |\footnote@size|!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \ifx\footnote@size\undefined
  \let\footnote@size\footnotesize
 \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Finally, execute the commands queued by |\AtEndOfClass|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@styleh@@k
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here ends the document style.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</style>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Programming Conventions}%
% In writing the above code, I cleave to certain conventions, noted 
% here.
% My goal in explaining them is to encourage others maintaining this 
% body of code to consider following them as well.
% The benefits are twofold: 
% Some of the coding conventions aim to avoid programming pitfalls;
% following them reduces maintenance costs.
% Others make the code easier to read; following these eases the 
% process of understanding how the code works.
%
% And, for my part, I prefer to read code of this type.
%
% \subsection{Whitespace Conventions}%
% Exactly where code lines break and indent, and where additional
% whitespace is inserted is explained here.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
% Each new macro definition or register assignment begins a new line.
% Therefore, |\def|, |\newcommand|, and their ilk will start in column 
% 1.
% \item
% Code is indented one space for each level of nesting within braces 
% |{}|.
% \item
% Likewise, if possible, for |\if...| and matching |\fi|.
% \item
% However, the closing brace or |\fi| is outdented by one so that it 
% falls
% at the same level of indentation as its matching brace or |\if|,
% and it appears alone on its line.
% \item
% Use of the |tab| character is deprecated
% (tabs are not standardized across all applications and operating 
% systems).
% \item
% Lines of code are limited to 72 characters.
% I follow this convention mostly to ease the transmission of files
% via email (a deprecated practice) and to accomodate people with
% small monitors.
% But |ltxdoc| output looks better with the shorter lines, too.
% \item
% Extraneous whitespace is avoided by using the comment character |%|.
% In most cases, if falling at the end of a line of code,
% a brace will be immediately followed by a comment character,
% as will the macro parameter |#1| and any one-letter control sequence, 
% like |\\|.
% \end{itemize}
% These conventions taken together are illustrated by the following:
% \begin{verbatim}
%\def\prepdef#1#2{%
% \@ifxundefined#1{\toks@{}}{\toks@\expandafter{#1}}%
% \toks@ii{#2}%
% \edef#1{\the\toks@ii\the\toks@}%
%}%
% \end{verbatim}
% In the above, the definition of |\prepdef| would not fit on a single 
% line,
% and required breaking. The first and last lines have matching braces, 
% and are a the same level of indentation, with the last line containing 
% a single brace.
%
% Each of the three intervening lines has balanced braces and is 
% indented by one space. Each line that would otherwise end in a single 
% brace character is terminated by a comment character.
%
% Some coders rely on the fact that a space character seen by \TeX's 
% scanner while in vertical mode is a no-op.
% Be that as it may, I eliminate them unless actually intentional.
%
% \subsection{Conventions For Procedures}%
% Here are some of my preferences when writing procedures:
% \begin{itemize}
%
% \item
% I dislike defining a macro within another macro, especially when the 
% pattern part is non-nil. 
% You know, you are not saving much space in |mem| when you do this, 
% right?
% You do save space in the hash table and the string pool, though.
% On the other hand, we are not dealing with small \TeX\ engines 
% anymore; Team \LaTeX\ has made sure of this.
%
% \item
% If two or more macros have very similar replacement parts, consider
% layering.
%
% \item
% Macros may perform parsing, may maintain tokens or registers, or may 
% set type (produce marks). I try to avoid combining the three functions 
% in a single macro.
%
% \item
% When a procedure both does assignments and sets type, I try to have a 
% clean separations between the two activities. Try to avoid:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \vskip10pt
% \parindent=0pt
% \leavevmode
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \item
% The Boolean calculus (cf. |\@ifx|)
% is very useful and produces code that executes nicely.
% Using it also helps avoid your having to debug problems where 
% |\if...| and |\fi| are not properly balanced
% (a nightmare in case you didn't already experience it).
%
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsection{Conventions For \LaTeX}%
% Team \LaTeX\ make certain recommendations in \file{clsguide.tex}.
% Ones that I particularly pay attention to are:
% \begin{itemize}
%
% \item
% For the sake of ``color safety'',
% use |\sbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox|, and 
% |\parbox| or |minipage| rather than |\vbox|.
%
% \item
% Use |\newcommand| and |\newenvironment| to declare user-level commands
% and environments. Avoid the idiom |\def\foo|, |\def\endfoo| to define 
% an environment.
% Ideally, all user-level markup could be extracted from the 
% document class by grepping on |\newcommand| and |\newenvironment|.
%
% \item
% Prefer to use |\setlength| to assign registers.
%
% \end{itemize}
% I cannot help but notice that much of the code of \LaTeX\ itself fails 
% to comply with many of the coding recommendations of Team \LaTeX.
%
%
% \section{Yet to do}%
% The following work is considered for the release of the \aastex\ 5.0 
% package:
% \begin{description}
%
% \item[dot accents]
% Augment |\dot| and |\ddot| with |\dddot| and |\ddddot|.
%
% \item[Posters]
% Andrea wants to do posters. Ref best practices list. Sample document?
%
% \item[BibTeX]
% Support for BibTeX-generated bibliographies.
% Not a problem if using |thebibliography| and |\bibitem|.
% Hoguvain and Berend have written a \file{astrobib.bst}.
%
% \item[Landscape tables]
% Automatically rotate landscape tables if supported by output device.
% User may specify \cmd\rotate in the preamble of |deluxetable|.
% Works for any DVI translator targetting a PostScript printer.
%
% This command will be used in the pseudopreamble of deluxetable to create
% a turnpage (broadside) table in the midst of an upright (portrait) article.
% Implementation will be dependent on authors having a PostScript print engine.
%
% The |\rotate| command is implemented syntactically, but not semantically.
%
% \item[Two-column preprint formatting]
% Automatically put text in 2-col, appendices in 1-col, references in 
% 2-col, obviating the user's need to insert markup. Done.
%
% If using native \LaTeX, all float types are supported, columns are not 
% balanced, and the page ends.
%
% If using |multicol|, only full-page floats are supported, columns 
% balance, and pages do not break.
%
% \item[Table autoplacement]
% Possibly support automatically placing tables as follows:
% less than 20pc width---single column,
% up to 44pc width---full width,
% over 44pc width---landscape.
%
% \item[tighten]
% Class option |tighten| and commands |\doublespace|, |\singlespace| are noops in
% |manuscript| substyle. In others, what should be done?
%
% \item[documentstyle]
% What should happen to a compatibility mode document?
% Wouldn't we have to support the exact same document style options?
%
% \item[substyle names]
% Should we keep the old names or use the new ones?
%
% \item[FIXME]
% Resolve all the remaining notes.
%
% \item[Line lengths]
% Source lines should be no loonger than 72 characters. Done.
% But re-check.
%
% \item[Testing]
% In particular, the |\@ptabularcr| code is new,
% but I have done some testing.
%
% \item[Distribution]
% Why not make this class a supported \LaTeX\ oackage?
% It would go in: |CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported|.
%
% \item[Macro names verbatim]
% Use |\cmd{\foo}| when the control sequence name
% appears in a moving argument.
% Use |\cs{foo}| when the name involves non-alpha characters.
%
% \item[Changes from 4.0]
% It would be good to have a section in the users guide 
% called ``Changes from 4.0''.
% Summarizing
% the new markup commands, 
% the removed markup commands, 
% any alteration in formatting,
% etc.
%
% \item[Deprecated features list]
% To add to user documentation.
%
% \item[ltxdoc stuff]
% |\begin{environment}|, |\generate|
%
% \item[Best practices list]
% To add to user documentation.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item How to code celestial coordinates. 
% \item How to specify object names (+,-). 
% \item How to include figures. 
% \item How to rotate tables. 
% \item |\ge|, |\le| exist---use them! 
% \item Don't include gigantic macro lists---please include only the ones you actually use. 
% \item |\newcommand| is recommended; please avoid |\def|.
% \item Ionization potentials? 
% \end{itemize}
%
% \item
% Natbib commands in user guide.
%
% \end{description}
%
% \section{Recently Done}%
% 
% \begin{description}
%
% \item
% We have to say proactively that plano tables aren't accepted anymore,
% and not just remove those words from the AASTeX user guide.
% That's why the |apjpt| and |aj_pt| substyles are removed from v4.1.
% Done 9113.
%
% \item
% \cmd\SGMLcite. (CB): Deprecated in favor of <TT>\cite*. Unimplemented.
% \item
% \cmd\slantfrac reimplemented with \cmd\case. Done 9113.
%
% \item[Deprecate commands]
% Deprecate |\nl|, |\nextline|, |\tablevspace|, and |\tablebreak|. Done 9113.
%
% \item[URL commands]
% Functionality covered by |hyperref| package.
% Syntax: |\anchor|\arg{HREF}\arg{text}.
% Syntax: |\url|\oarg{URL-specification}\arg{text}.
% Syntax: |\email|\arg{address}.
% Ref: \file{url.sty} in |/contrib/other/misc|. \file{hyperref.sty} in |/contrib/supported/hyperref|.
% Done 9113.
%
% \item[Celestial objects]
% Syntax: |\objectname|\oarg{catalogID}\arg{text}. Done 9113.
%
% \item[\texttt{slantfrac}]
% \texttt{slantfrac} to be deprecated. |\onehalf| and friends to be 
% implemented with |\frac|. Done 9113.
%
% \item[Extensions to \texttt{cite}]
% Support multiple citations in natural language. Ref email from Anton. Done with |natbib|.
%
% \item[\texttt{natbib}]
% I incorporated |natbib| into \aastex\ as a vehicle for the expanded
% citation functionality. |natbib| seems the right choice because
% it is a part of |latex/contrib/supported|, is well thought out and implemented
% and because it provided more than enough functionality, albeit
% via different syntax.
%
% \item[\texttt{amsmath}]
% The |amsmath| package is the successor to the \LaTeX2.09 |amssymb| package.
% I have incorporated it into \aastex\ (that is, it is automatically loaded),
% making it a constant part of \aastex\ rather than an option.
%
% The |amsmath| package is a part of |latex/packages/|, so it is an
% ``annointed'' package---much more blessed than even the 
% |latex/contrib/supported| stuff. I have no hesitation about 
% mandating its use.
%
% \item[Unknown Symbols]
% The following control sequence names cause \LaTeX\ to complain:
% |\lhd|, |\rhd|, |\unlhd|, |\unrhd|, |\sqsubset|, |\sqsupset|,
% |\Join|, |\leadsto|, |\Box|, |\Diamond|, |\mho|.
% The message seen is:
% \begin{verbatim}
% ! LaTeX Error: Command \lhd not provided in base LaTeX2e.
% \end{verbatim}
% This problem is now fixed (9113).
%
% \item[UCPress administrative markup]
% Syntax: \cmd\journal\arg{ID}, \cmd\SGML\arg{text}, \cmd\SGMLentity\arg{text}.
% No production. Not documented in user guide. Done 9113.
%
% \item[Evan's Markup]
% Done 9113.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
% \cmd\journal\arg{ApJ}, 
% \cmd\articleID\arg{number}, 
% \cmd\volno\arg{number}\arg{issue}.
% \item
% \cmd\journalID\arg{number}
% \item
% \cmd\url\oarg[URL]\arg{text or URL}
% \item
% \cmd\corpauth\arg{name} appears in arg of |\author|.
% \item
% \cmd\SGML\arg{text}
% \item
% \cmd\clc\arg{text} goes to \cmd\SGMLclc\arg{text}
% \item
% \cmd\SGMLentity\arg{text}
% \item
% \cmd\SGMLbi\arg{text}
% \item
% \cmd\SGMLbsc\arg{text}
% \end{itemize}
%
% \item[Email]
% Syntax: \cmd\email\arg{address}.
%
% \item[\cs{objectname}]
% \cmd\objectname\oarg{catalog id}\arg{text}
%
% \item[Evan's Points]
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
% \cmd\shorttitle\arg{text} and \cmd\shortauthors\arg{text}
% instead of |\lefthead| and |\righthead|. Done.
% \item
% \cmd\anchor is \cmd\url
% \item
% No plates anymore.
% \item
% Turnpage figures are a requirement.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \end{description}
%
% \section{User Documentation and Sample Documents}%
% User documentation for \aastex\ is the file \file{aasguide.tex},
% generated by the {\sc docstrip} module following this section.
%
% Note: 
% This file requires the \file{aastex.cls} document class itself,
% thereby lengthening the bootstrap process.
% The requirement enters in the section documenting
% the text entities defined by the class (see key |spec.symbols|).
%
% Sample files for this distribution of \aastex\ include
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
% |sample.tex| is an \aastex\ tutorial paper with a fairly complete 
% set of markup.
% \item
% \item
% |table.tex| is a sample \aastex\ table with complex column headings.
% \end{itemize}%
%
% Since the user documentation and sample files are not heavily commented,
% there is little utility in displaying them in the programmer documentation,
% therefore, I bring the class doc to an end here.
%
% \Finale
% %Here ends the programmer's documentation.
% \endinput
%
% User documentation module
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*guide>
\documentclass[preprint2]{aastex}%
\makeindex
%
\hyphenation{com-pu-scripts}
\newcommand\aastex{AAS\TeX}%
\newcommand\aastexhome{http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX}%
% 
\makeatletter
\renewenvironment{theindex}
               {\if@twocolumn
                  \@restonecolfalse
                \else
                  \@restonecoltrue
                \fi
                \columnseprule \z@
                \columnsep 35\p@
                \twocolumn[\section{\indexname}]%
%               \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\indexname}%
%                       {\MakeUppercase\indexname}%
                \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
                \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
                \let\item\@idxitem}
               {\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
\makeatother
%
\makeatletter % This code stolen from ltxguide.cls:
% Some hacks with verbatim... NB: this would be better done with the
% verbatim package, but this document has to run on any LaTeX
% installation.

\let\o@verbatim\verbatim
\def\verbatim{%
  \ifhmode\unskip\par\fi
% \nopagebreak              % Overridden by list penalty
  \ifx\@currsize\normalsize
     \small
  \fi
  \o@verbatim
}

% Here we extend the font-setting command to include making <> active
% (ie adjusting the input encoding).
\renewcommand \verbatim@font {%
  \normalfont \ttfamily
  \catcode`\<=\active
  \catcode`\>=\active
}

% Make |...| a synonym for \verb|...|.
\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
\MakeShortVerb{\|}


% Make active <...> produce italics surrounded by angle brackets
% (used in verbatim and \verb).
% << produces a less-than, and >> produces a greater-than.

\begingroup
  \catcode`\<=\active
  \catcode`\>=\active
  \gdef<{\@ifnextchar<\@lt\@meta}
  \gdef>{\@ifnextchar>\@gt\@gtr@err}
  \gdef\@meta#1>{\m{#1}}
  \gdef\@lt<{\char`\<}
  \gdef\@gt>{\char`\>}
\endgroup
\def\@gtr@err{%
   \ClassError{ltxguide}{%
      Isolated \protect>%
   }{%
      In this document class, \protect<...\protect>
      is used to indicate a parameter.\MessageBreak
      I've just found a \protect> on its own.
      Perhaps you meant to type \protect>\protect>?
   }%
}
\def\verbatim@nolig@list{\do\`\do\,\do\'\do\-}

% Various forms of argument:

\newcommand{\m}[1]{\mbox{$\langle$\it #1\/$\rangle$}}
\renewcommand{\arg}[1]{{\tt\string{}\m{#1}{\tt\string}}}
\newcommand{\oarg}[1]{{\tt[%]
}\m{#1}{\tt%[
]}}
\def\cmd#1{\cs{\expandafter\cmd@to@cs\string#1}}
\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}
\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}}
\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}%

 % end of code stolen from ltxguide.cls. Thanks, Alan.

 % code stolen from doc.dtx:
\def\GetFileInfo#1{%
  \def\filename{#1}%
  \def\@tempb##1 ##2 ##3\relax##4\relax{%
    \def\filedate{##1}%
    \def\fileversion{##2}%
    \def\fileinfo{##3}}%
  \edef\@tempa{\csname ver@#1\endcsname}%
  \expandafter\@tempb\@tempa\relax? ? \relax\relax}

 % end of code stolen from doc.dtx. Thanks FMi.
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Title block of user guide.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\title{%
 The \aastex\ \LaTeXe\ Macros\\for Manuscript Preparation
}%

%\author{Chris Biemesderfer}
%\affil{Seagoat Consulting}

%\author{Revised by Jeannette Barnes, May 1995}
%\affil{American Astronomical Society}
%\affil{NOAO, P.O. Box 26732, Tucson, AZ 85726}

%\author{Revised for \fileversion\ by Arthur Ogawa, \filedate}
%\affil{\TeX\ Consultants}
%\email{ogawa@teleport.com}

\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.tex}%

%\date{\filedate, \fileversion}

\begin{document}

\maketitle
\tableofcontents
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Introduction
%    \begin{macrocode}
\section{Introduction}

The American Astronomical Society (AAS) has developed a markup package to assist authors in preparing manuscripts intended for submission to AAS-affiliated journals, as well as to other journals that will accept \aastex\ manuscripts.

The most important aspect of the \aastex\
package is that it defines the set of commands, or markup, 
that can be used to identify the structural elements of papers.
When articles are marked up using this set of standard commands, 
they may then be submitted electronically to the editorial
offices and fed into the electronic production of the journals.

This guide contains basic instructions for creating
manuscripts using the \aastex\ markup package. 
Authors are expected to be familiar with the editorial
requirements of the journals so that they can make
appropriate submissions; they should also have a basic 
knowledge of \LaTeX---for instance, knowing
how to set up equations using \LaTeX\ commands.
A number of useful publications about \LaTeX\ (and \TeX) are listed in
the reference section of this guide.

{\em Authors who wish to submit papers electronically to the ApJ,  AJ, or PASP are strongly encouraged use the \aastex\ markup package as described in this guide.}

%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Package context
%    \begin{macrocode}

\section{\aastex\ Article Markup}

This section describes the commands in the \aastex\
package that an author might enter in a manuscript that is being
prepared for electronic submission to one of the journals.
The commands will be described in roughly the same order as they
would appear in a manuscript.
The reader will also find it helpful to examine the
sample files that are distributed with the package and to consult the 
information available on the AASTeX Web site located at \aastexhome.
Authors are also reminded to review the instructions to authors and electronic 
submissions guidelines for the specific journals to which they submit 
their papers.

\subsection{Preamble}\label{sec-preamble}

In \LaTeX\ manuscripts, the preamble is that portion of the file before
the \verb"\begin{document}" command.

\subsubsection{Getting Started}

The first piece of markup in the manuscript declares the
overall style of the document.  Any commands that appear before this
markup will be ignored.
\begin{quote}\index{documentclass@\verb`\documentclass`}
\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass{aastex}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
This specifies the document class as \texttt{aastex} with the
default style (|manuscript|).
The paper copy produced by this style file will be double spaced.
Any tables included in the main body of the manuscript will also be
double spaced.

Other substyles are available. They are discussed in \S~\ref{styles}.

\subsubsection{Defining New Commands}

\aastex\ allows authors to define their own commands with 
\LaTeX's \verb"\newcommand". 
(Authors should not use the plain \TeX\ \verb"\def" command in 
AAS journal submissions.) 
Authors' \verb"\newcommand" definitions must be placed in the 
document preamble. 
 
In general, author-defined commands that are 
abbreviations or shorthands, for instance, 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\newcommand{\lte}{local thermodynamic 
	equilibrium} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
, are acceptable and can be easily handled 
by journal offices and publishers during data conversion.  
However, abbreviations that attempt to define new symbols by using 
\LaTeX\ commands for repositioning text tend to 
cause problems in the publication process and should be avoided.
 
In particular, author-defined commands that use any of the commands 
listed below are apt to cause problems during data conversion. 
\begin{quote} 
\verb"\hskip", \verb"\vskip", 
\verb"\raise", \verb"\raisebox", 
\verb"\lower", \verb"\rlap", 
\verb"\kern", \verb"\lineskip", 
\verb"\char", \verb"\mathchar", 
\verb"\mathcode", \verb"\buildref", 
\verb"\mathrel", \verb"\baselineskip" 
\end{quote} 
Consequently, authors are strongly discouraged from 
using them. 
 
Extra symbols are defined for \aastex, 
some specifically for an astronomical context, others more 
broadly used in math and physics. 
In particular, the AMS has additional symbol fonts that are 
available in a standard \LaTeX\ package (\verb"amssymb"). 
All of these symbols are depicted in the additional symbosl tables 
supplied with the package and on the \aastex\ Web site. 
 
Before defining a new symbol command, 
authors are advised to consult these tables to see whether the  
symbol they need already exists.  If it does, they should use the 
corresponding markup command. 
Authors should \emph{not} redefine existing command names. 
When one of these commands is encountered in an electronic 
manuscript submitted to a journal, an author's redefinition will 
be ignored and the originally-defined command used. 

\subsubsection{Editorial Information}

A number of markup commands are available for 
editorial office use in recording the publication history 
for each manuscript. 
These commands should be used by 
the editorial and production offices only. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\received{<receipt date>} 
\revised{<revision date>} 
\accepted{<acceptance date>} 
 
\ccc{<code>} 
\cpright{<type>}{<year>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
Copyright information should be specified with the commands \verb"\cpright"\ 
and \verb"\ccc".  The type of copyright and the corresponding year 
are given in \verb"\cpright". Valid copyright types are as follows. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}p{1.8in}} 
\tt AAS & Copyright has been assigned to the AAS\\
\tt ASP & Copyright has been assigned to the ASP\\
\tt PD & The article is in the public domain\\
\tt none & No copyright is claimed for the article 
\end{tabular} 
\end{quote} 
The copyright type is case sensitive, so the type string must be 
entered exactly as given above. 

The Copyright Clearing Center code may be given in the \verb"\ccc"\ 
command. The code is taken as regular text, so any special characters, 
notably ``\$,'' must be escaped as appropriate. 

\subsubsection{Short Comment on Title Page}

Authors who wish to include a short remark on the title page,
such as the name and date of the journal to which an article
has been submitted, may do so with the following command.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\slugcomment{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
In the
\texttt{manuscript} style, 
these comments appear on the title page after the title and authors;
in the
\texttt{preprint} style,
they are placed at the upper right corner
of the title page.

\subsubsection{Running Heads}\label{shorthead}
 
Authors are invited to supply running head information using the 
following commands. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\shorttitle{<text>} 
\shortauthors{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
Two different kinds of data are generally supplied in running heads.  
The left head contains an author list, (last 
names, possibly truncated as ``et al.''), while the right head 
is an abbreviated form of the paper title.  This running head 
information will not appear on the \LaTeX-printed page but will be 
passed through to  copy editing staff 
for inclusion in the published version. 

Editors and publishers impose varying requirements 
on the brevity of these data.  A good rule of thumb is to limit the list 
of authors to three or else use ``et al.,'' and to limit the 
short form of the title to 40--45 characters. 
The editors may choose to modify the author-supplied 
running heads. 

\subsection{Starting the Main Body}

The preamble is a control section. 
None of the markup that appears in the preamble 
actually typesets anything. The author must include a
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\begin{document}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
command to identify the beginning of the main, typeset 
portion of the manuscript.

\subsection{Title and Author Information}
 
Authors should use the 
\verb"\title"\ 
 and \verb"\author"\  commands to specify title 
and author information and the \verb"\affil" command 
to indicate the author's primary affiliation. 
Each \verb"\author"\ 
 command 
should be followed by a corresponding \verb"\affil"\ 
and optional \verb"\email"\  command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\title{<text>} 
\author{<name(s)>} 
\affil{<affiliation>} 
\affil{<address>} 
\email{<e-mail address>} 
\and 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 Line breaks may be inserted in the title 
with the \verb"\\" command.  (Long titles will 
be broken automatically, so the \verb"\\" markup is not required.) 
If the title is explicitly broken over several lines, the 
preferred style for titles in AAS and ASP journals is the so-called 
``inverted pyramid'' style.  In this style, the longest line 
is the first (or top) line, and each succeeding line is shorter. 
The text of the title should be entered in mixed case; 
it will be printed in upper case or mixed case according to 
the style of the publication.  
Footnotes are permissible in titles. Be careful to ensure that 
alternate affiliations (see below) are properly numbered if a 
footnote to the title is specified. 
 
Authors' names should be entered in mixed case. 
Names that appear together in the author list for authors who 
have the same primary affiliation should be specified in a single 
\verb"\author"\  command. 
Each author group should be followed by 
an \verb"\affil"\  command giving the principle 
affiliation of those authors.  Physical and postal address information 
for the specified institution  may be included with \verb"\affil". 
The address can be broken over several lines using the 
\verb"\\" command to indicate 
the line breaks. 
Usually, however, postal information will fit on one line. 
When there is more than one \verb"\author"\  command, the final  
one should be preceded by the \verb"\and"\ command. 
 
Authors often have affiliations in addition to their principle employer. 
These alternate affiliations may be specified with the \verb"\altaffilmark"\ 
 and \verb"\altaffiltext"\ 
 commands. 
These behave like the \verb"\footnotemark"\ 
and |\footnotetext|  commands of \LaTeX\ except that they do not take  
optional arguments. \verb"\altaffilmark"\ 
 is appended to authors' names in the \verb"\author"\ 
 list and generates superscript identification numbers. 
The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the 
\verb"\altaffiltext"\ 
 command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\altaffilmark{<key number(s)>} 
\altaffiltext{<numerical key>}{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
It is up to the author to make sure that 
 each \m{key number}  in his or her \verb"\altaffilmark"\ 
 matches the \m{numerical key} for 
the corresponding \verb"\altaffiltext". 

When there is a lengthy author list, all author names may be 
specified in a single \verb"\author"\ 
 command with affiliations 
specified using the \verb"\altaffilmark"\ me\-chan\-ism. 
In these cases, no \verb"\affil"\ 
 commands are used, and in print, the 
affiliations would all be listed in a footnote block at the bottom 
of the title page. 


\subsection{Abstract}

A paper's abstract should be marked with the
\texttt{abstract} environment.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\begin{abstract}
<abstract text>
\end{abstract}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}

If an author is using the \texttt{preprint2} style, and the abstract is too long to fit on the title page, the \texttt{longabstract} option may be used in the \texttt{documentclass} to break the abstract to a new page.

\noindent 
%\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass[preprint2,longabstract]{aastex}
\end{verbatim}
%\end{quote}

\noindent Note that authors should use the \texttt{longabstract} option only in \texttt{preprint2} mode and only when the abstract is too long to fit on the title page. 

\subsection{Keywords}

Keywords, or subject headings, are accommodated 
as a single piece of text. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\keywords{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
If authors supply keywords, they must be delimited by whatever 
punctuation is required by the journal. 
They should be specified in alphabetical order. 
The \verb"\keywords"\ 
 command will print the proper leading text---``Keywords:,'' ``Subject headings:,'' etc.---according to journal style. 

\subsection{Comments to Editors}

Authors may make notes or comments to the copy editor with the
\verb`\notetoeditor` command.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\notetoeditor{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
This command behaves like a
footnote. Output to the printed page is produced only in the
\texttt{manuscript} style.

\subsection{Sections}

\aastex\ supports four levels of section headings. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\section{<heading>} 
\subsection{<heading>} 
\subsubsection{<heading>} 
\paragraph{<heading>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
Section headings should be given in upper case or mixed case, depending 
on the style of the journal. 
Note that these commands delimit sections by marking the 
\emph{beginning} of each section; 
there are no separate commands to mark the ends. 

\subsection{Figure and Table Placement}   \label{place}

When preparing a manuscript for submission to an AAS journal, figures and tables do not generally need to be ``placed'' in the text of the
document where an author would like them to appear but
rather may simply follow the main body of the text. 
However, authors may indicate to the editors the preferred placement of
these items by use of the \verb"\place*" commands.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\placetable{<key>}
\placefigure{<key>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
The \verb"\place*{"\m{key}\verb"}" commands are similar to the 
\verb"\ref" 
 command in La\TeX\ 
and require corresponding \verb"\label"\ 
 commands to link them to the 
proper elements. 
 
When used in the 
\texttt{manuscript} style, the \verb"\place*"\  commands will print a short 
message to the editor about figure or table placement.  
In the other styles, nothing is printed. 

\subsection{Acknowledgments}

\aastex\ supports an
\verb"\acknowledgments"%
\index{acknowledgments@\verb`\acknowledgments`} section.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\acknowledgments
 <acknowledgments text>
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
In the \aastex\ styles, acknowledgments are set off from the 
conclusion of the body with vertical space. Note the acknowledgments 
command takes no arguments. 

\subsection{Facilities}

To help organizations obtain information on the effectiveness of their
telescopes, the AAS has created a group of keywords for telescope
facilities.  Using a common set of keywords will make searches for 
this information significantly easier and more accurate.  
In addition, the use of facility
keywords will be useful for linking papers that utilize the 
same telescopes together within the framework of the Virtual Observatory. 
A facilities keyword list is available through a
link at the AASTeX Web page, \aastexhome.

The facilities list should appear after the 
acknowledgments section.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
Facilities: \facility{<facility ID>}, 
   \facility{<facility ID>}, 
   \facility{<facility ID>}, ...
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
As part of the {\it facility ID} argument, 
the author may also include 
the name of the instrument in parentheses, e.g. 
|\facility{HST(WFPC2)}| or |\facility{MMT(Blue channel spectrograph)}|. 
There is no limit to the number of facility keywords 
that may be included in a paper.

\subsection{Appendices}
 
When one or more appendices are needed in a paper, the point where the 
main body text ends and the appendix begins should be marked 
with the \verb"\appendix"\ 
 command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\section{<body section>} 
\appendix 
\section{<appendix section>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The \verb"\appendix"\ 
 command takes care of a number of internal 
housekeeping concerns, such as identifying sections with letters 
instead of numerals, and resetting the equation counter. 
Note that the \verb"\appendix"\ 
 command takes no arguments. 
Sections in the appendix should be headed with \verb"\section"\ 
 commands. 

\subsection{Equations}

Display equations can be typeset in \LaTeX\ in a number of ways.  
The following three are probably of greatest use in AASTeX. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{displaymath} 
\end{displaymath} 
 
\begin{equation} 
\end{equation} 
 
\begin{eqnarray} 
\end{eqnarray} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The 
\texttt{displaymath}  environment 
will break out a single, 
unnumbered formula.  The \texttt{equation} environment does the same 
thing except that the equation is 
autonumbered by \LaTeX. 
To set several formul\ae\ in which vertical alignment 
is required, or to display a long equation across multiple lines, use the 
\texttt{eqnarray} environment. Each line of the \texttt{eqnarray} 
will be numbered 
unless a \verb"\nonumber"\ 
 command is inserted 
before the equation line delimiter 
(\verb"\\"). 
\LaTeX's equation counter is \emph{not} incremented when 
\verb"\nonumber"\ 
 is used. 
 
Authors may occasionally wish to group related equations together and 
identify them with letters appended to the equation number. 
When this is desired, such related equations should still be set 
in \texttt{equation} or \texttt{eqnarray} environments, whichever is 
appropriate, and then grouped  within 
the \texttt{mathletters} environment. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{mathletters} 
<equation> or <eqnarray> 
\end{mathletters} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
It is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within the 
\texttt{equation} or \texttt{eqnarray} environments using 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\eqnum{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
When \verb"\eqnum"\ 
 is specified inside an \texttt{equation} environment  
or on a particular equation within an \texttt{eqnarray}, the text 
supplied as an argument to \verb"\eqnum"\ 
 is used as the equation 
identifier. 
\LaTeX's equation counter is \emph{not} incremented when \verb"\eqnum"\ 
 is used. 
\verb"\eqnum"\ 
 must be used \emph{inside} the math environment. 
 
If, as a consequence of the use of \verb"\eqnum"\ 
 or \verb"\nonumber", 
\LaTeX's equation counter gets out of synch with the author's 
intended sequence, 
the counter may be reset to a particular value. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\setcounter{equation}{<number>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The equation counter should be set to the number corresponding to the 
last equation that was formatted; therefore, it is most appropriate for this 
command to appear immediately after an \texttt{equation} or 
\texttt{eqnarray} environment.  
The command must be used 
\emph{outside} the math environments. 
 
The \texttt{eqsecnum} style file can also be used to modify the way equations 
are numbered. See \S~\ref{styles} for details. 

\subsection{Citations and Bibliography}   \label{bibliography} 
 
Two options are available for marking citations 
and formatting reference lists: the standard \LaTeX\ \verb"thebibliography"\ 
environment, and the \aastex\ \verb"references"\  environment. 
Authors are strongly encouraged to use \verb"thebibliography"\ 
in their electronic submissions. 
 
Please note that the bibliographic data supplied by the author in 
the reference list must conform to the standards of the journal. 
Many of the journals that 
accept \aastex\ agreed to reduce typographic overhead, bold, italic, etc., 
in reference lists \citep{Abt90}, and the AAS 
has elected not to burden authors with tedious markup commands 
to delimit the bibliographic fields.  Instead, citations will be 
typeset in roman with no size or style changes. 
It is the responsibility of the author to 
arrange the required bibliographic fields in the 
proper order with the correct punctuation, according to journal 
style. 
  
\subsubsection{The {\tt thebibliography} Environment}   \label{bib} 
 
The preferred method for reference management is to use \LaTeX's 
\texttt{thebibliography} environment, marking citations in the body 
of the paper with 
\verb"\citep"\ or \verb"\citet"\ 
and associating references with them using \verb"\bibitem". 
The \verb"\cite"-\verb"\bibitem"\ 
mechanism associates citations and references symbolically 
while maintaining proper citation syntax within the paper. 
In the \verb"\bibitem"\ 
command, the author should specify citation data inside 
square brackets and a citation key in curly braces 
for each reference. (The |\bibitem| command is described 
in detail in the next section.)

\noindent
%\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
   \begin{thebibliography}{<dummy>} 
   \bibitem[<cite data>]{<key>} <bibliographic data> 
      . 
      . 
   \end{thebibliography} 
\end{verbatim} 
%\end{quote} 

\noindent Note that the argument \m{dummy} to the start command of the 
environment is not 
used in the \aastex\ package, but it is included to be consistent with the 
syntax of standard \LaTeX. It is acceptable to simply insert an 
empty pair of curly braces at the end of the \verb"\begin{thebibliography}"\ 
command. 
 
\subsubsection{Specifying Bibliographic and Citation Information}\label{spec-bib-data} 
 
\aastex\ uses the |natbib| package \citep{Daly98} for 
citation management.  
The |natbib| package re-implements \LaTeX's |\cite| command, 
offering greater flexibility for managing citations in the 
author-year form. 
 
When using |natbib|, bibliographic data are defined 
in |\bibitem| commands. 

\noindent
%\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
   \bibitem[<author>(<year>)]{<key>} 
         <bibliographic data> 
\end{verbatim} 
%\end{quote} 

\noindent
The square-bracketed argument of the |\bibitem| 
contains the \m{author} portion of the citation  
followed by the \m{year} set off in parentheses. 
The parentheses are important---|natbib| uses them to 
determine the year portion of the citation---so be sure to 
include them. 
The argument \m{key} in curly braces is the code name 
by which the citation is referenced in the text. 
 
When placing citations in the text, the author should use 
either a |\citep| or a |\citet| command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\citep{<key(s)>}
\citet{<key(s)>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The |\citep| command produces a citation that is entirely 
set off by parentheses, e.g.\ ``(Cox 1995),'' while |\citet| permits 
the author's name to form part of the text, e.g.\ ``Cox (1995).''   
The plain \LaTeX\ |\cite| command behaves like |\citet|. 
 
The citation \m{key} must correspond to the \m{key} in a |\bibitem| command. 
During processing, information from the square-bracketed argument of the 
key's |\bibitem| is inserted in 
the text at the location of the \verb"\cite"\ command. 
Multiple citation keys are separated by commas, e.g., 
|\citep|\allowbreak 
|{knuth84,|\allowbreak 
|cox95,|\allowbreak 
|lamport94}|. 

|\citep| and |\citet| each take optional arguments that specify 
extra text to be appended to the citation label. Text in the first 
set of square brackets will appear before the cite while
text in the second set will appear after it. 
For instance, |\citep[chap. 2]{jon90}| 
would produce the citation ``(Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2),''  
|\citep[see][]{jon90}| would produce ``(see Jones et al, 1990),'' and 
|\citep[see][chap. 2]|\allowbreak|{jon90}| would print 
``(see Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2).'' 
In addition, the * form of the 
cite commands will print the full author list instead of the 
abbreviated form. 

The syntax discussed above should be sufficient for the 
vast majority of cases; however, \aastex\ 
does use the full |natbib| implementation, so many more 
syntax options are available. For details on 
the full range of |natbib| citation options, see the section 
on using |natbib| on the \aastex\ Web 
site and the |natbib| package documentation. 
 
It is not possible to use \verb"\bibitem" 
within \aastex's \texttt{references} environment 
(\S~\ref{refenv}), 
nor will \verb"\cite"\ commands work properly in the main body 
if \verb"\bibitem" commands are absent. 

\subsubsection{The {\tt references} Environment}\label{refenv} 
 
Some authors might prefer to enter citations directly 
into the body of an article. If so, the |references| environment may be 
used to format the reference list. The 
\texttt{references}  environment 
simply sets off 
the list of references and adjusts spacing parameters. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{references} 
\reference{<key>} <bibliographic data> 
   . 
   . 
\end{references} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
While the 
\texttt{references}  environment 
remains supported in \aastex, 
we anticipate that authors will prefer the stronger capabilities of 
the standard \LaTeX\ |thebibliography| commands as extended by |natbib|. 

\subsubsection{Abbreviations for Journal Names} 
 
\aastex\ commands are available for many of the most--frequently-referenced 
journals so that authors may use the markup rather than having 
to look up a particular journal's abbreviation. 
In principle, all the journals should be using the 
same abbreviations, but it is fair to anticipate some changes in 
the specific abbreviations before a system is finally settled on. 
If authors use the journal macros, they need not worry about 
changes to journal style governing abbreviations in citations. 
A listing of the current abbreviation macros appears 
in Table~\ref{journame}. 
\begin{table} 
\footnotesize
\begin{center} 
\caption{Abbreviations for Journal Names}\label{journame} 
\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}p{2.5in}} 
\verb"\araa" & Annual Review of Astronomy and Astrophysics\\ 
\verb"\actaa" & Acta Astronomica\\ 
\verb"\ao" & Applied Optics\\ 
\verb"\aj" & Astronomical Journal\\ 
\verb"\azh" & Astronomicheskii Zhurnal\\ 
\verb"\aap" & Astronomy and Astrophysics\\ 
\verb"\aapr" & Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews\\ 
\verb"\apj" & Astrophysical Journal\\ 
\verb"\apjl" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Letters to the Editor\\ 
\verb"\apjs" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Supplement Series\\ 
\verb"\aplett" & Astrophysics Letters and Communications\\ 
\verb"\apspr" & Astrophysics Space Physics Research\\ 
\verb"\apss" & Astrophysics and Space Science\\ 
\verb"\aaps" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Supplement Series\\ 
\verb"\baas" & Bulletin of the AAS\\ 
\verb"\bain" & Bulletin Astronomical Inst. Netherlands\\ 
\verb"\caa" & Chinese Astronomy and Astrophysics\\ 
\verb"\cjaa" & Chinese Journal of Astronomy and Astrophysics\\ 
\verb"\fcp" & Fundamental Cosmic Physics\\
\verb"\gca" & Geochimica Cosmochimica Acta\\ 
\verb"\grl" & Geophysics Research Letters\\ 
\verb"\iaucirc" & IAU Circular\\
\verb"\icarus" & Icarus\\ 
\verb"\jcp" & Journal of Chemical Physics\\ 
\verb"\jgr" & Journal of Geophysical Research\\ 
\verb"\jcap" & Journal of Cosmology and Astroparticle Physics\\
\verb"\jqsrt" & Journal of Quantitative Specstroscopy and Radiative Transfer\\
\verb"\jrasc" & Journal of the RAS of Canada\\ 
\verb"\memras" & Memoirs of the RAS\\ 
\verb"\memsai" & Mem. Societa Astronomica Italiana\\
\verb"\mnras" & Monthly Notices of the RAS\\ 
\verb"\na" & New Astronomy\\ 
\verb"\nar" & New Astronomy Review\\
\verb"\nat" & Nature\\ 
\verb"\nphysa" & Nuclear Physics A\\ 
\verb"\physscr" & Physica Scripta\\ 
\verb"\pra" & Physical Review A\\ 
\verb"\prb" & Physical Review B\\ 
\verb"\prc" & Physical Review C\\ 
\verb"\prd" & Physical Review D\\ 
\verb"\pre" & Physical Review E\\ 
\verb"\prl" & Physical Review Letters\\ 
\verb"\physrep" & Physics Reports\\ 
\verb"\planss" & Planetary Space Science\\ 
\verb"\procspie" & Proceedings of the SPIE\\ 
\verb"\pasa" & Publications of the ASA\\ 
\verb"\pasj" & Publications of the ASJ\\ 
\verb"\pasp" & Publications of the ASP\\ 
\verb"\qjras" & Quarterly Journal of the RAS\\ 
\verb"\rmxaa" & Revista Mexicana de Astronomia y Astrofisica \\
\verb"\skytel" & Sky and Telescope\\ 
\verb"\solphys" & Solar Physics\\ 
\verb"\ssr" & Space Science Reviews\\ 
\verb"\sovast" & Soviet Astronomy\\ 
\verb"\zap" & Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik\\ 
\end{tabular} 
\end{center} 
\end{table} 

\subsection{Figures} 
 
\subsubsection{Electronic Art} 
 
If an author wishes 
to embed graphics in a manuscript, it is necessary that 
the graphics files conform 
to the Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) standard \citep{PLRM}. The 
author must also have an appropriate DVI translator, 
one that targets PostScript output devices. (Detailed information 
on preparing and submitting electronic art is 
available in the submissions instructions for the journals.) 
 
Several commands are available for including EPS files 
in \aastex\ manuscripts. They should be placed within the 
 \texttt{figure} environment. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{figure} 
\figurenum{<text>} 
\epsscale{<num>} 
\plotone{<epsfile>} 
\plottwo{<epsfile>}{<epsfile>} 
\caption{<text>} 
\end{figure} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
When \verb"\figurenum" is specified inside the {\tt figure} environment, 
the text supplied as an argument to \verb"\figurenum" will be used as the 
figure identifier. 
\LaTeX's figure counter is \emph{not} incremented when \verb"\figurenum" 
is used. 
\verb"\figurenum" must be used \emph{inside} the {\tt figure} environment. 
 
\verb"\plotone" inserts the graphic in the named EPS file, 
scaled so that the horizontal 
dimension fits the width of the body text;  
the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio. 
\verb"\plottwo" inserts two plots next to each other. 
Scale factors are determined automatically from information in the 
EPS file. 
 
The automatic scaling may be overridden with the command 
\verb"\epsscale{<num>}", where \m{num} is a scaling factor 
 in decimal units, e.g., 0.80. 
 
The |\plotone| and |\plottwo| 
macros are invocations of the |graphicx| 
|\includegraphics| command. In most instances, using 
|\plotone| or |\plottwo| should work for placing 
figures in \aastex\ documents. However, if more 
flexibility is needed, the |\includegraphics| command 
may be invoked directly. For instance, to rotate 
an image by 90 degrees, use 
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\includegraphics[angle=90]{<epsfile>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
See the |graphicx| package documentation or the \aastex\ Web site for a 
complete list of the available arguments to |\includegraphics|. 

Authors are strongly encouraged to use |\plotone|, |\plottwo|, or |\includegraphics| to place their EPS figures. However, as of the current release, the old |\plotfiddle| macro from v4.0 has been reintroduced and may be used if the desired figure placement cannot be achieved with one of the methods above. The syntax of the command is 
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\plotfiddle{<epsfile>}{<vsize>}{<rot>}{<hsf>}
       {<vsf>}{<htrans>}{<vtrans>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
where the arguments are
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}p{2in}}
\tt epsfile & name of the EPS file \\
\tt vsize & vertical white space to allow for plot (\LaTeX\ dimension)\\
\tt rot & rotation angle (degrees)\\
\tt hsf & horizontal width of scaled figure (PS points)\\
\tt vsf & vertical height of scaled figure (PS points)\\
\tt htrans & horizontal translation (PS points)\\
\tt vtrans & vertical translation (PS points)\\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
PostScript points are 1/72 inches, so an \m{htrans} of 72 moves
the graphic 1 inch to the right. Note that the \m{vtrans} argument is 
discarded in the reimplented macro and is included only for 
backward compatibility with \aastex\ v4.0. 

\subsubsection{Figure Captions} \label{legends} 
 
Regardless of whether an author includes electronic art in a manuscript, figure captions, or legends, should be provided. If art is included in the document, use the \verb"\caption"\ command within the \texttt{figure} environment.  If electronic art is not included, figure captions may be grouped together at the end of the document using \verb"\figcaption".
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\figcaption[<filename>]{<text>\label{<key>}} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The optional argument, \m{filename}, can be used to iden\-ti\-fy 
the file for the corresponding figure; 
\m{text} refers to the caption for that figure.  The author 
may provide a \verb"\label"\ with a unique \m{key} for cross-referencing 
purposes. 
 
When the \verb"\figcaption"\  command is used, the figure 
identification label, 
e.g., ``Figure 1,'' is generated automatically by the command itself, so 
there is no need to key this information. 
 There is an upper limit of seven figure captions per page. 
Footnotes are \emph{not} supported for figures. 

\subsection{Tables}  \label{tables}
 
There is support in the \aastex\ package for tables via two mechanisms: 
\LaTeX's standard \texttt{table} environment,  
and the 
\texttt{deluxetable} environment, which allows for the formatting 
of lengthy tabular material.  Tables may be 
marked up using either mechanism, although use of 
\texttt{deluxetable} is preferred. 
Authors should \emph{not} use the \LaTeX\ 
\texttt{tabbing} environment when preparing electronic 
submissions. 
 
\subsubsection{The \texttt{deluxetable} Environment}  \label{dte}

Authors are encouraged to use the 
\texttt{deluxetable} environment to format their tables since it automatically 
handles many formatting tasks, including table numbering and insertion 
of horizontal rules. It also provides mechanisms for breaking tables and 
controlling width and vertical spacing that are unavailable in the \LaTeX\ 
\texttt{tabular} environment. 
 
The \texttt{deluxetable} environment 
is delimited by \LaTeX's familiar 
\verb"\begin"\  and \verb"\end"\  constructs. 
The content consists of preamble commands and table data, 
the latter delimited by \verb"\startdata"\ 
 and \verb"\enddata". 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{deluxetable}{<cols>} 
<preamble commands> 
\startdata 
<table data> 
\enddata 
\end{deluxetable} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The argument \m{cols} specifies the justification for each col\-umn. 
An alignment token, ``l,'' ``c,'' or ``r,'' is given for each column, 
indicating flush left, centered, or flush right. 

\subsubsection{Preamble to the \texttt{deluxetable}}%

There are several commands in the 
\texttt{deluxetable} environment 
that 
must be given in the preamble. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\tabletypesize{<font size command>}
\rotate 
\tablewidth{<dimen>} 
\tablenum{<text>} 
\tablecolumns{<num>} 
\tablecaption{<text>\label{<key>}} 
\tablehead{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
If a table is too wide for the printed page, the font size of the table 
can be cahnged with the \verb"\tabletypesize" command, which takes as 
an argument one of the the font size change commands: 
\verb"\small"\ 
 (11pt), \verb"\footnotesize"\ 
 (10pt), or  
\verb"\scriptsize"\ 
 (8pt). 
 
To force a table to be set in landscape orientation,  
use the \verb"\rotate"\ \label{cmd-rotate} command. Note that 
most DVI previewers will not properly render rotated |deluxetable| 
output, so in order to see what the table looks like, 
it must be output to PostScript and viewed there.
 
The width of a deluxetable is defined by \verb"\tablewidth". 
If this command is omitted, the default width is the width of the page. 
The table can be set to its natural width by specifying 
a dimension of \verb"0pt". 
Long tables may have a natural width that is 
different for each page.  The natural width for each page will be 
printed to the log file during processing.  
Authors may then use this log information to 
define a fixed table width in order to give the 
table a more uniform appearance across pages. 
 
It is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within the 
\texttt{deluxetable} environment. 
When \verb"\tablenum"\ 
 is specified inside a \texttt{deluxetable} 
preamble, 
the text supplied as an argument to \verb"\tablenum"\ 
 will be used as the 
table identifier. 
\LaTeX's equation counter is \emph{not} incremented when 
\verb"\tablenum"\ 
 is used. 

The caption (actually, the title) of the table is specified 
in \verb"\tablecaption". 
The text of \verb"\tablecaption"\ 
 should be brief; 
explanatory notes should be specified in the end notes to the table 
(see \S \ref{tabendnotes} 
 below).  If the caption 
does not appear 
centered above the table after processing, then specify the width of 
the table explicitly with the \verb"\tablewidth"\ 
 command and rerun 
\LaTeX\ on the file.   If an author supplies a \verb"\label"\ for cross-referencing purposes, this, too, should be included in the \verb"\tablecaption". 
 
Column headings are specified with \verb"\tablehead". 
Within the \verb"\tablehead", each column heading should be given 
in a \verb"\colhead", which will ensure that the heading 
is centered 
on the natural width of the column.  
There should be a heading for each column so that there are as 
many \verb"\colhead"\ 
 commands in the \verb"\tablehead"\ 
 as there 
are data columns. 
 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\tablehead{ 
\colhead{<heading>} & \colhead{<heading>}} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
If more complicated column headings are required, 
any valid \texttt{tabular} command that constitutes a proper 
head line in a \LaTeX\ table may be used. For example, the  
|\multicolumn| command below would create a table head with 
text centered over five columns.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\multicolumn{5}{c}{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
Consult \citet{Lamport} or \citet{Kopka99} for further details 
on the available table commands. 
 
The \verb"\tablecolumns{"\m{num}\verb"}" command 
is necessary if an author has 
multi-line column headings produced by \verb"\tablehead"\ 
 or other \LaTeX\ 
commands and is using either the \verb"\cutinhead"\ 
 or \verb"\sidehead"\ 
markup (see below).  The \m{num} argument should be  
set to the true number of columns in the 
table.  The command must come before the \verb"\startdata"\ 
 command. 
 
%It is possible that a complicated table heading will overflow 
%the vertical space allotted for the table heading. 
%The fraction of the page allocated 
%for the table heading may be changed with \verb"\tableheadfrac". 
%The \m{num} argument to \verb"\tableheadfrac"\ 
% should be the 
%decimal fraction of the page used for heading information. 
%The default value is 0.1, meaning that 10\% of the page height 
%is reserved for the table heading.  It should rarely be necessary 
%to change this value. 

\subsubsection{Content of the \texttt{deluxetable}}%
 
After the table title and column headings have been specified, 
data rows can be entered. 
Data rows are delimited with the \verb"\startdata"\ 
 and \verb"\enddata"\  commands. 
The end of each row is indicated with the standard \LaTeX\ \verb"\\" command. 
Data cells within a row are separated with \& (ampersand) characters. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\startdata 
<data line>\\ 
<cell>&<cell>&<cell>\\ 
<more data lines>\\
\enddata 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
Column alignment within the data columns can be adjusted with the \TeX\ 
\verb"\phantom{"\m{string}\verb"}" command, 
where \m{string} can be any character, e.g., \verb"\phantom{$\arcmin$}". 
A blank character of width \m{string} is then inserted in the table. 
Four commands have been predefined for this purpose. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}p{2in}} 
{\verb"\phn"% 
} & {phantom numeral 0-9}\\ 
{\verb"\phd"% 
} & {phantom decimal point}\\ 
{\verb"\phs"% 
} & {phantom $\pm$ sign}\\ 
{\verb"\phm{"\m{string}\verb"}"} & {generic phantom}\\ 
\end{tabular} 
\end{quote} 
 
Extra vertical space can be inserted between rows with an optional argument to the 
\verb"\\" command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\\[<dimen>] 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The argument is a dimension 
and may be specified in any units that are legitimate in \LaTeX. 

In a table, it may happen that several rows of data are 
associated with a single object or item. 
Such logical groupings should not be broken across pages. 
In these cases, the |\tablebreak| command may be used to force 
a page break at the desired point. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
<table row>\\
\tablebreak
<next table row>\\
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
This command can be used any time that the default |deluxetable| page 
breaks need to be overridden.
 
Journals often require that table cells that contain no data 
be explicitly marked.  This is to differentiate such cells from 
blank cells, which are frequently interpreted as implicitly 
repeating the entry in the corresponding cell in the row preceding. 
Table cells for which there are no data should contain 
a \verb"\nodata"\ 
 command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\nodata 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
Within the |deluxetable| body, two kinds of special heads are 
allowed, |\cutinhead| and |\sidehead|. 
A cut-in head is a piece of text centered across the width 
of the table. It is spaced above and below 
from the data rows that precede and 
follow it and will appear set off by rules in the \LaTeX\ output.   
Similarly, the command for a side head produces a row spanning 
the width of the table but with the text left justified.  
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\cutinhead{<text>} 
\sidehead{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
Table footnotes (more properly, table \emph{end notes}) 
may also be used in the \texttt{deluxetable} environment.  
Their use is described in detail in \S \ref{tabendnotes}. 

\subsubsection{The \texttt{table} Environment}

Authors may also compose tables using the \texttt{table} environment. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{table} 
\end{table} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The \texttt{table}\ environment 
encloses not only the tabular 
material but also any title or footnote information 
associated with the table. 
 
Titles, or captions, for tables are indicated with a |\caption| 
command 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\caption{<text>\label{<key>}} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
A table label, e.g. ``Table 2,'' is generated automatically 
by \verb"\caption". 
 The author 
may provide a \verb"\label"\ in the caption with a unique \m{key} 
for cross-referencing 
purposes. 
 
The table body should appear within the \texttt{tabular} environment. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\begin{tabular}{<cols>} 
\end{tabular} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The alignment tokens in \m{cols} specify the justification for each column. The letters ``l,'' ``c,'' or ``r'' is given for each column, 
indicating left, center, or right justification. 
Consult \citet{Lamport} for details about using 
the 
\texttt{tabular} environment 
to prepare tables. 

Each \texttt{tabular} table must appear within a \texttt{table} 
environment. There should be only one \texttt{tabular} table per 
\texttt{table} 
environment. 
If the journal requests manuscripts with only one table per page, 
the author may need to insert a \verb"\clearpage"\ 
 command after especially short tables. 
 
Use the |\tableline| command to insert horizontal rules in the 
|tabular| environment.
\begin{quote} 
\verb"\tableline" 
 \end{quote} 
The use of vertical rules should be avoided. 

As with the \texttt{deluxetable} environment, it 
 is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within the 
\texttt{table} environment using \verb"\tablenum". 
\verb"\tablenum"\ 
 must be used \emph{inside} the \texttt{table} 
environment. 
	
\subsubsection{Table End Notes} \label{tabendnotes}

\aastex\ supports footnotes and end notes within tables;
this support applies to both the
\texttt{deluxetable} environment
and the standard \LaTeX\ \texttt{table} environment.

Footnotes for tables are usually identified by lowercase letters
rather than numbers. Use the |\tablenotemark| and |\tablenotetext| 
commands to supply table footnotes. 
As with \verb"\altaffilmark" and \verb"\altaffiltext", a note label, 
usually a letter, is required. 
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\tablenotemark{<key letter(s)>}
\tablenotetext{<alpha key>}{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
The \m{key letter} of the |\tablenotemark| should be the same as the
\m{alpha key} for the corresponding \m{text}.
It is the responsibility of the author to make the correspondence
correct.

Sometimes authors tabulate materials that have corresponding
references and may want to associate these references with the table.  
Authors may also wish to append a short paragraph of explanatory
notes that pertain to the entire table. These elements should be 
specified with the commands below.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\tablerefs{<reference list>}
\tablecomments{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
The \verb"\tablenotetext", \verb"\tablecomments", and 
\verb"\tablerefs" commands \emph{must}
 be specified after the 
\verb"\end{tabular}" or \verb"\enddata" and before 
the closing \verb"\end{table}" or \verb"\end{deluxetable}". 

\subsection{Supplemental Materials}

For many years now, authors have been taking advantage of the AAS journals'
ability to post supplemental materials with their papers in the electronic 
editions.  Even though each paper must stand on its own 
scientifically without the supplements, these materials are reviewed in the 
peer review process and should be included in initial manuscript 
submissions. As with regular figures and tables, papers with online only 
data must reference each electronic object in the main text 
and include an explanation of what the reader will 
find in the electronic edition.  

The four most popular types of supplemental materials are 
machine-readable tables, online color figures, online-only figures, and
animations.  Please see each journal's Web site for details on 
what types of supplemental materials are acceptable, how to
submit these materials, author tools for preparing them, 
and their associated costs.

\subsubsection{Machine-readable Tables}

Online-only tables submitted to AAS journals are converted 
to a machine-readable 
format for presentation in the electronic edition.  
Machine-readable tables have two
parts: the formatted ASCII data and a metadata header that provides
format, units, and short explanations of each column of data.  This
structure is designed to provide maximum flexibility and ease of use
for readers who wish to further manipulate the data with their own 
computer programs or with software like Excel. 

For each machine-readable table, the author should include a short sample 
version of the table in his or her \LaTeX\ submission. This sample version 
will appear in the print edition as well as 
in HTML in the electronic edition.  The sample table should be
5 to 15 lines long.  It should include a table note at the end 
 with text indicating that a machine-readable 
version will be available in the electronic edition. For instance, 
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\tablecomments{Table 1 is 
published in its entirety in 
the electronic edition of 
the Astrophysical Journal. 
A portion is shown here 
for guidance regarding its 
form and content.}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
Each example table must 
be cited and numbered as if it were a fully printed table.

\subsubsection{Online Color Figures}

For some journals, authors may submit figures 
that will appear in black and white in the 
print edition of a journal but in color in the electronic edition. 
In these cases, authors must submit separate black and white and RGB color 
versions of each figure labelled according to the 
file-naming conventions required for the publication.  
For the benefit of print journal readers, figure captions should be written 
with the color information placed inside parentheses, 
for instance, ``The dotted 
line (colored blue in electronic edition) 
is the H$_o$ = 75 km s-1 Mpc-1 model,'' and should 
include a note directing the reader to 
``See the electronic edition of the Journal 
for a color version of this figure.''

\subsubsection{Online-only Figures}

This feature is mainly useful for articles that contain large compendia 
of identification charts and other supplemental graphic material that need not
be printed in full in the paper journal. Online-only figures are intended to 
provide supplemental information that is not critical to the scientific 
content of the article but that might nonetheless be of interest to the reader.

Online-only figures must be mentioned explicitly by number and appear 
in correct numerical order in the body of the text.  At least one figure 
in a series must be displayed as an example figure for the print edition. 
The caption should carry a message indicating that 
more figures are available in the electronic edition---for instance, 
``Plots for all sources are available in the electronic edition of the journal.'' 
Enough information must be included in the figure caption for readers of the 
print edition to determine what is contained in the online-only figures.

\subsubsection{Animations}

Currently, only animations in the MPEG format are accepted by the AAS journals.  
Authors must supply a still frame from the animation in EPS format marked 
up like a regular figure that will serve as an example for the reader. 
They should include text in the caption for the 
still frame indicating that an animation is 
available electronically. For instance, 
``This figure is also available as an mpeg 
animation in the electronic edition of the {\it Astrophysical Journal}.'' 
As with online-only figures, authors must include enough information in the 
figure caption for readers of the print edition to determine what the 
animation illustrates.  

\subsection{Miscellaneous}

\subsubsection{Celestial Objects and Data Sets} 

Authors who wish to have the most important objects in their paper
linked to a data center in the electronic edition may do so using the 
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\objectname[<catalog ID>]{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
macro, or its alias |\object|.  
The text contained in the required argument 
will be printed in the paper and will serve as a link anchor 
in the electronic edition. The catalog ID 
given as an optional argument will be carried through as the identification 
key in the link to a data center. Note that links will only 
be activated if the name provided in the argument is recognized by a 
participating data center.  It is the author's responsibility to use the
correct identifier.   

Similar markup is available for linking to data sets hosted
at participating data centers.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\dataset[<catalog ID>]{<text>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
In the paper, the text in the required argument will be 
printed while the the catalog ID value will be passed through to form 
links to data centers.  

When an article contains |\object| or |\dataset| commands, the 
publisher will be able to use the markup to 
pass along a list of objects and data sets used in the 
paper to database personnel. Software can then be used to construct links to 
those databases.
Please check with each journal's Web site for instructions on how to 
determine the object and data set identifiers, the location of 
verifications tools, and information on where in the paper these 
macros can best be used.

\subsubsection{Ionic Species and Chemical Bonds} 
 
When discussing atomic species, ionization levels can be indicated 
with the following command. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\ion{<element>}{<level>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The ionization state is specified as the second argument  
and should be given as a numeral. 
For example, ``\ion{Ca}{3}'' would be marked up as \verb"\ion{Ca}{3}". 
 
For single, double, and triple chemical bonds, use the following macros. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\sbond 
\dbond 
\tbond 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
\subsubsection{Fractions} 
 
\aastex\ contains commands that permit authors to specify alternate 
forms for fractions. 
\LaTeX\ will set fractions in displayed math as built-up fractions; 
however, it is sometimes desirable to use case fractions in 
displayed equations. 
In such instances, one should use \verb"\case"\ 
rather than \verb"\frac". Note, however, that authors submitting 
manuscripts electronically to AAS journals 
should generally find it unnecessary to use any markup other than the 
standard \LaTeX\ \verb"\frac". 
 
\begin{center} 
\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.4} 
\begin{tabular}{@{}llc@{}} 
Built-up & \verb"\frac{1}{2}" & $\displaystyle\frac{1}{2}$ \\
Case     & \verb"\case{1}{2}" & $\case{1}{2}$ \\ 
Shilled  & \verb"1/2" & $1/2$ \\ 
\end{tabular} 
\end{center} 
 
\subsubsection{Astronomical Symbols}

As mentioned earlier, the \aastex\ package 
contains a collection of assorted macros 
for symbols and abbreviations specific to an astronomical context. 
These are commonly useful and also somewhat difficult for authors 
to produce themselves because fussy kerning is required. 
See the symbols pages provided with the package distribution. 
Most of these commands can be used in both running text and math. However, 
\verb"\lesssim"\  and \verb"\gtrsim"\  can only be used in math mode. 
 
\subsubsection{Hypertext Constructs} 
 
The \verb"\anchor"\ \label{cmd-anchor} command is a general-purpose 
hypertext link tag, associating \verb"<text>" in the manuscript with 
the specified resource (\verb"<href>"). 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\anchor{<href>}{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
\verb"<href>"\ should be specified as a \emph{full} URI, including the 
\verb"scheme:"\  designator (|http:|, |ftp:|, etc.). 
 
The \verb"\url" command supports the special case where an author 
wishes to express a URL in the text. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\url{<text>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
 
The \verb"\email"\  command is used to identify e-mail addresses 
anywhere in the manuscript. 
The text of the argument is the e-mail address. 
Please do \emph{not} prepend the \verb|mailto:| part. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\email{<address>} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
This command should be used to indicate authors' e-mail addresses 
in author lists at the beginning of manuscripts. 
 
\subsection{Concluding the File} 
 
The last command in the electronic manuscript file should be the 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\end{document} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
command, which must appear after all the material in the paper. 
This command directs the formatter to finish processing the manuscript. 
 
\section{Style Options}   \label{styles} 

\subsection{Manuscript Style} 

The default style option is the |manuscript| style. This style will 
produce double-spaced pages printed in a single column at the width 
of the page. 
 
\subsection{Preprints} 
 
Two preprint styles are available. 
The \texttt{preprint} style is similar to the |manuscript| style, 
but it is single-spaced and fully justified.   
The \texttt{preprint2} style produces a two-column preprint. 

\subsubsection{Single-column Preprint}

A single-column preprint format may be specified with the 
\texttt{preprint} style option. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\documentclass[preprint]{aastex} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
The size of the typeface used is under author control by way of 
\LaTeX's \m{nn}\texttt{pt} class options 
(where \m{nn} is 10, 11, or 12). 
Use of 10 point type is not recommended with the 
\texttt{preprint} style. 
 
\subsubsection{Two-column Preprint} 
 
The 
\texttt{preprint2} style 
has the principle function of providing two-column formatting. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\documentclass[preprint2]{aastex} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
It is important to remember 
that text lines are considerably shorter when two columns are typeset 
side by side on a page.  Long equations, wide tables and figures, and 
the like, may not typeset in this format without some adjustments. 
The expenditure of great effort to adapt copy and markup for 
two-column pages is counterproductive. 
Remember that the main 
goal of this package is to produce draft-, or referee-, format pages.  
It is the responsibility of the editors and publishers to 
produce publication-format papers for the journals. 
 
The \texttt{preprint2} style 
sets the article's front matter---the title, author, abstract, 
and keyword material---on a separate page at full text width. 
The body of the article is set in a two-column page grid, 
the appendices in a one-column page grid, 
and the bibliography in a two-column page grid. 
(This manual was prepared using the \texttt{preprint2} style.)
 
The author may supply \LaTeX's \verb"\twocolumn"\  or |\onecolumn| 
commands whenever desired. 
Be aware, however, that using explicit column-switching commands can 
cause formatting problems. 


 
\subsection{The {\tt eqsecnum} Style}

The \texttt{eqsecnum} style file can be used to modify the way equations 
are numbered. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\documentclass[eqsecnum]{aastex} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
Normally, equations are numbered sequentially through the 
entire paper, starting over at ``(A1)'' if there is an appendix. 
If \texttt{eqsecnum} appears in the \texttt{documentclass} command, 
equation num\-bers will be sequential through each section and will be 
formatted ``({\it sec-eqn}),'' where ``{\it sec}'' is the current section number and 
``{\it eqn}'' is the number of the equation within that section. 
 
\subsection{The {\tt flushrt} Style }

A \verb"flushrt"\ style option is available for authors that prefer to 
have their margins left and right justified. 
\begin{quote} 
\begin{verbatim} 
\documentclass[eqsecnum,flushrt]{aastex} 
\end{verbatim} 
\end{quote} 
Note the \texttt{preprint} and \texttt{preprint2} styles
are already flush right by default.

 
\section{Additional Documentation}  \label{docs} 
 
The preceding explanation of the markup commands in the 
\aastex\ package has merit for defining syntax, but many 
authors will prefer to examine the sample papers that are 
included with the style files. 
The files of interest are described below. 
 
A comprehensive example employing nearly all of the capabilities 
of the package (in terms of markup as well as formatting) 
is in \verb"sample.tex". 
This file is annotated with comments that describe 
the purpose of most of the markup. 
\verb"sample.tex"\ includes three tables: two marked up using the 
\texttt{deluxetable} environment 
and another table using the \LaTeX\ \texttt{table} 
environment. 
 
In \verb"table.tex", a complex but short example of the 
\texttt{deluxetable} environment 
demonstrates some of the techniques 
that can be used to generate complex column headings and to align 
variable-width columns. 
Here the \LaTeX\ \verb"\multicolumn" command is used to span a heading 
over several columns.  When \verb"\multicolumn" is used along with the 
\verb"\cutinhead" command, the \verb"\tablecolumns" command must be used to specify 
the number of columns in the table---otherwise the \verb"\cutinhead" command 
will not work properly. 
This table also makes use of the \verb"\phn" command to better align some of the 
columns. 
 
This user guide (\verb"aasguide.tex") 
is also marked up with the \aastex\ package, 
although it is not exemplary as a scientific paper. 
 
Many of the markup commands described in the preceding 
sections are standard \LaTeX\ commands. The reader who is 
unfamiliar with their syntax is referred to the \LaTeX\ 
references works cited in the bibliography, in particular 
\citet{Kopka99} and \citet{Lamport}.
 
Authors who wish to know the ins and outs of \TeX\ itself 
should read the \emph{\TeX book} \citep{Knuth}.  
This resource contains a good deal of information about 
typography in general.  Many details of mathematical typography are 
discussed in \emph{Mathematics into Type} by \citet{Swanson}. 
 
\section{Acknowledgments} 
 
\aastex\ was designed and written by Chris Biemesderfer in 1988. 
Substantial revisions were made by Lee Brotzman and Pierre 
Landau when the package was updated to v4.0. 
\aastex\ was rewritten as a \LaTeXe\ class by Arthur Ogawa 
for the  v5.0 release. It was updated to v5.2 by 
SR Nova Private Ltd. 
The documentation has benefited from revisions by 
Jeannette Barnes, Sara Zimmerman, and Greg Schwartz. 
 
\begin{thebibliography}{} 
 
\bibitem[Abt(1990)]{Abt90} 
  Abt, H.  1990, \apj, 357, 1 (editorial) 
 
\bibitem[Adobe(1999)]{PLRM} 
  Adobe Systems, Inc.  1999, 
  \anchor{http://www.adobe.com/prodindex/postscript/} 
  {PostScript Language Reference Manual} (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley) 
 
\bibitem[Daly(1998)]{Daly98} 
  Daly, P. 1998, \emph{Natural Sciences Citations and References} 
  (\texttt{natbib} package documentation) 
 
\bibitem[Goossens, Mittelbach, and Samarin(1994)]{Goossens94} 
  Goossens, M., Mittelbach, F., and Samarin, A. 1994, 
  \emph{The \LaTeX\ Companion} (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley) 
 
\bibitem[Hahn(1993)]{Hahn93} 
  Hahn, J. 1993,  \emph{\LaTeX\ for Everyone} 
  (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall) 
 
\bibitem[Knuth(1984)]{Knuth} 
  Knuth, D. 1984, \emph{The \TeX book} (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley). 
  \newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991. 
 
\bibitem[Kopka and Daly(1999)]{Kopka99} 
  Kopka, H. and Daly, P. 1999,  \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 
  3rd edition, (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley) 
 
\bibitem[Lamport(1994)]{Lamport} 
  Lamport, L. 1994, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation System\/}, 
  2nd edition, (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley) 
 
\bibitem[Swanson(1979)]{Swanson} 
  Swanson, E. 1979, \emph{Mathematics into Type} 
  (Providence, RI: American Mathematical Society) 
 
\end{thebibliography} 
\end{document}
%
%</guide>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Symbols module
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*symbols>
\documentclass[preprint2]{aastex}

\newcommand\aastex{AAS\TeX}%

\pagestyle{myheadings}
\markright{\aastex, AMS math, and \LaTeX\ symbols}%

\begin{document}

\begin{table}
\caption{Additional \aastex\ symbols}
\begin{center}
\tabcolsep5pt
\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{\hspace*{1em}}ll@{}}
$\lesssim$ & \verb"\lesssim", \verb"\la" &
$\gtrsim$ & \verb"\gtrsim", \verb"\ga" \\
\micron & \verb"\micron" &
\sbond & \verb"\sbond" \\
\dbond & \verb"\dbond" &
\tbond & \verb"\tbond" \\
$\sun$ & \verb"\sun" &
$\earth$ & \verb"\earth" \\
\diameter & \verb"\diameter" &
\\
\arcdeg & \verb"\arcdeg", \verb"\degr" &
\sq & \verb"\sq" \\
\arcmin & \verb"\arcmin" &
\arcsec & \verb"\arcsec" \\
\fd & \verb"\fd" &
\fh & \verb"\fh" \\
\fm & \verb"\fm" &
\fs & \verb"\fs" \\
\fdg & \verb"\fdg" &
\farcm & \verb"\farcm" \\
\farcs & \verb"\farcs" &
\fp & \verb"\fp" \\
\onehalf & \verb"\onehalf" &
\ubvr & \verb"\ubvr" \\
\onethird & \verb"\onethird" &
\ub & \verb"\ub" \\
\twothirds & \verb"\twothirds" &
\bv & \verb"\bv" \\
\onequarter & \verb"\onequarter" &
\vr & \verb"\vr" \\
\threequarters & \verb"\threequarters" &
\ur & \verb"\ur" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Text-mode accents}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}}ll}
\`{o} & \verb"\`{o}" & \={o} & \verb"\={o}" & \t{oo} & \verb"\t{oo}" \\
\'{o} & \verb"\'{o}" & \.{o} & \verb"\.{o}" & \c{o}  & \verb"\c{o}" \\
\^{o} & \verb"\^{o}" & \u{o} & \verb"\u{o}" & \d{o}  & \verb"\d{o}" \\
\"{o} & \verb#\"{o}# & \v{o} & \verb"\v{o}" & \b{o}  & \verb"\b{o}" \\
\~{o} & \verb"\~{o}" & \H{o} & \verb"\H{o}" & & \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{National symbols}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}}ll}
\oe & \verb"\oe" & \aa & \verb"\aa" & \l  & \verb"\l" \\
\OE & \verb"\OE" & \AA & \verb"\AA" & \L  & \verb"\L" \\
\ae & \verb"\ae" & \o  & \verb"\o"  & \ss & \verb"\ss" \\
\AE & \verb"\AE" & \O  & \verb"\O"  & & \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Math-mode accents}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}ll}
$\hat{a}$   & \verb"\hat{a}"   & $\dot{a}$   & \verb"\dot{a}"   \\
$\check{a}$ & \verb"\check{a}" & $\ddot{a}$  & \verb"\ddot{a}"  \\
$\tilde{a}$ & \verb"\tilde{a}" & $\breve{a}$ & \verb"\breve{a}" \\
$\acute{a}$ & \verb"\acute{a}" & $\bar{a}$   & \verb"\bar{a}"   \\
$\grave{a}$ & \verb"\grave{a}" & $\vec{a}$   & \verb"\vec{a}"   \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Greek and Hebrew letters (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{3em}}cl}
$\alpha$   & \verb"\alpha"   & $\nu$      & \verb"\nu"      \\
$\beta$    & \verb"\beta"    & $\xi$      & \verb"\xi"      \\
$\gamma$   & \verb"\gamma"   & $o$        & \verb"o"        \\
$\delta$   & \verb"\delta"   & $\pi$      & \verb"\pi"      \\
$\epsilon$ & \verb"\epsilon" & $\rho$     & \verb"\rho"     \\
$\zeta$    & \verb"\zeta"    & $\sigma$   & \verb"\sigma"   \\
$\eta$     & \verb"\eta"     & $\tau$     & \verb"\tau"     \\
$\theta$   & \verb"\theta"   & $\upsilon$ & \verb"\upsilon" \\
$\iota$    & \verb"\iota"    & $\phi$     & \verb"\phi"     \\
$\kappa$   & \verb"\kappa"   & $\chi$     & \verb"\chi"     \\
$\lambda$  & \verb"\lambda"  & $\psi$     & \verb"\psi"     \\
$\mu$      & \verb"\mu"      & $\omega$   & \verb"\omega"   \\

$\digamma$ & \verb"\digamma" &
$\varkappa$ & \verb"\varkappa" \\
$\varepsilon$ & \verb"\varepsilon" & $\varsigma$ & \verb"\varsigma" \\
$\vartheta$   & \verb"\vartheta"   & $\varphi$   & \verb"\varphi"   \\
$\varrho$     & \verb"\varrho"     & & \\

$\Gamma$  & \verb"\Gamma"  & $\Sigma$   & \verb"\Sigma"   \\
$\Delta$  & \verb"\Delta"  & $\Upsilon$ & \verb"\Upsilon" \\
$\Theta$  & \verb"\Theta"  & $\Phi$     & \verb"\Phi"     \\
$\Lambda$ & \verb"\Lambda" & $\Psi$     & \verb"\Psi"     \\
$\Xi$     & \verb"\Xi"     & $\Omega$   & \verb"\Omega"   \\
$\Pi$     & \verb"\Pi"     & & \\

$\aleph$ & \verb"\aleph" &
$\beth$ & \verb"\beth" \\
$\gimel$ & \verb"\gimel" &
$\daleth$ & \verb"\daleth" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Binary operators (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{3em}}cl}
$\pm$       & \verb"\pm"       & $\cap$             & \verb"\cap" \\
$\mp$       & \verb"\mp"       & $\cup$             & \verb"\cup" \\
$\setminus$ & \verb"\setminus" & $\uplus$           & \verb"\uplus" \\
$\cdot$     & \verb"\cdot"     & $\sqcap$           & \verb"\sqcap" \\
$\times$    & \verb"\times"    & $\sqcup$           & \verb"\sqcup" \\
$\ast$      & \verb"\ast"      & $\triangleleft$    & \verb"\triangleleft" \\
$\star$     & \verb"\star"     & $\triangleright$   & \verb"\triangleright" \\
$\diamond$  & \verb"\diamond"  & $\wr$              & \verb"\wr" \\
$\circ$     & \verb"\circ"     & $\bigcirc$         & \verb"\bigcirc" \\
$\bullet$   & \verb"\bullet"   & $\bigtriangleup$   & \verb"\bigtriangleup" \\
$\div$      & \verb"\div"      & $\bigtriangledown$ & \verb"\bigtriangledown" \\
$\lhd$      & \verb"\lhd"      & $\rhd$             & \verb"\rhd" \\%FIXME
$\vee$      & \verb"\vee"      & $\odot$            & \verb"\odot" \\
$\wedge$    & \verb"\wedge"    & $\dagger$          & \verb"\dagger" \\
$\oplus$    & \verb"\oplus"    & $\ddagger$         & \verb"\ddagger" \\
$\ominus$   & \verb"\ominus"   & $\amalg$           & \verb"\amalg" \\
$\otimes$   & \verb"\otimes"   & $\unlhd$           & \verb"\unlhd" \\
$\oslash$   & \verb"\oslash"   & $\unrhd$           & \verb"\unrhd"
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\clearpage

\begin{table}
\caption{AMS binary operators (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{2em}}ll}
$\dotplus$ & \verb"\dotplus" &
$\ltimes$ & \verb"\ltimes" \\
$\smallsetminus$ & \verb"\smallsetminus" &
$\rtimes$ & \verb"\rtimes" \\
$\Cap$ & \verb"\Cap", \verb"\doublecap" &
$\leftthreetimes$ & \verb"\leftthreetimes" \\
$\Cup$ & \verb"\Cup", \verb"\doublecup" &
$\rightthreetimes$ & \verb"\rightthreetimes" \\
$\barwedge$ & \verb"\barwedge" &
$\curlywedge$ & \verb"\curlywedge" \\
$\veebar$ & \verb"\veebar" &
$\curlyvee$ & \verb"\curlyvee" \\
$\doublebarwedge$ & \verb"\doublebarwedge" &
\\
$\boxminus$ & \verb"\boxminus" &
$\circleddash$ & \verb"\circleddash" \\
$\boxtimes$ & \verb"\boxtimes" &
$\circledast$ & \verb"\circledast" \\
$\boxdot$ & \verb"\boxdot" &
$\circledcirc$ & \verb"\circledcirc" \\
$\boxplus$ & \verb"\boxplus" &
$\centerdot$ & \verb"\centerdot" \\
$\divideontimes$ & \verb"\divideontimes" &
$\intercal$ & \verb"\intercal" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Miscellaneous symbols}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}ll}
\dag  & \verb"\dag"  & \S & \verb"\S" \\
\copyright & \verb"\copyright"& \ddag & \verb"\ddag"\\
 \P & \verb"\P" & \pounds    & \verb"\pounds" \\
\#    & \verb"\#"    & \$ & \verb"\$"\\
 \% & \verb"\%" & \&    & \verb"\&"  \\
  \_ & \verb"\_" & \{    & \verb"\{"   \\
 \} & \verb"\}" & & \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Miscellaneous symbols (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{3em}}cl}
$\aleph$   & \verb"\aleph"   & $\prime$       & \verb"\prime"       \\
$\hbar$    & \verb"\hbar"    & $\emptyset$    & \verb"\emptyset"    \\
$\imath$   & \verb"\imath"   & $\nabla$       & \verb"\nabla"       \\
$\jmath$   & \verb"\jmath"   & $\surd$        & \verb"\surd"        \\
$\ell$     & \verb"\ell"     & $\top$         & \verb"\top"         \\
$\wp$      & \verb"\wp"      & $\bot$         & \verb"\bot"         \\
$\Re$      & \verb"\Re"      & $\|$           & \verb"\|"           \\
$\Im$      & \verb"\Im"      & $\angle$       & \verb"\angle"       \\
$\partial$ & \verb"\partial" & $\triangle$    & \verb"\triangle"    \\
$\infty$   & \verb"\infty"   & $\backslash$   & \verb"\backslash"   \\
$\Box$     & \verb"\Box"     & $\Diamond$     & \verb"\Diamond"     \\
$\forall$  & \verb"\forall"  & $\sharp$       & \verb"\sharp"       \\
$\exists$  & \verb"\exists"  & $\clubsuit$    & \verb"\clubsuit"    \\
$\neg$     & \verb"\neg"     & $\diamondsuit$ & \verb"\diamondsuit" \\
$\flat$    & \verb"\flat"    & $\heartsuit$   & \verb"\heartsuit"   \\
$\natural$ & \verb"\natural" & $\spadesuit$   & \verb"\spadesuit"   \\
$\mho$     & \verb"\mho"     &                &
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{AMS miscellaneous symbols (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{2em}}ll}
$\hbar$ & \verb"\hbar" &
$\backprime$ & \verb"\backprime" \\
$\hslash$ & \verb"\hslash" &
$\varnothing$ & \verb"\varnothing" \\
$\vartriangle$ & \verb"\vartriangle" &
$\blacktriangle$ & \verb"\blacktriangle" \\
$\triangledown$ & \verb"\triangledown" &
$\blacktriangledown$ & \verb"\blacktriangledown" \\
$\square$ & \verb"\square" &
$\blacksquare$ & \verb"\blacksquare" \\
$\lozenge$ & \verb"\lozenge" &
$\blacklozenge$ & \verb"\blacklozenge" \\
$\circledS$ & \verb"\circledS" &
$\bigstar$ & \verb"\bigstar" \\
$\angle$ & \verb"\angle" &
$\sphericalangle$ & \verb"\sphericalangle" \\
$\measuredangle$ & \verb"\measuredangle" &
\\
$\nexists$ & \verb"\nexists" &
$\complement$ & \verb"\complement" \\
$\mho$ & \verb"\mho" &
$\eth$ & \verb"\eth" \\
$\Finv$ & \verb"\Finv" &
$\diagup$ & \verb"\diagup" \\
$\Game$ & \verb"\Game" &
$\diagdown$ & \verb"\diagdown" \\
$\Bbbk$ & \verb"\Bbbk" &
$\restriction$ & \verb"\restriction" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\tabcolsep1pt
\caption{Arrows (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{clcl}
$\leftarrow$          & \verb"\leftarrow" &
$\longleftarrow$      & \verb"\longleftarrow" \\
$\Leftarrow$          & \verb"\Leftarrow" &
$\Longleftarrow$      & \verb"\Longleftarrow" \\
$\rightarrow$         & \verb"\rightarrow" &
$\longrightarrow$     & \verb"\longrightarrow" \\
$\Rightarrow$         & \verb"\Rightarrow" &
$\Longrightarrow$     & \verb"\Longrightarrow" \\
$\leftrightarrow$     & \verb"\leftrightarrow" &
$\longleftrightarrow$ & \verb"\longleftrightarrow" \\
$\Leftrightarrow$     & \verb"\Leftrightarrow" &
$\Longleftrightarrow$ & \verb"\Longleftrightarrow" \\
$\mapsto$             & \verb"\mapsto" &
$\longmapsto$         & \verb"\longmapsto" \\
$\hookleftarrow$      & \verb"\hookleftarrow" &
$\hookrightarrow$     & \verb"\hookrightarrow" \\
$\leftharpoonup$      & \verb"\leftharpoonup" &
$\rightharpoonup$     & \verb"\rightharpoonup" \\
$\leftharpoondown$    & \verb"\leftharpoondown" &
$\rightharpoondown$   & \verb"\rightharpoondown" \\
$\rightleftharpoons$  & \verb"\rightleftharpoons" &
$\leadsto$            & \verb"\leadsto" \\
$\uparrow$            & \verb"\uparrow" &
$\Updownarrow$        & \verb"\Updownarrow" \\
$\Uparrow$            & \verb"\Uparrow" &
$\nearrow$            & \verb"\nearrow" \\
$\downarrow$          & \verb"\downarrow" &
$\searrow$            & \verb"\searrow" \\
$\Downarrow$          & \verb"\Downarrow" &
$\swarrow$            & \verb"\swarrow" \\
$\updownarrow$        & \verb"\updownarrow" &
$\nwarrow$            & \verb"\nwarrow"
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\tabcolsep1pt
\caption{AMS arrows (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{llll}
$\dashleftarrow$ & \verb"\dashleftarrow" &
$\dashrightarrow$ & \verb"\dashrightarrow" \\
$\leftleftarrows$ & \verb"\leftleftarrows" &
$\rightrightarrows$ & \verb"\rightrightarrows" \\
$\leftrightarrows$ & \verb"\leftrightarrows" &
$\rightleftarrows$ & \verb"\rightleftarrows" \\
$\Lleftarrow$ & \verb"\Lleftarrow" &
$\Rrightarrow$ & \verb"\Rrightarrow" \\
$\twoheadleftarrow$ & \verb"\twoheadleftarrow" &
$\twoheadrightarrow$ & \verb"\twoheadrightarrow" \\
$\leftarrowtail$ & \verb"\leftarrowtail" &
$\rightarrowtail$ & \verb"\rightarrowtail" \\
$\looparrowleft$ & \verb"\looparrowleft" &
$\looparrowright$ & \verb"\looparrowright" \\
$\leftrightharpoons$ & \verb"\leftrightharpoons" &
$\rightleftharpoons$ & \verb"\rightleftharpoons" \\
$\curvearrowleft$ & \verb"\curvearrowleft" &
$\curvearrowright$ & \verb"\curvearrowright" \\
$\circlearrowleft$ & \verb"\circlearrowleft" &
$\circlearrowright$ & \verb"\circlearrowright" \\
$\Lsh$ & \verb"\Lsh" &
$\Rsh$ & \verb"\Rsh" \\
$\upuparrows$ & \verb"\upuparrows" &
$\downdownarrows$ & \verb"\downdownarrows" \\
$\upharpoonleft$ & \verb"\upharpoonleft" &
$\upharpoonright$ & \verb"\upharpoonright" \\
$\downharpoonleft$ & \verb"\downharpoonleft" &
$\downharpoonright$ & \verb"\downharpoonright" \\
$\multimap$ & \verb"\multimap" &
$\rightsquigarrow$ & \verb"\rightsquigarrow" \\
$\leftrightsquigarrow$ & \verb"\leftrightsquigarrow" &
\\
$\nleftarrow$ & \verb"\nleftarrow" &
$\nrightarrow$ & \verb"\nrightarrow" \\
$\nLeftarrow$ & \verb"\nLeftarrow" &
$\nRightarrow$ & \verb"\nRightarrow" \\
$\nleftrightarrow$ & \verb"\nleftrightarrow" &
$\nLeftrightarrow$ & \verb"\nLeftrightarrow" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Relations (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{4em}}cl}

$\leq$        & \verb"\leq"        & $\geq$        & \verb"\geq" \\
$\prec$       & \verb"\prec"       & $\succ$       & \verb"\succ" \\
$\preceq$     & \verb"\preceq"     & $\succeq$     & \verb"\succeq" \\
$\ll$         & \verb"\ll"         & $\gg$         & \verb"\gg" \\
$\subset$     & \verb"\subset"     & $\supset$     & \verb"\supset" \\
$\subseteq$   & \verb"\subseteq"   & $\supseteq$   & \verb"\supseteq" \\
$\sqsubset$   & \verb"\sqsubset"   & $\sqsupset$   & \verb"\sqsupset" \\
$\sqsubseteq$ & \verb"\sqsubseteq" & $\sqsupseteq$ & \verb"\sqsupseteq" \\
$\in$         & \verb"\in"         & $\ni$         & \verb"\ni" \\
$\vdash$      & \verb"\vdash"      & $\dashv$      & \verb"\dashv" \\
$\smile$      & \verb"\smile"      & $\mid$        & \verb"\mid" \\
$\frown$      & \verb"\frown"      & $\parallel$   & \verb"\parallel" \\
$\neq$        & \verb"\neq"        & $\perp$       & \verb"\perp" \\
$\equiv$      & \verb"\equiv"      & $\cong$       & \verb"\cong" \\
$\sim$        & \verb"\sim"        & $\bowtie$     & \verb"\bowtie" \\
$\simeq$      & \verb"\simeq"      & $\propto$     & \verb"\propto" \\
$\asymp$      & \verb"\asymp"      & $\models$     & \verb"\models" \\
$\approx$     & \verb"\approx"     & $\doteq$      & \verb"\doteq" \\
              &                    & $\Join$       & \verb"\Join"
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\tabcolsep1pt
\caption{AMS binary relations (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{1em}}ll}
$\leqq$ & \verb"\leqq" &
$\geqq$ & \verb"\geqq" \\
$\leqslant$ & \verb"\leqslant" &
$\geqslant$ & \verb"\geqslant" \\
$\eqslantless$ & \verb"\eqslantless" &
$\eqslantgtr$ & \verb"\eqslantgtr" \\
$\lesssim$ & \verb"\lesssim" &
$\gtrsim$ & \verb"\gtrsim" \\
$\lessapprox$ & \verb"\lessapprox" &
$\gtrapprox$ & \verb"\gtrapprox" \\
$\approxeq$ & \verb"\approxeq" &
$\eqsim$ & \verb"\eqsim" \\
$\lessdot$ & \verb"\lessdot" &
$\gtrdot$ & \verb"\gtrdot" \\
$\lll$ & \verb"\lll", \verb"\llless" &
$\ggg$ & \verb"\ggg", \verb"\gggtr" \\
$\lessgtr$ & \verb"\lessgtr" &
$\gtrless$ & \verb"\gtrless" \\
$\lesseqgtr$ & \verb"\lesseqgtr" &
$\gtreqless$ & \verb"\gtreqless" \\
$\lesseqqgtr$ & \verb"\lesseqqgtr" &
$\gtreqqless$ & \verb"\gtreqqless" \\
$\doteqdot$ & \verb"\doteqdot", \verb"\Doteq" &
$\eqcirc$ & \verb"\eqcirc" \\
$\risingdotseq$ & \verb"\risingdotseq" &
$\circeq$ & \verb"\circeq" \\
$\fallingdotseq$ & \verb"\fallingdotseq" &
$\triangleq$ & \verb"\triangleq" \\
$\backsim$ & \verb"\backsim" &
$\thicksim$ & \verb"\thicksim" \\
$\backsimeq$ & \verb"\backsimeq" &
$\thickapprox$ & \verb"\thickapprox" \\
$\subseteqq$ & \verb"\subseteqq" &
$\supseteqq$ & \verb"\supseteqq" \\
$\Subset$ & \verb"\Subset" &
$\Supset$ & \verb"\Supset" \\
$\sqsubset$ & \verb"\sqsubset" &
$\sqsupset$ & \verb"\sqsupset" \\
$\preccurlyeq$ & \verb"\preccurlyeq" &
$\succcurlyeq$ & \verb"\succcurlyeq" \\
$\curlyeqprec$ & \verb"\curlyeqprec" &
$\curlyeqsucc$ & \verb"\curlyeqsucc" \\
$\precsim$ & \verb"\precsim" &
$\succsim$ & \verb"\succsim" \\
$\precapprox$ & \verb"\precapprox" &
$\succapprox$ & \verb"\succapprox" \\
$\vartriangleleft$ & \verb"\vartriangleleft" &
$\vartriangleright$ & \verb"\vartriangleright" \\
$\trianglelefteq$ & \verb"\trianglelefteq" &
$\trianglerighteq$ & \verb"\trianglerighteq" \\
$\vDash$ & \verb"\vDash" &
$\Vdash$ & \verb"\Vdash" \\
$\Vvdash$ & \verb"\Vvdash" &
\\
$\smallsmile$ & \verb"\smallsmile" &
$\shortmid$ & \verb"\shortmid" \\
$\smallfrown$ & \verb"\smallfrown" &
$\shortparallel$ & \verb"\shortparallel" \\
$\bumpeq$ & \verb"\bumpeq" &
$\between$ & \verb"\between" \\
$\Bumpeq$ & \verb"\Bumpeq" &
$\pitchfork$ & \verb"\pitchfork" \\
$\varpropto$ & \verb"\varpropto" &
$\backepsilon$ & \verb"\backepsilon" \\
$\blacktriangleleft$ & \verb"\blacktriangleleft" &
$\blacktriangleright$ & \verb"\blacktriangleright" \\
$\therefore$ & \verb"\therefore" &
$\because$ & \verb"\because" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{AMS negated relations (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{2em}}ll}
$\nless$ & \verb"\nless" &
$\ngtr$ & \verb"\ngtr" \\
$\nleq$ & \verb"\nleq" &
$\ngeq$ & \verb"\ngeq" \\
$\nleqslant$ & \verb"\nleqslant" &
$\ngeqslant$ & \verb"\ngeqslant" \\
$\nleqq$ & \verb"\nleqq" &
$\ngeqq$ & \verb"\ngeqq" \\
$\lneq$ & \verb"\lneq" &
$\gneq$ & \verb"\gneq" \\
$\lneqq$ & \verb"\lneqq" &
$\gneqq$ & \verb"\gneqq" \\
$\lvertneqq$ & \verb"\lvertneqq" &
$\gvertneqq$ & \verb"\gvertneqq" \\
$\lnsim$ & \verb"\lnsim" &
$\gnsim$ & \verb"\gnsim" \\
$\lnapprox$ & \verb"\lnapprox" &
$\gnapprox$ & \verb"\gnapprox" \\
$\nprec$ & \verb"\nprec" &
$\nsucc$ & \verb"\nsucc" \\
$\npreceq$ & \verb"\npreceq" &
$\nsucceq$ & \verb"\nsucceq" \\
$\precneqq$ & \verb"\precneqq" &
$\succneqq$ & \verb"\succneqq" \\
$\precnsim$ & \verb"\precnsim" &
$\succnsim$ & \verb"\succnsim" \\
$\precnapprox$ & \verb"\precnapprox" &
$\succnapprox$ & \verb"\succnapprox" \\
$\nsim$ & \verb"\nsim" &
$\ncong$ & \verb"\ncong" \\
$\nshortmid$ & \verb"\nshortmid" &
$\nshortparallel$ & \verb"\nshortparallel" \\
$\nmid$ & \verb"\nmid" &
$\nparallel$ & \verb"\nparallel" \\
$\nvdash$ & \verb"\nvdash" &
$\nvDash$ & \verb"\nvDash" \\
$\nVdash$ & \verb"\nVdash" &
$\nVDash$ & \verb"\nVDash" \\
$\ntriangleleft$ & \verb"\ntriangleleft" &
$\ntriangleright$ & \verb"\ntriangleright" \\
$\ntrianglelefteq$ & \verb"\ntrianglelefteq" &
$\ntrianglerighteq$ & \verb"\ntrianglerighteq" \\
$\nsubseteq$ & \verb"\nsubseteq" &
$\nsupseteq$ & \verb"\nsupseteq" \\
$\nsubseteqq$ & \verb"\nsubseteqq" &
$\nsupseteqq$ & \verb"\nsupseteqq" \\
$\subsetneq$ & \verb"\subsetneq" &
$\supsetneq$ & \verb"\supsetneq" \\
$\varsubsetneq$ & \verb"\varsubsetneq" &
$\varsupsetneq$ & \verb"\varsupsetneq" \\
$\subsetneqq$ & \verb"\subsetneqq" &
$\supsetneqq$ & \verb"\supsetneqq" \\
$\varsubsetneqq$ & \verb"\varsubsetneqq" &
$\varsupsetneqq$ & \verb"\varsupsetneqq" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Variable-sized symbols (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{displaymath}
\begin{array}{ccl@{\hspace{2em}}ccl}
\sum & \displaystyle \sum & \hbox{\verb"\sum"} &
\bigcap & \displaystyle \bigcap & \hbox{\verb"\bigcap"} \\
\prod & \displaystyle \prod & \hbox{\verb"\prod"} &
\bigcup & \displaystyle \bigcup & \hbox{\verb"\bigcup"} \\
\coprod & \displaystyle \coprod & \hbox{\verb"\coprod"} &
\bigsqcup & \displaystyle \bigsqcup & \hbox{\verb"\bigsqcup"} \\
\int & \displaystyle \int & \hbox{\verb"\int"} &
\bigvee & \displaystyle \bigvee & \hbox{\verb"\bigvee"} \\
\oint & \displaystyle \oint & \hbox{\verb"\oint"} &
\bigwedge & \displaystyle \bigwedge & \hbox{\verb"\bigwedge"} \\
\bigodot & \displaystyle \bigodot & \hbox{\verb"\bigodot"} &
\bigotimes & \displaystyle \bigotimes & \hbox{\verb"\bigotimes"} \\
\bigoplus & \displaystyle \bigoplus & \hbox{\verb"\bigoplus"} &
\biguplus & \displaystyle \biguplus & \hbox{\verb"\biguplus"} \\
\end{array}
\end{displaymath}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Delimiters (math mode)}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{lc@{\hspace{2em}}lc}
$($            & \verb"("            & $)$            & \verb")" \\
$[$            & \verb"["            & $]$            & \verb"]" \\
$\{$           & \verb"\{"           & $\}$           & \verb"\}" \\
$\lfloor$      & \verb"\lfloor"      & $\rfloor$      & \verb"\rfloor" \\
$\lceil$       & \verb"\lceil"       & $\rceil$       & \verb"\rceil" \\
$\langle$      & \verb"\langle"      & $\rangle$      & \verb"\rangle" \\
$/$            & \verb"/"            & $\backslash$   & \verb"\backslash" \\
$\vert$        & \verb"\vert"        & $\Vert$        & \verb"\Vert" \\
$\uparrow$     & \verb"\uparrow"     & $\Uparrow$     & \verb"\Uparrow" \\
$\downarrow$   & \verb"\downarrow"   & $\Downarrow$   & \verb"\Downarrow" \\
$\updownarrow$ & \verb"\updownarrow" &
$\Updownarrow$ & \verb"\Updownarrow" \\
$\ulcorner$ & \verb"\ulcorner" &
$\urcorner$ & \verb"\urcorner" \\
$\llcorner$ & \verb"\llcorner" &
$\lrcorner$ & \verb"\lrcorner" \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}

\begin{table}
\caption{Function names (math mode)}
\begin{verbatim}
  \arccos   \csc    \ker      \min
  \arcsin   \deg    \lg       \Pr
  \arctan   \det    \lim      \sec
  \arg      \dim    \liminf   \sin
  \cos      \exp    \limsup   \sinh
  \cosh     \gcd    \ln       \sup
  \cot      \hom    \log      \tan
  \coth     \inf    \max      \tanh
\end{verbatim}
\end{table}
\end{document}
%</symbols>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Sample document modules
%
% Here begins the module `sample`.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*sample>
%%
%% Beginning of file 'sample.tex'
%%
%% Modified 2005 June 21
%%
%% This is a sample manuscript marked up using the
%% AASTeX v5.x LaTeX 2e macros.

%% The first piece of markup in an AASTeX v5.x document
%% is the \documentclass command. LaTeX will ignore
%% any data that comes before this command.

%% The command below calls the preprint style
%% which will produce a one-column, single-spaced document.
%% Examples of commands for other substyles follow. Use
%% whichever is most appropriate for your purposes.
%%
%%\documentclass[12pt,preprint]{aastex}

%% manuscript produces a one-column, double-spaced document:

\documentclass[manuscript]{aastex}

%% preprint2 produces a double-column, single-spaced document:

%% \documentclass[preprint2]{aastex}

%% Sometimes a paper's abstract is too long to fit on the
%% title page in preprint2 mode. When that is the case,
%% use the longabstract style option.

%% \documentclass[preprint2,longabstract]{aastex}

%% If you want to create your own macros, you can do so
%% using \newcommand. Your macros should appear before
%% the \begin{document} command.
%%
%% If you are submitting to a journal that translates manuscripts
%% into SGML, you need to follow certain guidelines when preparing
%% your macros. See the AASTeX v5.x Author Guide
%% for information.

\newcommand{\vdag}{(v)^\dagger}
\newcommand{\myemail}{skywalker@galaxy.far.far.away}

%% You can insert a short comment on the title page using the command below.

\slugcomment{Not to appear in Nonlearned J., 45.}

%% If you wish, you may supply running head information, although
%% this information may be modified by the editorial offices.
%% The left head contains a list of authors,
%% usually a maximum of three (otherwise use et al.).  The right
%% head is a modified title of up to roughly 44 characters.
%% Running heads will not print in the manuscript style.

\shorttitle{Collapsed Cores in Globular Clusters}
\shortauthors{Djorgovski et al.}

%% This is the end of the preamble.  Indicate the beginning of the
%% paper itself with \begin{document}.

\begin{document}

%% LaTeX will automatically break titles if they run longer than
%% one line. However, you may use \\ to force a line break if
%% you desire.

\title{Collapsed Cores in Globular Clusters, \\
    Gauge-Boson Couplings, and AAS\TeX\ Examples}

%% Use \author, \affil, and the \and command to format
%% author and affiliation information.
%% Note that \email has replaced the old \authoremail command
%% from AASTeX v4.0. You can use \email to mark an email address
%% anywhere in the paper, not just in the front matter.
%% As in the title, use \\ to force line breaks.

\author{S. Djorgovski\altaffilmark{1,2,3} and Ivan R. King\altaffilmark{1}}
\affil{Astronomy Department, University of California,
    Berkeley, CA 94720}

\author{C. D. Biemesderfer\altaffilmark{4,5}}
\affil{National Optical Astronomy Observatories, Tucson, AZ 85719}
\email{aastex-help@aas.org}

\and

\author{R. J. Hanisch\altaffilmark{5}}
\affil{Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD 21218}

%% Notice that each of these authors has alternate affiliations, which
%% are identified by the \altaffilmark after each name.  Specify alternate
%% affiliation information with \altaffiltext, with one command per each
%% affiliation.

\altaffiltext{1}{Visiting Astronomer, Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory.
CTIO is operated by AURA, Inc.\ under contract to the National Science
Foundation.}
\altaffiltext{2}{Society of Fellows, Harvard University.}
\altaffiltext{3}{present address: Center for Astrophysics,
    60 Garden Street, Cambridge, MA 02138}
\altaffiltext{4}{Visiting Programmer, Space Telescope Science Institute}
\altaffiltext{5}{Patron, Alonso's Bar and Grill}

%% Mark off your abstract in the ``abstract'' environment. In the manuscript
%% style, abstract will output a Received/Accepted line after the
%% title and affiliation information. No date will appear since the author
%% does not have this information. The dates will be filled in by the
%% editorial office after submission.

\begin{abstract}
This is a preliminary report on surface photometry of the major
fraction of known globular clusters, to see which of them show the signs
of a collapsed core.
We also explore some diversionary mathematics and recreational tables.
\end{abstract}

%% Keywords should appear after the \end{abstract} command. The uncommented
%% example has been keyed in ApJ style. See the instructions to authors
%% for the journal to which you are submitting your paper to determine
%% what keyword punctuation is appropriate.

\keywords{globular clusters: general --- globular clusters: individual(NGC 6397,
NGC 6624, NGC 7078, Terzan 8}

%% From the front matter, we move on to the body of the paper.
%% In the first two sections, notice the use of the natbib \citep
%% and \citet commands to identify citations.  The citations are
%% tied to the reference list via symbolic KEYs. The KEY corresponds
%% to the KEY in the \bibitem in the reference list below. We have
%% chosen the first three characters of the first author's name plus
%% the last two numeral of the year of publication as our KEY for
%% each reference.


%% Authors who wish to have the most important objects in their paper
%% linked in the electronic edition to a data center may do so by tagging
%% their objects with \objectname{} or \object{}.  Each macro takes the
%% object name as its required argument. The optional, square-bracket 
%% argument should be used in cases where the data center identification
%% differs from what is to be printed in the paper.  The text appearing 
%% in curly braces is what will appear in print in the published paper. 
%% If the object name is recognized by the data centers, it will be linked
%% in the electronic edition to the object data available at the data centers  

\section{Introduction}

A focal problem today in the dynamics of globular clusters is core collapse.  
It has been predicted by theory for decades \citep{hen61,lyn68,spi85}, but
observation has been less alert to the phenomenon. For many years the
central brightness peak in M15 \citep{kin75,new78} seemed a unique anomaly.  
Then \citet{aur82} suggested a central peak in \object{NGC 6397}, and a 
limited photographic survey of ours \citep[Paper I]{djo84} found three more 
cases, \objectname{NGC 6624}, \objectname[M 15]{NGC 7078}, and 
\object[Cl 1938-341]{Terzan 8}), whose sharp center had often been 
remarked on \citep{can78}.

\section{Observations}

%% In a manner similar to \objectname authors can provide links to dataset
%% hosted at participating data centers via the \dataset{} command.  The
%% second curly bracket argument is printed in the text while the first
%% parentheses argument serves as the valid data set identifier.  Large
%% lists of data set are best provided in a table (see Table 3 for an example).
%% Valid data set identifiers should be obtained from the data center that
%% is currently hosting the data.

All our observations were short direct exposures with CCD's.  We also have
 a random {\it Chandra} data set \dataset{ADS/Sa.ASCA\#X/86008020} and a
neat \dataset[ADS/Sa.HST#Y0Q70101T]{HST FOS spectrum} that readers can access
via the links in the electronic edition.  Unfortunately this has nothing 
whatsoever to do with this research.  At Lick Observatory we used a TI 500$\times$500 
chip and a GEC 575$\times$385, on the 1-m Nickel reflector.  The only
filter available at Lick was red.  At CTIO we used a GEC 575$\times$385, with
$B, V,$ and $R$ filters, and an RCA 512$\times$320, with $U, B, V, R,$ and $I$
filters, on the 1.5-m reflector. In the CTIO observations we tried to
concentrate on the shortest practicable wavelengths; but faintness, reddening,
and poor short-wavelength sensitivity often kept us from observing in $U$ or
even in $B$. All four cameras had scales of the order of 0.4 arcsec/pixel, and
our field sizes were around 3 arcmin.

The CCD images are unfortunately not always suitable, for very poor
clusters or for clusters with large cores.  Since the latter are easily
studied by other means, we augmented our own CCD profiles by collecting
from the literature a number of star-count profiles 
\citep{kin68,pet76,har84,ort85}, as well as photoelectric profiles 
\citep{kin66,kin75} and electronographic profiles \citep{kro84}.
In a few cases we judged normality by eye estimates on one of the Sky
Surveys.

%% In this section, we use  the \subsection command to set off
%% a subsection.  \footnote is used to insert a footnote to the text.

%% Observe the use of the LaTeX \label
%% command after the \subsection to give a symbolic KEY to the
%% subsection for cross-referencing in a \ref command.
%% You can use LaTeX's \ref and \label commands to keep track of
%% cross-references to sections, equations, tables, and figures.
%% That way, if you change the order of any elements, LaTeX will
%% automatically renumber them.

%% This section also includes several of the displayed math environments
%% mentioned in the Author Guide.

\section{Helicity Amplitudes}

It has been realized that helicity amplitudes provide a convenient means
for Feynman diagram\footnote{Footnotes can be inserted like this.}
evaluations.  These amplitude-level techniques
are particularly convenient for calculations involving many Feynman
diagrams, where the usual trace techniques for the amplitude
squared becomes unwieldy.  Our calculations use the helicity techniques
developed by other authors \cite[]{hag86}; we briefly summarize below.

\subsection{Formalism} \label{bozomath}

%% The equation environment wil produce a numbered display equation.

A tree-level amplitude in $e^+e^-$ collisions can be expressed in
terms of fermion strings of the form
\begin{equation}
\bar v(p_2,\sigma_2)P_{-\tau}\hat a_1\hat a_2\cdots
\hat a_nu(p_1,\sigma_1) ,
\end{equation}
where $p$ and $\sigma$ label the initial $e^{\pm}$ four-momenta
and helicities $(\sigma = \pm 1)$, $\hat a_i=a^\mu_i\gamma_\nu$
and $P_\tau=\frac{1}{2}(1+\tau\gamma_5)$ is a chirality projection
operator $(\tau = \pm1)$.  The $a^\mu_i$ may be formed from particle
four-momenta, gauge-boson polarization vectors or fermion strings with
an uncontracted Lorentz index associated with final-state fermions.

%% The \notetoeditor{TEXT} command allows the author to communicate
%% information to the copy editor.  This information will appear as a
%% footnote on the printed copy for the manuscript style file.  Nothing will
%% appear on the printed copy if the preprint or
%% preprint2 style files are used.

%% The eqnarray environment produces multi-line display math. The end of
%% each line is marked with a \\. Lines will be numbered unless the \\
%% is preceded by a \nonumber command.
%% Alignment points are marked by ampersands (&). There should be two
%% ampersands (&) per line.

In the chiral \notetoeditor{Figures 1 and 2 should appear side-by-side in
print} representation the $\gamma$ matrices are expressed
in terms of $2\times 2$ Pauli matrices $\sigma$ and the unit matrix 1 as
\begin{eqnarray}
\gamma^\mu  & = &
 \left(
\begin{array}{cc}
0 & \sigma^\mu_+ \\
\sigma^\mu_- & 0
\end{array}     \right) ,
 \gamma^5= \left(
\begin{array}{cc}
-1 &   0\\
0 &   1
\end{array}     \right)  , \nonumber \\
\sigma^\mu_{\pm}  & = &   ({\bf 1} ,\pm \sigma) , \nonumber
\end{eqnarray}
giving
\begin{equation}
\hat a= \left(
\begin{array}{cc}
0 & (\hat a)_+\\
(\hat a)_- & 0
\end{array}\right), (\hat a)_\pm=a_\mu\sigma^\mu_\pm ,
\end{equation}
The spinors are expressed in terms of two-component Weyl spinors as
\begin{equation}
u=\left(
\begin{array}{c}
(u)_-\\
(u)_+
\end{array}\right), v={\bf (}\vdag_+{\bf ,}   \vdag_-{\bf )} .
\end{equation}

%% Putting eqnarrays or equations inside the mathletters environment groups
%% the enclosed equations by letter. For instance, the eqnarray below, instead
%% of being numbered, say, (4) and (5), would be numbered (4a) and (4b).
%% LaTeX the paper and look at the output to see the results.

The Weyl spinors are given in terms of helicity eigenstates
$\chi_\lambda(p)$ with $\lambda=\pm1$ by
\begin{mathletters}
\begin{eqnarray}
u(p,\lambda)_\pm & = & (E\pm\lambda|{\bf p}|)^{1/2}\chi_\lambda(p) , \\
v(p,\lambda)_\pm & = & \pm\lambda(E\mp\lambda|{\bf p}|)^{1/2}\chi
_{-\lambda}(p)
\end{eqnarray}
\end{mathletters}

%% This section contains more display math examples, including unnumbered
%% equations (displaymath environment). The last paragraph includes some
%% examples of in-line math featuring a couple of the AASTeX symbol macros.

\section{Floating material and so forth}

%% The displaymath environment will produce the same sort of equation as
%% the equation environment, except that the equation will not be numbered
%% by LaTeX.

Consider a task that computes profile parameters for a modified
Lorentzian of the form
\begin{equation}
I = \frac{1}{1 + d_{1}^{P (1 + d_{2} )}}
\end{equation}
where
\begin{displaymath}
d_{1} = \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{R_{maj}}
\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
\left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{y_{1}}{R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
\end{displaymath}
\begin{displaymath}
d_{2} = \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{P R_{maj}}
\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
\left( \begin{array}{c} \case{y_{1}}{P R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
\end{displaymath}
\begin{displaymath}
x_{1} = (x - x_{0}) \cos \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \sin \Theta
\end{displaymath}
\begin{displaymath}
y_{1} = -(x - x_{0}) \sin \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \cos \Theta
\end{displaymath}

In these expressions $x_{0}$,$y_{0}$ is the star center, and $\Theta$ is the
angle with the $x$ axis.  Results of this task are shown in table~\ref{tbl-1}.
It is not clear how these sorts of analyses may affect determination of
 $M_{\sun}$, but the assumption is that the alternate results
should be less than 90\degr\ out of phase with previous values.
We have no observations of \ion{Ca}{2}.
Roughly \slantfrac{4}{5} of the electronically submitted abstracts
for AAS meetings are error-free.

%% If you wish to include an acknowledgments section in your paper,
%% separate it off from the body of the text using the \acknowledgments
%% command.

%% Included in this acknowledgments section are examples of the
%% AASTeX hypertext markup commands. Use \url without the optional [HREF]
%% argument when you want to print the url directly in the text. Otherwise,
%% use either \url or \anchor, with the HREF as the first argument and the
%% text to be printed in the second.

\acknowledgments

We are grateful to V. Barger, T. Han, and R. J. N. Phillips for
doing the math in section~\ref{bozomath}.
More information on the AASTeX macros package is available \\ at
\url{http://www.aas.org/publications/aastex}.
For technical support, please write to
\email{aastex-help@aas.org}.

%% To help institutions obtain information on the effectiveness of their
%% telescopes, the AAS Journals has created a group of keywords for telescope
%% facilities. A common set of keywords will make these types of searches
%% significantly easier and more accurate. In addition, they will also be
%% useful in linking papers together which utilize the same telescopes
%% within the framework of the National Virtual Observatory.
%% See the AASTeX Web site at http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX
%% for information on obtaining the facility keywords.

%% After the acknowledgments section, use the following syntax and the
%% \facility{} macro to list the keywords of facilities used in the research
%% for the paper.  Each keyword will be checked against the master list during
%% copy editing.  Individual instruments or configurations can be provided 
%% in parentheses, after the keyword, but they will not be verified.

{\it Facilities:} \facility{Nickel}, \facility{HST (STIS)}, \facility{CXO (ASIS)}.

%% Appendix material should be preceded with a single \appendix command.
%% There should be a \section command for each appendix. Mark appendix
%% subsections with the same markup you use in the main body of the paper.

%% Each Appendix (indicated with \section) will be lettered A, B, C, etc.
%% The equation counter will reset when it encounters the \appendix
%% command and will number appendix equations (A1), (A2), etc.

\appendix

\section{Appendix material}

Consider once again a task that computes profile parameters for a modified
Lorentzian of the form
\begin{equation}
I = \frac{1}{1 + d_{1}^{P (1 + d_{2} )}}
\end{equation}
where
\begin{mathletters}
\begin{displaymath}
d_{1} = \frac{3}{4} \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{R_{maj}}
\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
\left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{y_{1}}{R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
\end{displaymath}
\begin{equation}
d_{2} = \case{3}{4} \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{P R_{maj}}
\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
\left( \begin{array}{c} \case{y_{1}}{P R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
\end{equation}
\begin{eqnarray}
x_{1} & = & (x - x_{0}) \cos \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \sin \Theta \\
y_{1} & = & -(x - x_{0}) \sin \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \cos \Theta
\end{eqnarray}
\end{mathletters}

For completeness, here is one last equation.
\begin{equation}
e = mc^2
\end{equation}

%% The reference list follows the main body and any appendices.
%% Use LaTeX's thebibliography environment to mark up your reference list.
%% Note \begin{thebibliography} is followed by an empty set of
%% curly braces.  If you forget this, LaTeX will generate the error
%% "Perhaps a missing \item?".
%%
%% thebibliography produces citations in the text using \bibitem-\cite
%% cross-referencing. Each reference is preceded by a
%% \bibitem command that defines in curly braces the KEY that corresponds
%% to the KEY in the \cite commands (see the first section above).
%% Make sure that you provide a unique KEY for every \bibitem or else the
%% paper will not LaTeX. The square brackets should contain
%% the citation text that LaTeX will insert in
%% place of the \cite commands.

%% We have used macros to produce journal name abbreviations.
%% AASTeX provides a number of these for the more frequently-cited journals.
%% See the Author Guide for a list of them.

%% Note that the style of the \bibitem labels (in []) is slightly
%% different from previous examples.  The natbib system solves a host
%% of citation expression problems, but it is necessary to clearly
%% delimit the year from the author name used in the citation.
%% See the natbib documentation for more details and options.

\begin{thebibliography}{}
\bibitem[Auri\`ere(1982)]{aur82} Auri\`ere, M.  1982, \aap,
    109, 301
\bibitem[Canizares et al.(1978)]{can78} Canizares, C. R.,
    Grindlay, J. E., Hiltner, W. A., Liller, W., \&
    McClintock, J. E.  1978, \apj, 224, 39
\bibitem[Djorgovski \& King(1984)]{djo84} Djorgovski, S.,
    \& King, I. R.  1984, \apjl, 277, L49
\bibitem[Hagiwara \& Zeppenfeld(1986)]{hag86} Hagiwara, K., \&
    Zeppenfeld, D.  1986, Nucl.Phys., 274, 1
\bibitem[Harris \& van den Bergh(1984)]{har84} Harris, W. E.,
    \& van den Bergh, S.  1984, \aj, 89, 1816
\bibitem[H\`enon(1961)]{hen61} H\'enon, M.  1961, Ann.d'Ap., 24, 369
\bibitem[Heiles \& Troland(2003)]{heiles03} Heiles, C. \& Troland, T. H., 2003, \apjs, preprint doi:10.1086/381753
\bibitem[Kim, Ostricker, \& Stone(2003)]{kim03} Kim, W.-T.,  Ostriker, E., \& Stone, J. M., 2003, \apj, 599, 1157
\bibitem[King(1966)]{kin66}  King, I. R.  1966, \aj, 71, 276
\bibitem[King(1975)]{kin75}  King, I. R.  1975, Dynamics of
    Stellar Systems, A. Hayli, Dordrecht: Reidel, 1975, 99
\bibitem[King et al.(1968)]{kin68}  King, I. R., Hedemann, E.,
    Hodge, S. M., \& White, R. E.  1968, \aj, 73, 456
\bibitem[Kron et al.(1984)]{kro84} Kron, G. E., Hewitt, A. V.,
    \& Wasserman, L. H.  1984, \pasp, 96, 198
\bibitem[Lynden-Bell \& Wood(1968)]{lyn68} Lynden-Bell, D.,
    \& Wood, R.  1968, \mnras, 138, 495
\bibitem[Newell \& O'Neil(1978)]{new78} Newell, E. B.,
    \& O'Neil, E. J.  1978, \apjs, 37, 27
\bibitem[Ortolani et al.(1985)]{ort85} Ortolani, S., Rosino, L.,
    \& Sandage, A.  1985, \aj, 90, 473
\bibitem[Peterson(1976)]{pet76} Peterson, C. J.  1976, \aj, 81, 617
\bibitem[Rudnick et al.(2003)]{rudnick03} Rudnick, G. et al., 2003, \apj, 599, 847
\bibitem[Spitzer(1985)]{spi85} Spitzer, L.  1985, Dynamics of
    Star Clusters, J. Goodman \& P. Hut, Dordrecht: Reidel, 109
\bibitem[Treu et al.(2003)]{treu03} Treu, T. et al., 2003, \apj, 591, 53
\end{thebibliography}

\clearpage

%% Use the figure environment and \plotone or \plottwo to include
%% figures and captions in your electronic submission.
%% To embed the sample graphics in
%% the file, uncomment the \plotone, \plottwo, and
%% \includegraphics commands
%%
%% If you need a layout that cannot be achieved with \plotone or
%% \plottwo, you can invoke the graphicx package directly with the
%% \includegraphics command or use \plotfiddle. For more information,
%% please see the tutorial on "Using Electronic Art with AASTeX" in the
%% documentation section at the AASTeX Web site,
%% http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX.
%%
%% The examples below also include sample markup for submission of
%% supplemental electronic materials. As always, be sure to check
%% the instructions to authors for the journal you are submitting to
%% for specific submissions guidelines as they vary from
%% journal to journal.

%% This example uses \plotone to include an EPS file scaled to
%% 80% of its natural size with \epsscale. Its caption
%% has been written to indicate that additional figure parts will be
%% available in the electronic journal.

\begin{figure}
\epsscale{.80}
\plotone{f1.eps}
\caption{Derived spectra for 3C138 \citep[see][]{heiles03}. Plots for all sources are available
in the electronic edition of {\it The Astrophysical Journal}.\label{fig1}}
\end{figure}

\clearpage

%% Here we use \plottwo to present two versions of the same figure,
%% one in black and white for print the other in RGB color
%% for online presentation. Note that the caption indicates
%% that a color version of the figure will be available online.
%%

\begin{figure}
\plottwo{f2.eps}{f2_color.eps}
\caption{A panel taken from Figure 2 of \citet{rudnick03}. 
See the electronic edition of the Journal for a color version 
of this figure.\label{fig2}}
\end{figure}

%% This figure uses \includegraphics to scale and rotate the still frame
%% for an mpeg animation.

\begin{figure}
\includegraphics[angle=90,scale=.50]{f3.eps}
\caption{Animation still frame taken from \citet{kim03}.
This figure is also available as an mpeg
animation in the electronic edition of the
{\it Astrophysical Journal}.}
\end{figure}

%% If you are not including electonic art with your submission, you may
%% mark up your captions using the \figcaption command. See the
%% User Guide for details.
%%
%% No more than seven \figcaption commands are allowed per page,
%% so if you have more than seven captions, insert a \clearpage
%% after every seventh one.

%% Tables should be submitted one per page, so put a \clearpage before
%% each one.

%% Two options are available to the author for producing tables:  the
%% deluxetable environment provided by the AASTeX package or the LaTeX
%% table environment.  Use of deluxetable is preferred.
%%

%% Three table samples follow, two marked up in the deluxetable environment,
%% one marked up as a LaTeX table.

%% In this first example, note that the \tabletypesize{}
%% command has been used to reduce the font size of the table.
%% We also use the \rotate command to rotate the table to
%% landscape orientation since it is very wide even at the
%% reduced font size.
%%
%% Note also that the \label command needs to be placed
%% inside the \tablecaption.

%% This table also includes a table comment indicating that the full
%% version will be available in machine-readable format in the electronic
%% edition.

\clearpage

\begin{deluxetable}{ccrrrrrrrrcrl}
\tabletypesize{\scriptsize}
\rotate
\tablecaption{Sample table taken from \citet{treu03}\label{tbl-1}}
\tablewidth{0pt}
\tablehead{
\colhead{POS} & \colhead{chip} & \colhead{ID} & \colhead{X} & \colhead{Y} &
\colhead{RA} & \colhead{DEC} & \colhead{IAU$\pm$ $\delta$ IAU} &
\colhead{IAP1$\pm$ $\delta$ IAP1} & \colhead{IAP2 $\pm$ $\delta$ IAP2} &
\colhead{star} & \colhead{E} & \colhead{Comment}
}
\startdata
0 & 2 & 1 & 1370.99 & 57.35    &   6.651120 &  17.131149 & 21.344$\pm$0.006  & 2
4.385$\pm$0.016 & 23.528$\pm$0.013 & 0.0 & 9 & -    \\
0 & 2 & 2 & 1476.62 & 8.03     &   6.651480 &  17.129572 & 21.641$\pm$0.005  & 2
3.141$\pm$0.007 & 22.007$\pm$0.004 & 0.0 & 9 & -    \\
0 & 2 & 3 & 1079.62 & 28.92    &   6.652430 &  17.135000 & 23.953$\pm$0.030  & 2
4.890$\pm$0.023 & 24.240$\pm$0.023 & 0.0 & - & -    \\
0 & 2 & 4 & 114.58  & 21.22    &   6.655560 &  17.148020 & 23.801$\pm$0.025  & 2
5.039$\pm$0.026 & 24.112$\pm$0.021 & 0.0 & - & -    \\
0 & 2 & 5 & 46.78   & 19.46    &   6.655800 &  17.148932 & 23.012$\pm$0.012  & 2
3.924$\pm$0.012 & 23.282$\pm$0.011 & 0.0 & - & -    \\
0 & 2 & 6 & 1441.84 & 16.16    &   6.651480 &  17.130072 & 24.393$\pm$0.045  & 2
6.099$\pm$0.062 & 25.119$\pm$0.049 & 0.0 & - & -    \\
0 & 2 & 7 & 205.43  & 3.96     &   6.655520 &  17.146742 & 24.424$\pm$0.032  & 2
5.028$\pm$0.025 & 24.597$\pm$0.027 & 0.0 & - & -    \\
0 & 2 & 8 & 1321.63 & 9.76     &   6.651950 &  17.131672 & 22.189$\pm$0.011  & 2
4.743$\pm$0.021 & 23.298$\pm$0.011 & 0.0 & 4 & edge \\
\enddata
%% Text for table notes should follow after the \enddata but before
%% the \end{deluxetable}. Make sure there is at least one \tablenotemark
%% in the table for each \tablenotetext.
\tablecomments{Table \ref{tbl-1} is published in its entirety in the 
electronic edition of the {\it Astrophysical Journal}.  A portion is 
shown here for guidance regarding its form and content.}
\tablenotetext{a}{Sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-1} that was generated
with the deluxetable environment}
\tablenotetext{b}{Another sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-1}}
\end{deluxetable}

%% If you use the table environment, please indicate horizontal rules using
%% \tableline, not \hline.
%% Do not put multiple tabular environments within a single table.
%% The optional \label should appear inside the \caption command.

\clearpage

\begin{table}
\begin{center}
\caption{More terribly relevant tabular information.\label{tbl-2}}
\begin{tabular}{crrrrrrrrrrr}
\tableline\tableline
Star & Height & $d_{x}$ & $d_{y}$ & $n$ & $\chi^2$ & $R_{maj}$ & $R_{min}$ &
\multicolumn{1}{c}{$P$\tablenotemark{a}} & $P R_{maj}$ & $P R_{min}$ &
\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\Theta$\tablenotemark{b}} \\
\tableline
1 &33472.5 &-0.1 &0.4  &53 &27.4 &2.065  &1.940 &3.900 &68.3 &116.2 &-27.639\\
2 &27802.4 &-0.3 &-0.2 &60 &3.7  &1.628  &1.510 &2.156 &6.8  &7.5 &-26.764\\
3 &29210.6 &0.9  &0.3  &60 &3.4  &1.622  &1.551 &2.159 &6.7  &7.3 &-40.272\\
4 &32733.8 &-1.2\tablenotemark{c} &-0.5 &41 &54.8 &2.282  &2.156 &4.313 &117.4 &78.2 &-35.847\\
5 & 9607.4 &-0.4 &-0.4 &60 &1.4  &1.669\tablenotemark{c}  &1.574 &2.343 &8.0  &8.9 &-33.417\\
6 &31638.6 &1.6  &0.1  &39 &315.2 & 3.433 &3.075 &7.488 &92.1 &25.3 &-12.052\\
\tableline
\end{tabular}
%% Any table notes must follow the \end{tabular} command.
\tablenotetext{a}{Sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-2} that was
generated with the \LaTeX\ table environment}
\tablenotetext{b}{Yet another sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-2}}
\tablenotetext{c}{Another sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-2}}
\tablecomments{We can also attach a long-ish paragraph of explanatory
material to a table.}
\end{center}
\end{table}

%% If the table is more than one page long, the width of the table can vary
%% from page to page when the default \tablewidth is used, as below.  The
%% individual table widths for each page will be written to the log file; a
%% maximum tablewidth for the table can be computed from these values.
%% The \tablewidth argument can then be reset and the file reprocessed, so
%% that the table is of uniform width throughout. Try getting the widths
%% from the log file and changing the \tablewidth parameter to see how
%% adjusting this value affects table formatting.

%% The \dataset{} macro has also been applied to a few of the objects to
%% show how many observations can be tagged in a table.

\clearpage

\begin{deluxetable}{lrrrrcrrrrr}
\tablewidth{0pt}
\tablecaption{Literature Data for Program Stars}
\tablehead{
\colhead{Star}           & \colhead{V}      &
\colhead{b$-$y}          & \colhead{m$_1$}  &
\colhead{c$_1$}          & \colhead{ref}    &
\colhead{T$_{\rm eff}$}  & \colhead{log g}  &
\colhead{v$_{\rm turb}$} & \colhead{[Fe/H]} &
\colhead{ref}}
\startdata
HD 97 & 9.7& 0.51& 0.15& 0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 2 \\
& & & & & & 5015 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 10 \\
\dataset[ADS/Sa.HST#O6H04VAXQ]{HD 2665} & 7.7& 0.54& 0.09& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \\
& & & & & & 5000 & 2.50 & 2.4 & $-1.99$ & 5 \\
& & & & & & 5120 & 3.00 & 2.0 & $-1.69$ & 7 \\
& & & & & & 4980 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.05$ & 10 \\
HD 4306 & 9.0& 0.52& 0.05& 0.35& 20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 2 \\
& & & & & & 5000 & 1.75 & 2.0 & $-2.70$ & 13 \\
& & & & & & 5000 & 1.50 & 1.8 & $-2.65$ & 14 \\
& & & & & & 4950 & 2.10 & 2.0 & $-2.92$ & 8 \\
& & & & & & 5000 & 2.25 & 2.0 & $-2.83$ & 18 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 21 \\
& & & & & & 4930 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.45$ & 10 \\
HD 5426 & 9.6& 0.50& 0.08& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \\
\dataset[ADS/Sa.HST#O5F654010]{HD 6755} & 7.7& 0.49& 0.12& 0.28& 20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \\
& & & & & & 5200 & 2.50 & 2.4 & $-1.56$ & 5 \\
& & & & & & 5260 & 3.00 & 2.7 & $-1.67$ & 7 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.58$ & 21 \\
& & & & & & 5200 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 10 \\
& & & & & & 4600 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.75$ & 10 \\
\dataset[ADS/Sa.HST#O56D06010]{HD 94028} & 8.2& 0.34& 0.08& 0.25& 20 & 5795 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 22 \\
& & & & & & 5860 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 4 \\
& & & & & & 5910 & 3.80 & \nodata & $-1.76$ & 15 \\
& & & & & & 5800 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.67$ & 17 \\
& & & & & & 5902 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & 5900 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.57$ & 3 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.32$ & 21 \\
HD 97916 & 9.2& 0.29& 0.10& 0.41& 20 & 6125 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.10$ & 22 \\
& & & & & & 6160 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.39$ & 3 \\
& & & & & & 6240 & 3.70 & \nodata & $-1.28$ & 15 \\
& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 17 \\
& & & & & & 6204 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.36$ & 11 \\
\cutinhead{This is a cut-in head}
+26\arcdeg2606& 9.7&0.34&0.05&0.28&20,11& 5980 & \nodata & \nodata &$<-2.20$ & 19 \\
& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.89$ & 24 \\
+26\arcdeg3578& 9.4&0.31&0.05&0.37&20,11& 5830 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 4 \\
& & & & & & 5800 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.62$ & 17 \\
& & & & & & 6177 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.51$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & 6000 & 3.25 & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 22 \\
& & & & & & 6140 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-2.57$ & 15 \\
+30\arcdeg2611& 9.2&0.82&0.33&0.55& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \\
& & & & & & 4400 & 1.80 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 12 \\
& & & & & & 4400 & 0.90 & 1.7 & $-1.20$ & 14 \\
& & & & & & 4260 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.55$ & 10 \\
+37\arcdeg1458& 8.9&0.44&0.07&0.22&20,11& 5296 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.39$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & 5420 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.43$ & 3 \\
+58\arcdeg1218&10.0&0.51&0.03&0.36& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 2 \\
& & & & & & 5000 & 1.10 & 2.2 & $-2.71$ & 14 \\
& & & & & & 5000 & 2.20 & 1.8 & $-2.46$ & 5 \\
& & & & & & 4980 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.55$ & 10 \\
+72\arcdeg0094&10.2&0.31&0.09&0.26&12 & 6160 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 19 \\
\sidehead{I'm a side head:}
G5--36 & 10.8& 0.40& 0.07& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.19$ & 21 \\
G18--54 & 10.7& 0.37& 0.08& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.34$ & 21 \\
G20--08 & 9.9& 0.36& 0.05& 0.25& 20,11& 5849 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.59$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.03$ & 21 \\
G20--15 & 10.6& 0.45& 0.03& 0.27& 20,11& 5657 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.00$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & 6020 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.56$ & 3 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.58$ & 21 \\
G21--22 & 10.7& 0.38& 0.07& 0.27& 20,11& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.23$ & 21 \\
G24--03 & 10.5& 0.36& 0.06& 0.27& 20,11& 5866 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.78$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 21 \\
G30--52 & 8.6& 0.50& 0.25& 0.27& 11 & 4757 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.12$ & 11 \\
& & & & & & 4880 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.14$ & 3 \\
G33--09 & 10.6& 0.41& 0.10& 0.28& 20 & 5575 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.48$ & 11 \\
G66--22 & 10.5& 0.46& 0.16& 0.28& 11 & 5060 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.77$ & 3 \\
& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.04$ & 21 \\
G90--03 & 10.4& 0.37& 0.04& 0.29& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.01$ & 21 \\
LP 608--62\tablenotemark{a} & 10.5& 0.30& 0.07& 0.35& 11 & 6250 & \nodata &
\nodata & $-2.70$ & 4 \\
\enddata
\tablenotetext{a}{Star LP 608--62 is also known as BD+1\arcdeg 2341p.  We will
make this footnote extra long so that it extends over two lines.}
%% You can append references to a table using the \tablerefs command.
\tablerefs{
(1) Barbuy, Spite, \& Spite 1985; (2) Bond 1980; (3) Carbon et al. 1987;
(4) Hobbs \& Duncan 1987; (5) Gilroy et al. 1988: (6) Gratton \& Ortolani 1986;
(7) Gratton \& Sneden 1987; (8) Gratton \& Sneden (1988); (9) Gratton \& Sneden 1991;
(10) Kraft et al. 1982; (11) LCL, or Laird, 1990; (12) Leep \& Wallerstein 1981;
(13) Luck \& Bond 1981; (14) Luck \& Bond 1985; (15) Magain 1987;
(16) Magain 1989; (17) Peterson 1981; (18) Peterson, Kurucz, \& Carney 1990;
(19) RMB; (20) Schuster \& Nissen 1988; (21) Schuster \& Nissen 1989b;
(22) Spite et al. 1984; (23) Spite \& Spite 1986; (24) Hobbs \& Thorburn 1991;
(25) Hobbs et al. 1991; (26) Olsen 1983.}
\end{deluxetable}

%% Tables may also be prepared as separate files. See the accompanying
%% sample file table.tex for an example of an external table file.
%% To include an external file in your main document, use the \input
%% command. Uncomment the line below to include table.tex in this
%% sample file. (Note that you will need to comment out the \documentclass,
%% \begin{document}, and \end{document} commands from table.tex if you want
%% to include it in this document.)

%% \input{table}

%% The following command ends your manuscript. LaTeX will ignore any text
%% that appears after it.

\end{document}

%%
%% End of file `sample.tex'.
%</sample>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here begins the module `table`.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*table>
%% 
%% Begining of file `table.tex'

%% This complex but short example prepared in the deluxetable environment 
%% demonstrates some of the techniques 
%% that can be used to generate complex column headings and to align 
%% variable-width columns. See the manuscript sample file, sample.tex, 
%% for more table examples.

%% Note this file has its own \documentclass, \begin{document}, and
%% \end{document} commands. If you want to insert this table in another 
%% LaTeX document using the \input command, comment out these lines.

\documentclass{aastex}
\begin{document}

%% Note that the table will print double-spaced since we are using the
%% manuscript style. Change the style to preprint or preprint2 to see 
%% how LaTeX formats the table in those styles.

%% In this example the LaTeX \multicolumn command is used to span a heading 
%% over several columns.  When \multicolumn is used along with the 
%% \cutinhead or \sidehead commands, the \tablecolumns command must 
%% be used to specify the number of columns in the table - 
%% otherwise \cutinhead and \sidehead will not work properly. 
 
%% \cline has been used to produce straddle rules below the spanning heads, 
%% \cutinhead to produce a centered head in the body of the table, and 
%% \sidehead to produce a flush-left head in the body.

%% This table also makes use of the \phn command to better align some of the 
%% columns.  Also see \phd, \phs, and \phm{} - other commands useful for 
%% column alignment.  All of these commands insert a blank space 
%% whose width is  equal to that of a number (\phn), 
%% a decimal point (\phd), a minus sign (\phs), or any 
%% character you wish to use (\phm{text}). 
%% Keep in mind that if you are preparing a table for electronic submission 
%% to one of the journals, you need not worry too much about column 
%% alignment. The editors will fix table alignment as appropriate.

%% If a table is more than one page long, the width of the table can vary 
%% from page to page when the default \tablewidth is used, as below.  The 
%% individual table widths for each page will be written to the log file; a 
%% maximum tablewidth for the table can be computed from these values. 
%% The \tablewidth argument can then be reset and the file reprocessed, so 
%% that the table is uniform throughout the pages. Try getting the widths
%% from the log file and changing the \tablewidth parameter to see how 
%% adjusting this value affects table formatting.

%% The * option to the \\ command has been used in the lines after 
%% the \sidehead to keep them together on the same page. Try taking 
%% the *'s out and LaTeXing the manuscript again to see the difference 
%% in the page breaks. You can group together as many lines as 
%% you like using this command. 


\begin{deluxetable}{rrrrrrrr} 
\tablecolumns{8} 
\tablewidth{0pc} 
\tablecaption{Percentage of Fake Stars Lost} 
\tablehead{ 
\colhead{}    &  \multicolumn{3}{c}{Non-shell Stars} &   \colhead{}   & 
\multicolumn{3}{c}{Shell Stars} \\ 
\cline{2-4} \cline{6-8} \\ 
\colhead{Mag} & \colhead{F336W}   & \colhead{F555W}    & \colhead{F814W} & 
\colhead{}    & \colhead{F336W}   & \colhead{F555W}    & \colhead{F814W}}
\startdata 
20.25 & 2.2$\pm$7.4\phn & \nodata & \nodata & 
& 0.9$\pm$6.8 & \nodata & 0.0$\pm$44.7 \\ 
20.75 & 2.4$\pm$7.8\phn & \nodata & 2.8$\pm$7.4 & 
& 1.7$\pm$6.6 & \nodata & 1.4$\pm$6.7\phn \\ 
21.25 & 0.1$\pm$7.7\phn & \nodata & 1.7$\pm$7.6 & 
& 2.6$\pm$6.5 & \nodata & 0.9$\pm$6.6\phn \\ 
21.75 & 2.4$\pm$4.5\phn & 2.2$\pm$7.4 & 0.1$\pm$7.6 & 
& 7.1$\pm$4.5 & 0.9$\pm$6.8 & 3.3$\pm$6.5\phn \\ 
22.25 & 3.4$\pm$3.1\phn & 1.8$\pm$7.7 & 2.9$\pm$4.4 & 
& 11.8$\pm$3.6 & 0.4$\pm$6.6 & 5.7$\pm$4.4\phn \\ 
22.75 & 4.5$\pm$2.9\phn & 1.8$\pm$7.7 & 4.7$\pm$3.1 & 
& 26.2$\pm$3.6 & 3.4$\pm$6.5 & 10.9$\pm$3.6\phn \\ 
23.25 & 7.0$\pm$2.4\phn & 3.4$\pm$4.5 & 3.7$\pm$2.9 & 
& 44.2$\pm$3.3 & 10.7$\pm$4.5 & 20.6$\pm$3.5\phn \\ 
\cutinhead{More Data} 
23.75 & 12.4$\pm$2.7\phn & 4.1$\pm$3.1 & 6.7$\pm$2.5 & 
& 59.8$\pm$4.0 & 20.1$\pm$3.6 & 32.6$\pm$3.4\phn \\ 
24.25 & 30.2$\pm$3.1\phn & 5.3$\pm$2.9 & 10.0$\pm$2.7 & 
& 74.9$\pm$5.1 & 35.8$\pm$3.6 & 43.1$\pm$4.0\phn \\ 
24.75 & 66.8$\pm$5.5\phn & 10.4$\pm$2.4 & 16.5$\pm$3.2 & 
& 83.7$\pm$6.1 & 56.3$\pm$3.3 & 57.0$\pm$5.2\phn \\ 
25.25 & 87.5$\pm$35.4 & 20.0$\pm$2.7 & 28.0$\pm$5.6 & 
& \nodata & 71.5$\pm$4.0 & 71.8$\pm$6.2\phn \\ 
25.75 & \nodata\phn & 55.3$\pm$3.1 & \nodata & 
& \nodata & 81.2$\pm$5.1 & \nodata\phn \\
26.25 & \nodata\phn & 85.1$\pm$5.5 & \nodata & 
& \nodata & 85.6$\pm$6.1 & \nodata\phn \\
\sidehead{More Data}
27.75 & 12.4$\pm$2.7\phn & 4.1$\pm$3.1 & 6.7$\pm$2.5 & 
& 59.8$\pm$4.0 & 20.1$\pm$3.6 & 32.6$\pm$3.4\phn \\
28.25 & 30.2$\pm$3.1\phn & 5.3$\pm$2.9 & 10.0$\pm$2.7 & 
& 74.9$\pm$5.1 & 35.8$\pm$3.6 & 43.1$\pm$4.0\phn \\ 
29.75 & 66.8$\pm$5.5\phn & 10.4$\pm$2.4 & 16.5$\pm$3.2 & 
& 83.7$\pm$6.1 & 56.3$\pm$3.3 & 57.0$\pm$5.2\phn \\ 
30.25 & 87.5$\pm$35.4 & 20.0$\pm$2.7 & 28.0$\pm$5.6 & 
& \nodata & 71.5$\pm$4.0 & 71.8$\pm$6.2\phn \\ 
31.75 & \nodata\phn & 55.3$\pm$3.1 & \nodata & 
& \nodata & 81.2$\pm$5.1 & \nodata\phn \\ 
32.25 & \nodata\phn & 85.1$\pm$5.5 & \nodata & 
& \nodata & 85.6$\pm$6.1 & \nodata\phn \\ 
33.75 & 12.4$\pm$2.7\phn & 4.1$\pm$3.1 & 6.7$\pm$2.5 & 
& 59.8$\pm$4.0 & 20.1$\pm$3.6 & 32.6$\pm$3.4\phn \\ 
34.25 & 30.2$\pm$3.1\phn & 5.3$\pm$2.9 & 10.0$\pm$2.7 & 
& 74.9$\pm$5.1 & 35.8$\pm$3.6 & 43.1$\pm$4.0\phn \\ 
35.75 & 66.8$\pm$5.5\phn & 10.4$\pm$2.4 & 16.5$\pm$3.2 & 
& 83.7$\pm$6.1 & 56.3$\pm$3.3 & 57.0$\pm$5.2\phn \\ 
36.25 & 87.5$\pm$35.4 & 20.0$\pm$2.7 & 28.0$\pm$5.6 & 
& \nodata & 71.5$\pm$4.0 & 71.8$\pm$6.2\phn \\ 
37.75 & \nodata\phn & 55.3$\pm$3.1 & \nodata & 
& \nodata & 81.2$\pm$5.1 & \nodata\phn \\
38.25 & \nodata\phn & 85.1$\pm$5.5 & \nodata & 
& \nodata & 85.6$\pm$6.1 & \nodata\phn \\
\enddata 
\end{deluxetable} 

 \end{document}

%% 
%% End of file `table.tex'. 


%</table>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% docstrip will complete its |\generate| command at the following line:
\endinput

Textures 2.0.2 (preloaded format=LaTeX R9P0 98.10.16)  20 JAN 1999 12:29
(aasclass
LaTeX2e <1998/06/01>
(aasclass.dtx
File: aasclass.dtx 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class

LaTeX Warning: File `ltxdoc.cfg' already exists on the system.
               Not generating it from this source.

(ltxdoc.cls
Document Class: ltxdoc 1996/01/11 v2.0r Standard LaTeX documentation class
*************************************
* Local config file ltxdoc.cfg used
*************************************
(ltxdoc.cfg) (article.cls
Document Class: article 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
(size10.clo
File: size10.clo 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
) (doc.sty
Package: doc 1998/05/19 v2.0b Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)
\c@StandardModuleDepth=\count87
\guard@level=\count88
\MacrocodeTopsep=\skip43
\MacroIndent=\dimen103
\macro@cnt=\count89
\MacroTopsep=\skip44
\index@excludelist=\toks14
(multicol.sty
Package: multicol 1998/01/19 v1.5q multicolumn formatting (FMi)
\c@tracingmulticols=\count90
\mult@box=\box26
\multicol@leftmargin=\dimen104
\c@unbalance=\count91
\c@collectmore=\count92
\doublecol@number=\count93
\multicoltolerance=\count94
\multicolpretolerance=\count95
\full@width=\dimen105
\page@free=\dimen106
\premulticols=\dimen107
\postmulticols=\dimen108
\multicolsep=\skip45
\multicolbaselineskip=\skip46
\partial@page=\box27
\last@line=\box28
\mult@rightbox=\box29
\mult@grightbox=\box30
\mult@gfirstbox=\box31
\mult@firstbox=\box32
\@tempa=\box33
\@tempa=\box34
\@tempa=\box35
\@tempa=\box36
\@tempa=\box37
\@tempa=\box38
\@tempa=\box39
\@tempa=\box40
\@tempa=\box41
\@tempa=\box42
\@tempa=\box43
\@tempa=\box44
\@tempa=\box45
\@tempa=\box46
\@tempa=\box47
\@tempa=\box48
\@tempa=\box49
\c@columnbadness=\count96
\c@finalcolumnbadness=\count97
\last@try=\dimen109
\multicolovershoot=\dimen110
\multicolundershoot=\dimen111
\mult@nat@firstbox=\box50
)
\IndexMin=\dimen112
\c@IndexColumns=\count98
\GlossaryMin=\dimen113
\c@GlossaryColumns=\count99
\check@sum=\count100
\bslash@cnt=\count101
\wrong@table=\toks15
\c@CodelineNo=\count102
))
\@indexfile=\write3
Writing index file aasclass.idx
(shortvrb.sty
Package: shortvrb 1998/05/19 v2.0b Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)
)
Package shortvrb Info: Made | a short reference for \verb on input line 321.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cs on input line 358.

LaTeX Warning: Writing file `:aasclass.ins'.



LaTeX Warning: Writing file `:Read.Me'.


(aasclass.aux)
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 585.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 585.
Package shortvrb Info: | already a short reference for \verb on input line 585.
(aasclass.dtx
***************************
* Character table correct *
***************************
(Read.Me
LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <17.28> on input line 16.
LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <12> on input line 16.
LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <8> on input line 16.
LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <6> on input line 16.
LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <5> on input line 16.

Overfull \hbox (8.91502pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 24--27
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The dis-tri-bu-tion point for AAST[]X is \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 ftp:
//ftp.aas.org/pubs/aastex50.zip\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,|
 []

LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <7> on input line 29.
(aasclass.toc [1

] [2])
\tf@toc=\write4
[3]
Overfull \hbox (15.35983pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 65--68
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Now type-set \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 aasclass.ins\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , th
ereby gen-er-at-ing \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 aastex.cls \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 and \OT1/cmtt/m/
n/10 aasguide.tex\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []

)
LaTeX Font Info:    Font shape `OT1/cmtt/bx/n' in size <10> not available
(Font)              Font shape `OT1/cmtt/m/n' tried instead on input line 79.
[4]
Overfull \hbox (0.5877pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 140--140
 [][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 %<style>  \@obsoletefile{aasclass.cls}{aasclass.sty}\LoadCl
ass{aasclass}% |
 []

[5]
LaTeX Font Info:    Font shape `OT1/cmtt/bx/n' in size <12> not available
(Font)              Font shape `OT1/cmtt/m/n' tried instead on input line 171.
[6] [7] [8] [9] [10]
Overfull \hbox (10.0376pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 579--579
 [][]  \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 % For version number and date, search on "\fileversion" i
n the .dtx file, |
 []

[11] [12]
Overfull \hbox (5.11002pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 610--613
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The macro []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \aas@ptsize \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 works
 very much like the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \@ptsize \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 macro of \OT1/cm
tt/m/n/10 classes.dtx\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,|
 []

[13] [14]
Overfull \hbox (47.83716pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 784--784
 [][] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \ifx\undefined\aas@ptsize\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\exp
andafter\@secondoftwo\fi |
 []

[15]
Overfull \hbox (5.31265pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 784--784
 [][]  \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \expandafter\PassOptionsToClass\expandafter{\expandafter1
\aas@ptsizept}% |
 []


Overfull \hbox (47.83716pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 784--784
 [][] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \ifx\undefined\aas@ptsize\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\exp
andafter\@secondoftwo\fi |
 []


Overfull \hbox (5.31265pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 784--784
 [][]  \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \expandafter\PassOptionsToClass\expandafter{\expandafter1
\aas@ptsizept}% |
 []


Overfull \hbox (36.30128pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 792--794
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 AAST[]X is a vari-ant of the stan-dard L[]T[]X ar-ti-cle class: 
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 CTAN://macros/latex/unpacked\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []


Overfull \hbox (14.63516pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 798--800
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 We al-ways load the stan-dard L[]T[]X sym-bol pack-age: []\OT1
/cmtt/m/n/10 CTAN://macros/latex/base\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []


Overfull \hbox (129.57907pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 804--806
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 We al-ways load the stan-dard L[]T[]X ex-tended graph-ics pack
-age: []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 CTAN://macros/latex/packages/graphics\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . 
|
 []


Overfull \hbox (50.91344pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 810--812
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The AMS []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 amsmath \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 pack-age re
-places []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 amssym\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 : []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 CTAN://mac
ros/latex/packages/amslatex\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []


Overfull \hbox (67.91158pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 816--818
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The con-tributed L[]T[]X []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 natbib \OT1/cmr/m/
n/10 pack-age: []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib\O
T1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []


Overfull \hbox (48.02657pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 822--825
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 code may serve as a model for load-ing other classes: []\OT1/cmt
t/m/n/10 CTAN://macros/latex/packages/tools\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []

LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <14.4> on input line 830.
[16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24] [25] [26] [27] [28] [29] [30]
[31] [32] [33] [34]
Overfull \hbox (19.66588pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2107--2110
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The for-mat-ting of the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \slugcomment \OT1/cmr
/m/n/10 in-for-ma-tion is con-trolled by the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \@makeslugcmmnt|

 []

[35] [36] [37]
Overfull \hbox (27.72055pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2338--2338
[]     \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \authoraddr{<author's postal address>}% Deprecated (V5.0)
 in favor of \affil[] |
 []

[38] [39] [40] [41] [42] [43] [44] [45] [46] [47] [48] [49]
Overfull \hbox (12.01851pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 3200--3202
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \@makecaption \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 de-ter-mines for-mat-ting for
 fig-ure and ta-ble cap-tions. For manuscripts,|
 []

[50] [51] [52] [53] [54] [55] [56] [57] [58] [59]
Overfull \hbox (19.48749pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 3895--3895
 [][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \newcommand\tablebreak{\substitute@command\tablebreak\\}%{\
cr\ptable@@split}% |
 []

[60] [61] [62] [63] [64] [65] [66] [67]
Overfull \hbox (10.0376pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 4479--4479
 [][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 %\def\ascnode{\astro{N}}% ascending node (dragon's head), (
only in cmastro) |
 []


Overfull \hbox (19.48749pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 4479--4479
 [][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 %\def\descnode{\astro{D}}% descending node (dragon's tail),
 (only in cmastro) |
 []

[68] [69] [70] [71] [72] [73] [74]
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for OMS+cmr on input line 4980.

(omscmr.fd
File: omscmr.fd 1998/03/27 v2.5g Standard LaTeX font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info:    Font shape `OMS/cmr/m/n' in size <10> not available
(Font)              Font shape `OMS/cmsy/m/n' tried instead on input line 4980.
[75] [76]
Overfull \hbox (10.59657pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 5145--5147
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 What should hap-pen to a com-pat-i-bil-ity mode doc-u-ment? Wo
uldn't|
 []

[77]
Overfull \hbox (24.22153pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 5220--5221
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Deprecate []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \nl\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/
m/n/10 \nextline\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tablevspace\OT1/cmr/m/n/10
 , and []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tablebreak\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .|
 []


Overfull \hbox (83.01173pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 5223--5229
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Functionality cov-ered by []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 hyperref \OT1/cmr
/m/n/10 pack-age. Syn-tax: []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \anchor{[]}{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .|
 []


Overfull \hbox (67.96008pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 5223--5229
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Ref: \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 url.sty \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 in []\OT1/cmtt/m/n
/10 /contrib/other/misc\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 hyperref.sty \OT1/cmr/
m/n/10 in []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 /contrib/supported/hyperref\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .|
 []

[78]
Overfull \hbox (11.78822pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 5275--5279
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \journal{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \articleID{[]}
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \volno{[]}{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 . |
 []

[79]
*******************
* Checksum passed *
*******************
) (aasclass.ind
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 6--7
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1971, 2000, 2055  
 []

LaTeX Font Info:    External font `cmex10' loaded for size
(Font)              <9> on input line 14.

Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 15--16
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1000, 1002-- 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 15--16
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1006, 1008, 1019  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 26--28
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1342, 1347, 1671  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 36--37
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1930, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 36--37
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1940, 1943  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 58--60
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1930, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 58--60
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1940, 1943  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 61--62
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1417, 1498, 1540  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 63--65
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1073, 1088, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 63--65
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1102, 1112, 1549  
 []

[80]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 81--82
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1107, 1118, $[]$  
 []


Overfull \hbox (14.06262pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 84--85
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@latex@warning@no@line   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (9.33768pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 90--91
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@make@caption@text@aj   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (14.06262pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 91--92
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@make@caption@text@apj   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (18.78757pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 92--93
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@make@caption@text@pptt   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (18.78757pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 95--96
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@makecaption@plano@cont   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (32.9624pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 96--97
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@makecaption@plano@cont@aj   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (37.68735pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 97--98
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@makecaption@plano@cont@apj   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (42.4123pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 98--99
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \@makecaption@plano@cont@pptt   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 102--103
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1037, 1970, 2050  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 126--128
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1600, 1603, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 126--128
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1606, 1612, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 126--128
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1615, 1618, 1624  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 148--150
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1191, 1216, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 148--150
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 2028, 2033, 2037  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 156--157
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1332, 1468, 2017  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 167--169
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 434, 453--455, 
 []

[81]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 173--175
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1163, 1166, 1175  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 178--180
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1166, 1499, 1703  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 187--189
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1930, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 187--189
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1940, 1943  
 []


Overfull \hbox (9.33768pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 212--213
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \abovedisplayshortskip   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 224--225
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1348, 1564, 1672  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 247--249
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1002--1006, 1084  
 []


Overfull \hbox (4.61273pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 250--251
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \appendix@figtab@defs   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (28.23746pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 251--252
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \appendix@figtab@defs@pptt   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 252--253
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1328, 1641, 1647  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 258--259
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1170, 1210, 1211  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 273--275
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1869--1871, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 273--275
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1874--1880, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 273--275
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1882--1884, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 273--275
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1886--1891, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 273--275
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1893--1897, $[]$  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 276--278
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1135, 1324, 1398  
 []

[82]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 293--295
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1995, 2043, 2045  
 []


Overfull \hbox (9.33768pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 302--303
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \belowdisplayshortskip   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1038, 1043, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1051, 1055, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1066, 1072, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1083, 1422, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1431, 1434, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1439, 1442, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1448, 1451, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 332--335
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1457, 1460, 1511  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 335--336
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1688, 1693, 1701  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 336--338
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1869--1871, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 336--338
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1874--1880, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 336--338
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1884, 1886-- 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 336--338
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1891, 1893--1897  
 []


Overfull \hbox (32.9624pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 348--350
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \clear@thebibliography@page   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 348--350
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1275, 2012, 2058  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 350--351
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1563, 2057, 2058  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 355--357
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1056, 1073, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 355--357
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1088, 1102, 1112  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 361--362
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1695, 1696, 1698  
 []


Overfull \hbox (4.61273pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 387--388
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \DeclareRobustCommand   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 391--393
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1917, 1924, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 391--393
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1925, 1929-- 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 391--393
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1931, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 391--393
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1938, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 391--393
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1940, 1941, 1943  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 393--395
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1917, 1924, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 393--395
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1925, 1929-- 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 393--395
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1931, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 393--395
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1938, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 393--395
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1940, 1941, 1943  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 395--397
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1925, 1930, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 395--397
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1932, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 395--397
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1939, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 395--397
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1940, 1942, 1943  
 []

[83]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 417--418
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1483, 1562, 2023  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1047, 1051, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1058, 1066, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1076, 1083, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1426, 1431, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1434, 1439, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1442, 1448, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1451, 1457, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 419--422
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1460, 1477, 1561  
 []


Overfull \hbox (4.61273pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 437--438
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \eqnarray@fleqn@fixed   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (4.61273pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 475--476
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \fnum@ptablecont@pptt   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 476--477
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1503, 1565, $[]$  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 485--486
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1317, 1322, 2059  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 491--492
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1847, 1849--1853  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 516--518
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1377, 1381, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 516--518
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1389, 1474, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 516--518
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1517, 1526, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 516--518
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1527, 1575, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 516--518
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1576, 1599, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 516--518
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1605, 1611, 1617  
 []

[84]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 541--542
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1696, 1698, 1705  
 []


Overfull \hbox (23.51251pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 544--545
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \interfootnotelinepenalty   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 552--554
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1094, 1106, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 552--554
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1117, 1192, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 552--554
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1437, 1446, 2038  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 585--587
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1044, 1056, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 585--587
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1115, 1457, 1460  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 617--618
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1014, $[]$, 1973  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 626--627
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1972, 2001, 2056  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 637--638
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1150, 1152, 1157  
 []

[85]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 646--647
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1822--1825, 1831  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 648--650
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1818--1827, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 648--650
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1829, 1831, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 648--650
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1832, 1837, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 648--650
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1840, 1846, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 648--650
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1848, 1855--1859  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 663--664
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1614, 1623, 1862  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 676--678
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1520, 1547, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 676--678
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1575, 1598, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 676--678
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1601, 1604, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 676--678
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1607, 1610, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 676--678
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1613, 1616, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 676--678
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1619, 1622, 1625  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 685--688
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1056, 1073, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 685--688
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1181, 1187, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 685--688
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1192, 1210, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 685--688
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1218, 2030, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 685--688
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 2034, 2038, 2059  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 714--716
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1629, 1645, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 714--716
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1651, 1656, 1660  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 717--718
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1279, 1634, 1990  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 748--749
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1149, 1336, 1337  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 751--752
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1821, 1827, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 751--752
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1829, 1837, 1842  
 []

[86]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 762--763
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1515, 1523, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 762--763
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1524, 1557, 1558  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 765--766
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1370, 1470, 1567  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 767--768
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1386, 1400, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 767--768
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1516, 1517, 1571  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 769--770
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1548, 1549, 1568  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 770--772
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1371, 1469, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 770--772
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1472, 1567, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 770--772
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1602, 1614, 1623  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 772--774
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1410, 1493, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 772--774
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1549, 1586, 1592  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 774--776
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1471, 1492, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 774--776
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1560, 1579, 1585  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
[]$\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 , 1396, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1402, 1417, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1418, 1487, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1493, 1498, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1499, 1524, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1558, 1580, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1586, 1592, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1629, 1645, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 779--782
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1651, 1656, 1660  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1714, 1716, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1718, 1720, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1722, 1724, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1726, 1728, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1730, 1732, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1734, 1736, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1738, 1740, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1742, 1744, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1746, 1748, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1750, 1752, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1754, 1756, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1758, 1760, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1762, 1764, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1766, 1768, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1770, 1772, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1774, 1776, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1778, 1780, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1782, 1784, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1786, 1788, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1790, 1792, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1794, 1796, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 802--808
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1798, 1800, 1802  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 809--810
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1982, 2015, 2063  
 []


Overfull \hbox (9.33768pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 810--811
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \references@refpar@mss   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 810--811
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1292, 1982, 2063  
 []


Overfull \hbox (14.06262pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 811--812
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \references@refpar@pptt   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 812--813
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1280, 1282, 1301  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 821--822
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1967, 1986, 2041  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 840--842
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1442, 1448, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 840--842
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1451, 1457, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 840--842
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1460, 1656, 1660  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 847--848
[]$\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 , 1215, 2007  
 []

[87]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 873--875
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1105, 1113, 1860  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 880--881
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1336, 1337, 1475  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 895--896
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1249, 1276, 2008  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 897--899
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1529, 1595, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 897--899
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1596, 1847, 1958  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 929--930
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1328, 1331-- 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 929--930
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1333, 1641, 1647  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 937--939
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1420, 1969, 2049  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 943--945
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1233, 1235, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 943--945
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1239, 1243, 1244  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 945--947
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1223, 1346, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 945--947
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1347, $[]$, 1677  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 950--951
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1671, $[]$, 1679  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 951--953
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1189, 1208, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 951--953
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1211, 1223, 1225  
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1225, 1341, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1342, 1428, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1429, 1437, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1445, 1446, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1454, 1455, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1487, 1492, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1579, 1585, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 955--958
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1591, $[]$, 1678  
 []

[88]
Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 969--970
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1066, 1071, 1083  
 []


Overfull \hbox (18.78757pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 987--988
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \typeout@deluxetable@mss   |
 []


Overfull \hbox (18.78757pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 988--989
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \typeout@deluxetable@ppt   |
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 1022--1024
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1930, 1933, 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5726) in paragraph at lines 1022--1024
\OT1/cmr/m/n/9 1937, 1940, 1943  
 []

) [89] (aasclass.aux) )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
 687 strings out of 3926
 7187 string characters out of 65536
 95346 words of memory out of 192512
 3530 multiletter control sequences out of 10000
 14 hyphenation exceptions out of 3001
 31i,7n,21p,286b,1420s stack positions out of 200i,100n,120p,5000b,4000s

Output written on aasclass (89 pages, 323624 bytes).
elapsed seconds = 124.88

Textures 2.0.2 (preloaded format=plain 96.6.7)  20 JAN 1999 21:48
(aasclass (docstrip.tex
\blockLevel=\count26
\emptyLines=\count27
\processedLines=\count28
\commentsRemoved=\count29
\commentsPassed=\count30
\codeLinesPassed=\count31
\TotalprocessedLines=\count32
\TotalcommentsRemoved=\count33
\TotalcommentsPassed=\count34
\TotalcodeLinesPassed=\count35
\NumberOfFiles=\count36
\inFile=\read0
\inputcheck=\read1
\@tempcnta=\count37
\off@0=\count38
\off@1=\count39
\off@2=\count40
\off@3=\count41
\off@4=\count42
\off@5=\count43
\off@6=\count44
\off@7=\count45
\off@8=\count46
\off@9=\count47
\off@10=\count48
\off@11=\count49
\off@12=\count50
\off@13=\count51
\off@14=\count52
\off@15=\count53
\@temptokena=\toks12
\@maxfiles=\count54
\@maxoutfiles=\count55
Utility: `docstrip' 2.5b <1998/04/28>
English documentation    <1998/04/03>

**********************************************************
* This program converts documented macro-files into fast *
* loadable files by stripping off (nearly) all comments! *
**********************************************************

********************************************************
* No Configuration file found, using default settings. *
********************************************************

)

Generating file(s) aastex.cls aasclass.tex aasguide.tex aassymbols.tex sample.tex table.tex

Processing file aasclass.dtx (class) -> aastex.cls
                             (doc) -> aasclass.tex
                             (guide) -> aasguide.tex
			     (symbols) -> aassymbols.tex
                             (sample) -> sample.tex
                             (table) -> table.tex
File aasclass.dtx ended by \endinput.
Lines  processed: 9686
Comments removed: 3461
Comments  passed: 42
Codelines passed: 6142

***********************************************************
*
* To finish the installation, please move the following
* files into a directory searched by TeX:
*
*   aastex.cls
*
* To produce the user documentation, run aasguide.tex through LaTeX.
*
* To produce the AMS and AAS symbols crib sheet, run aassymbols.tex through LaTEX.
*
* To typeset the aastex sample documents, run sample.tex, sample2.tex, and samp
tbls.tex through LaTeX.
*
* To produce the programmer documentation, run aasclass.dtx through LaTeX.
*
* Happy TeXing
***********************************************************
No pages of output.
elapsed seconds = 46.72

Textures 2.0.2 (preloaded format=LaTeX R9P0 98.10.16)  23 JAN 1999 02:30
(aasguide
LaTeX2e <1998/06/01>
(aasguide.tex
File: aasguide.tex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
(aastex.cls
Document Class: aastex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
Class aastex Info: Original \LaTeX2.09 style by Chris Biemesderfer (chris@ferber
ts.com). Adapted to \LaTeXe by A. Ogawa (ogawa@teleport.com) on input line 74.
(article.cls
Document Class: article 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
(size10.clo
File: size10.clo 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
) (latexsym.sty
Package: latexsym 1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
\symlasy=\mathgroup4
LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `lasy' in version `bold'
(Font)                  U/lasy/m/n --> U/lasy/b/n on input line 85.
) (graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(keyval.sty
Package: keyval 1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
) (graphics.sty
Package: graphics 1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(trig.sty
Package: trig 1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
) (graphics.cfg)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: textures.def on input line 85.
(textures.def
File: textures.def 1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later
 (Arthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
) (amssymb.sty
Package: amssymb 1996/11/03 v2.2b
(amsfonts.sty
Package: amsfonts 1997/09/17 v2.2e
\@emptytoks=\toks15
\symAMSa=\mathgroup5
\symAMSb=\mathgroup6
LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathfrak' in version `bold'
(Font)                  U/euf/m/n --> U/euf/b/n on input line 133.
)) (natbib.sty
Package: natbib 1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
\bibhang=\skip43
\bibsep=\skip44
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cite on input line 467.
\c@NAT@ctr=\count87
) (verbatim.sty
Package: verbatim 1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
\every@verbatim=\toks16
\verbatim@line=\toks17
\verbatim@in@stream=\read1
)
\@slugcmmntwidth=\dimen105
\abstract@box=\box26
\c@editornote=\count88
\c@cureqno=\count89
\pt@box=\box27
\pt@width=\dimen106
\pt@line=\count90
\pt@column=\count91
\pt@nlines=\count92
\pt@ncol=\count93
\pt@page=\count94
\pt@tmpcapwidth=\dimen107
\c@plate=\count95
)
\@indexfile=\write3
Writing index file aasguide.idx
(shortvrb.sty
Package: shortvrb 1998/05/19 v2.0b Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)
)
Package shortvrb Info: Made | a short reference for \verb on input line 102.
(aasguide.aux)
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 170.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 170.
AAS 2-column preprint substyle, v5.0 <25 Sep 98>.
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+lasy on input line 172.
(ulasy.fd
File: ulasy.fd 1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info:    Font shape `U/lasy/b/n' in size <7> not available
(Font)              Font shape `U/lasy/m/n' tried instead on input line 172.
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+msa on input line 172.
(umsa.fd
File: umsa.fd 1995/01/05 v2.2e AMS font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+msb on input line 172.
(umsb.fd
File: umsb.fd 1995/01/05 v2.2e AMS font definitions
) (aasguide.toc
Underfull \hbox (badness 1675) in paragraph at lines 33--33
 [][] []\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Abbreviations for Jour-nal 
 []


Overfull \hbox (0.41202pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 42--42
 [][] []\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Using the \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \twocolumn \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Co
m- 
 []

[1


])
\tf@toc=\write4

Underfull \hbox (badness 3179) in paragraph at lines 204--209
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Information about ac-quir-ing the AAST[]X
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1796) in paragraph at lines 204--209
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 pack-age will be mailed to you elec-tron-i-cally
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1297) in paragraph at lines 204--209
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 if you send an empty e-mail mes-sage (some
 []


Overfull \hbox (57.47958pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 229--235
[][] 
 []


Overfull \hbox (1.29999pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 237--243
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The AAS pro-vides user sup-port for the AAST[]X
 []


Overfull \hbox (17.18939pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 237--243
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 tron-i-cally by send-ing e-mail to \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 aastex-help@
aas.org\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .[][] 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 3536) in paragraph at lines 255--255
[]\OT1/cmr/bx/n/10 Command De-scrip-tions for Jour-nal
 []

[2]
Overfull \hbox (11.4403pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 306--309
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The re-main-der of this sec-tion refers to manuscripts
 []


Overfull \hbox (34.9874pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 318--318
 [] \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \lower 0.5ex\hbox{${}\buildrel\lt\over\sim{}$}%[] 
 []


Overfull \hbox (6.35497pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 338--361
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \lower[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \rlap[]\OT1/cmr/
m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \kern[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \lineski
p[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \baselineskip[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,
 []

[3]
Overfull \hbox (25.97986pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 399--406
[][] 
 []


LaTeX Warning: Characters dropped after `\end{verbatim}' on input line 487.

[4]
Overfull \hbox (18.55078pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 557--563
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 It is up to the au-thor to make sure that []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \al
taffilmark[]
 []

[5]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1019) in paragraph at lines 644--664
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 the proper el-e-ments for as-sist-ing the ed-i-tors.
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1127) in paragraph at lines 644--664
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 en-vi-ron-ment (see Sec-tions 3.15[] and 5[]); in a
 []

[6]
Overfull \hbox (2.85645pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 824--828
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Authors should be aware that in the \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 manuscrip
t[]
 []


Overfull \hbox (7.1341pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 831--838
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 This sec-tion de-scribes the use of the \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 delux
etable
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1142) in paragraph at lines 839--847
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 deluxetable[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 en-vi-ron-m
ent is de-lim-ited
 []


Overfull \hbox (16.66133pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 882--891
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (11pt), the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \footnotesize[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (
10pt) or the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \scriptsize[]
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1394) in paragraph at lines 897--909
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The width of a delux-etable is de-fined by
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 3612) in paragraph at lines 910--921
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 num-ber-ing within the \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 deluxetable \OT1/cmr/m/n
/10 en-vi-ron-
 []

[7]
Overfull \hbox (3.66202pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 949--970
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Column head-ings are spec-i-fied with []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tabl
ehead[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .
 []


Overfull \hbox (1.81458pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 971--982
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 pro-duced by []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tablehead[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 or 
other L[]T[]Xcommands
 []


Overfull \hbox (64.80882pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1040--1049
[][] 
 []

[8]
Underfull \hbox (badness 2165) in paragraph at lines 1158--1160
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Tabular in-for-ma-tion is type-set within the
 []

[9]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1005) in paragraph at lines 1202--1213
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 to []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tablenum[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 is used as the
 ta-ble iden-ti-fier.
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1418) in paragraph at lines 1269--1272
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Two op-tions are avail-able for sym-bol-i-cally
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1072) in paragraph at lines 1269--1272
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 dard L[]T[]X method and the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 natbib \OT1/cmr/m
/n/10 pack-age
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 2753) in paragraph at lines 1336--1348
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Clusters of galax-ies dis-play X-ray
 []

[10]
Underfull \hbox (badness 2376) in paragraph at lines 1428--1436
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 mul-ti-ple ci-ta-tion keys, e.g., []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \citep[]{sa
ra86,
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1314) in paragraph at lines 1428--1436
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 odea97,[]maoz95} \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 will pro-duce ``(Sarazin 198
6;
 []


Overfull \hbox (17.03613pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1439--1443
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \citet[]*[[]][[]]{[]} 
 []


Overfull \hbox (17.03613pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1439--1443
\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \citep[]*[[]][[]]{[]} 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1565) in paragraph at lines 1467--1480
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 mech-a-nism as-so-ciates ci-ta-tions and ref-er-ences
 []

[11]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1019) in paragraph at lines 1516--1525
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The AAST[]X class uses the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 natbib \OT1/cmr/
m/n/10 pack-
 []


Overfull \hbox (30.9122pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1570--1613
 [] 
 []


Overfull \hbox (1.94704pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1626--1626
 []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \figcaption[[]]{[]\label{[]}}[] 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 3128) in paragraph at lines 1643--1649
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 manuscript is be-ing sub-mit-ted elec-tron-i-cally.
 []

[12] [13]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1394) in paragraph at lines 1750--1790
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 bols avail-able in AAST[]X. If you wish to
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1728) in paragraph at lines 1750--1790
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 use any of these sym-bols, you must ob-tain
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 4144) in paragraph at lines 1750--1790
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 avail-able from CTAN: ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-
 []

[14]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1314) in paragraph at lines 1890--1904
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 tures, OzT[]X, and CMacT[]X for Mac-in-tosh,
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1742) in paragraph at lines 1890--1904
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Win-dows, and, on UNIX com-put-ers, \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 dvips\OT1/c
mr/m/n/10 .
 []


Overfull \hbox (22.93831pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1890--1904
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 T[]XLive CD, see []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 http://www.tug.org/texlive.h
tml\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .
 []


Overfull \hbox (8.66833pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1916--1916
 []      \OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 {[]}{[]}{[]}{[]}{[]}[] 
 []

[15]
Overfull \hbox (11.05083pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 1942--1948
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 For the ad-ven-ture-some, there is also []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \pl
otfiddle[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1142) in paragraph at lines 2006--2014
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 A []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 flushrt.sty \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 file op-tion 
is avail-able for
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1609) in paragraph at lines 2045--2047
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \singlespace[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 sets the ver-ti-cal spac-ing t
o a
 []

[16]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1838) in paragraph at lines 2095--2099
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The pre-ced-ing de-tailed ex-pla-na-tion of the
 []


Overfull \hbox (0.93925pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2105--2114
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 A more com-pre-hen-sive ex-am-ple re-quir-ing nearly
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1325) in paragraph at lines 2105--2114
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 has three ta-bles: two marked up us-ing the
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1014) in paragraph at lines 2115--2120
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ta-bles are con-tained in the files []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 table1.te
x\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1490) in paragraph at lines 2115--2120
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 table2.tex\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 table3.tex\OT1
/cmr/m/n/10 , and []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 complext.tex\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 .
 []

[17]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1558) in paragraph at lines 2171--2173
\OT1/cmr/m/it/10 Com-mand Sum-mary \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (Prov-i-dence, RI: T[]X
 []

LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for OMS+cmr on input line 2215.

(omscmr.fd
File: omscmr.fd 1998/03/27 v2.5g Standard LaTeX font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info:    Font shape `OMS/cmr/m/n' in size <10> not available
(Font)              Font shape `OMS/cmsy/m/n' tried instead on input line 2215.

Underfull \hbox (badness 1087) in paragraph at lines 2219--2224
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 takes care of hy-phen-ation au-to-mat-i-cally.
 []

! Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup.
l.2242 ...\verb`\}`---end group}
                                .
? 

Underfull \hbox (badness 1394) in paragraph at lines 2259--2268
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 the equa-tion be-tween []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \[[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 a
nd []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \][] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 com-mands,
 []

[18]
Underfull \hbox (badness 1990) in paragraph at lines 2301--2312
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The \OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 deluxetable[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 en-vi-ron-m
ent is in-tended
 []


Overfull \hbox (27.21739pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2313--2317
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Notes in ta-bles should be marked by []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \table
notemark[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ;
 []


Overfull \hbox (19.93968pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2313--2317
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 cor-re-spond-ing text should ap-pear in a []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \ta
blenotetext[]
 []


Overfull \hbox (20.81256pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2334--2334
 []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/9 \tablecaption{This is a caption.\label{tab1}}[] 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 2361--2369
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 type-set-ting []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 CTAN://[]macros/[]latex/[]packa
ges/
 []


Overfull \hbox (2.5793pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2388--2393
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 manuscripts that will be sub-mit-ted electronically---
 []

[19]
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for OML+cmr on input line 2410.

(omlcmr.fd
File: omlcmr.fd 1998/03/27 v2.5g Standard LaTeX font definitions
)
LaTeX Font Info:    Font shape `OML/cmr/m/n' in size <10> not available
(Font)              Font shape `OML/cmm/m/it' tried instead on input line 2410.

Overfull \hbox (15.18954pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2409--2416
 [] 
 []

! Missing { inserted.
<inserted text> 
                {
l.2441 ...erb`\}`---end group} &
                                 &
? 

Overfull \hbox (85.96729pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2432--2444
 [] 
 []


Overfull \hbox (5.38377pt too wide) detected at line 2629
[]
 []


Overfull \hbox (54.88292pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2672--2737
 [] 
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1210) in paragraph at lines 2794--2798
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 mented in Sec-tion E.3[]), ex-cept that you do
 []

[20]
Overfull \hbox (3.27318pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2808--2809
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 style op-tion, if used, with the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 preprint2
 []

[21] [22]
Underfull \hbox (badness 2680) in paragraph at lines 2826--2828
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Replace any []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \lefthead[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 com
-mand with
 []


Overfull \hbox (7.85611pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2835--2836
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \markcite[]{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (Headroom
 []


Overfull \hbox (2.7778pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2843--2844
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \reference[]{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/it/10 reference
 []


Overfull \hbox (51.45876pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2847--2848
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \bibitem[][[]]{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/it/10 reference
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1783) in paragraph at lines 2865--2868
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 means that V5.0 can-not be run un-der
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 2351) in paragraph at lines 2909--2912
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 land-scape ori-en-ta-tion by us-ing the
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 5563) in paragraph at lines 2913--2918
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \\[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , the com-mands []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \table
vspace[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,
 []

[23]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 2924--2926
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Hypertext-oriented com-mands []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \anchor[]\OT1/
cmr/m/n/10 ,
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 3482) in paragraph at lines 2929--2931
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The data com-mands []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \shorttitle[] \OT1/cmr/m
/n/10 and
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 6032) in paragraph at lines 2929--2931
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \shortauthors[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 re-place []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \
lefthead[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 and
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 3849) in paragraph at lines 2939--2944
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 com-mands []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tablevspace[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 , []\
OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \tablebreak[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 ,
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 3482) in paragraph at lines 2945--2948
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The data com-mands []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \shorttitle[] \OT1/cmr/m
/n/10 and
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 6032) in paragraph at lines 2945--2948
[]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \shortauthors[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 re-place []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \
lefthead[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 and
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1142) in paragraph at lines 2962--2964
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The com-mand []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \markcite[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 is
 dep-re-cated.
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1142) in paragraph at lines 2966--2968
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 The com-mand []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \SGMLcite[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 is
 dep-re-cated.
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 1275) in paragraph at lines 2975--2976
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Replace your []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \documentstyle[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/
10 state-ment
 []


Overfull \hbox (3.27318pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 2984--2986
\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 style op-tion, if used, with the []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 preprint2
 []


Underfull \hbox (badness 2680) in paragraph at lines 3004--3006
[]\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Replace any []\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \lefthead[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 com
-mand with
 []

[24]
Overfull \hbox (7.85611pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 3027--3028
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \markcite[]{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 (Headroom
 []


Overfull \hbox (2.7778pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 3035--3036
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \reference[]{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/it/10 reference
 []


Overfull \hbox (51.45876pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 3039--3040
[][]\OT1/cmtt/m/n/10 \bibitem[][[]]{[]}\OT1/cmr/m/it/10 reference
 []

(aasguide.ind [25]
! Undefined control sequence.
l.95 ...X\ Archive Network, \see
                                 CTAN{2}
? 
 [26

] [27] [28] [29] [30]) (aasguide.aux)

 *File List*
  aastex.cls    1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
 article.cls    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
  size10.clo    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
latexsym.sty    1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
graphicx.sty    1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
  keyval.sty    1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
graphics.sty    1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
    trig.sty    1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
graphics.cfg
textures.def    1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later (A
rthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
 amssymb.sty    1996/11/03 v2.2b
amsfonts.sty    1997/09/17 v2.2e
  natbib.sty    1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
verbatim.sty    1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
shortvrb.sty    1998/05/19 v2.0b Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)
   ulasy.fd    1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
    umsa.fd    1995/01/05 v2.2e AMS font definitions
    umsb.fd    1995/01/05 v2.2e AMS font definitions
  omscmr.fd    1998/03/27 v2.5g Standard LaTeX font definitions
  omlcmr.fd    1998/03/27 v2.5g Standard LaTeX font definitions
aasguide.ind
 ***********

 )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
 1876 strings out of 3926
 18884 string characters out of 65536
 95730 words of memory out of 200704
 4653 multiletter control sequences out of 10000
 15 hyphenation exceptions out of 3001
 33i,15n,26p,322b,419s stack positions out of 200i,100n,120p,5000b,4000s

Output written on aasguide (30 pages, 146198 bytes).
elapsed seconds = 62.18

Textures 2.0.2 (preloaded format=LaTeX R9P0 98.10.16)  20 JAN 1999 23:13
(sample1
LaTeX2e <1998/06/01>
(sample.tex
File: sample.tex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
(aastex.cls
Document Class: aastex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
Class aastex Info: Original \LaTeX2.09 style by Chris Biemesderfer (chris@ferber
ts.com). Adapted to \LaTeXe by A. Ogawa (ogawa@teleport.com) on input line 68.
(article.cls
Document Class: article 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
(size12.clo
File: size12.clo 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
) (latexsym.sty
Package: latexsym 1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
\symlasy=\mathgroup4
LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `lasy' in version `bold'
(Font)                  U/lasy/m/n --> U/lasy/b/n on input line 85.
) (graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(keyval.sty
Package: keyval 1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
) (graphics.sty
Package: graphics 1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(trig.sty
Package: trig 1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
) (graphics.cfg)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: textures.def on input line 85.
(textures.def
File: textures.def 1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later
 (Arthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
) (amsmath.sty
Package: amsmath 1997/03/20 v1.2d AMS math features
\@mathmargin=\skip43
(amstext.sty
Package: amstext 1996/10/28 v1.2b
(amsgen.sty
File: amsgen 1996/10/29 v1.2b
\@emptytoks=\toks15
\ex@=\dimen105
)) (amsbsy.sty
Package: amsbsy 1996/10/28 v1.2b
\pmbraise@=\dimen106
) (amsopn.sty
Package: amsopn 1996/10/28 v1.2b operator names
)
LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 188.
\uproot@=\count87
\leftroot@=\count88
\classnum@=\count89
\DOTSCASE@=\count90
LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 335.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 418.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 422.
\Mathstrutbox@=\box26
\strutbox@=\box27
\big@size=\dimen107
LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 500.
LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 501.
\skewcharcount@=\count91
\familycount@=\count92
\pointcount@=\count93
\accentdimen@=\dimen108
\accentmu@=\count94
\minaw@=\dimen109
\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count95
\dotsspace@=\muskip10
\c@parentequation=\count96
\dspbrk@lvl=\count97
\tag@help=\toks16
\row@=\count98
\column@=\count99
\maxfields@=\count100
\andhelp@=\toks17
\eqnshift@=\dimen110
\alignsep@=\dimen111
\tagshift@=\dimen112
\tagwidth@=\dimen113
\totwidth@=\dimen114
\lineht@=\dimen115
\@envbody=\toks18
\multlinegap=\skip44
\multlinetaggap=\skip45
) (natbib.sty
Package: natbib 1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
\bibhang=\skip46
\bibsep=\skip47
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cite on input line 467.
\c@NAT@ctr=\count101
) (verbatim.sty
Package: verbatim 1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
\every@verbatim=\toks19
\verbatim@line=\toks20
\verbatim@in@stream=\read1
)
\@slugcmmntwidth=\dimen116
\abstract@box=\box28
\c@editornote=\count102
\c@cureqno=\count103
\pt@box=\box29
\pt@width=\dimen117
\pt@line=\count104
\pt@column=\count105
\pt@nlines=\count106
\pt@ncol=\count107
\pt@page=\count108
\pt@tmpcapwidth=\dimen118
\c@plate=\count109
) (sample1.aux)
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 65.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 65.
AAS manuscript substyle, v5.0 <25 Sep 98>.

Class aastex Warning: Command \authoremail is deprecated in aastex V 5.0. Using 
\email instead (please fix your document).  on input line 70.

[1

]
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+lasy on input line 97.
(ulasy.fd
File: ulasy.fd 1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
) [2

] [3] [4

] (sample1.aux)

 *File List*
  aastex.cls    1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
 article.cls    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
  size12.clo    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
latexsym.sty    1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
graphicx.sty    1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
  keyval.sty    1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
graphics.sty    1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
    trig.sty    1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
graphics.cfg
textures.def    1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later (A
rthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
 amsmath.sty    1997/03/20 v1.2d AMS math features
 amstext.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b
  amsgen.sty    
  amsbsy.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b
  amsopn.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b operator names
  natbib.sty    1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
verbatim.sty    1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
   ulasy.fd    1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
 ***********

 )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
 1909 strings out of 3926
 19413 string characters out of 65536
 72809 words of memory out of 169984
 4744 multiletter control sequences out of 10000
 14 hyphenation exceptions out of 3001
 35i,8n,23p,263b,265s stack positions out of 200i,100n,120p,5000b,4000s

Output written on sample1 (4 pages, 3183 bytes).
elapsed seconds = 13.10

Textures 2.0.2 (preloaded format=LaTeX R9P0 98.10.16)  20 JAN 1999 23:15
(sample2
LaTeX2e <1998/06/01>
(sample2.tex
File: sample2.tex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
(aastex.cls
Document Class: aastex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
Class aastex Info: Original \LaTeX2.09 style by Chris Biemesderfer (chris@ferber
ts.com). Adapted to \LaTeXe by A. Ogawa (ogawa@teleport.com) on input line 68.
(article.cls
Document Class: article 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
(size12.clo
File: size12.clo 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
) (latexsym.sty
Package: latexsym 1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
\symlasy=\mathgroup4
LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `lasy' in version `bold'
(Font)                  U/lasy/m/n --> U/lasy/b/n on input line 85.
) (graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(keyval.sty
Package: keyval 1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
) (graphics.sty
Package: graphics 1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(trig.sty
Package: trig 1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
) (graphics.cfg)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: textures.def on input line 85.
(textures.def
File: textures.def 1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later
 (Arthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
) (amsmath.sty
Package: amsmath 1997/03/20 v1.2d AMS math features
\@mathmargin=\skip43
(amstext.sty
Package: amstext 1996/10/28 v1.2b
(amsgen.sty
File: amsgen 1996/10/29 v1.2b
\@emptytoks=\toks15
\ex@=\dimen105
)) (amsbsy.sty
Package: amsbsy 1996/10/28 v1.2b
\pmbraise@=\dimen106
) (amsopn.sty
Package: amsopn 1996/10/28 v1.2b operator names
)
LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 188.
\uproot@=\count87
\leftroot@=\count88
\classnum@=\count89
\DOTSCASE@=\count90
LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 335.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 418.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 422.
\Mathstrutbox@=\box26
\strutbox@=\box27
\big@size=\dimen107
LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 500.
LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 501.
\skewcharcount@=\count91
\familycount@=\count92
\pointcount@=\count93
\accentdimen@=\dimen108
\accentmu@=\count94
\minaw@=\dimen109
\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count95
\dotsspace@=\muskip10
\c@parentequation=\count96
\dspbrk@lvl=\count97
\tag@help=\toks16
\row@=\count98
\column@=\count99
\maxfields@=\count100
\andhelp@=\toks17
\eqnshift@=\dimen110
\alignsep@=\dimen111
\tagshift@=\dimen112
\tagwidth@=\dimen113
\totwidth@=\dimen114
\lineht@=\dimen115
\@envbody=\toks18
\multlinegap=\skip44
\multlinetaggap=\skip45
) (natbib.sty
Package: natbib 1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
\bibhang=\skip46
\bibsep=\skip47
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cite on input line 467.
\c@NAT@ctr=\count101
) (verbatim.sty
Package: verbatim 1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
\every@verbatim=\toks19
\verbatim@line=\toks20
\verbatim@in@stream=\read1
)
\@slugcmmntwidth=\dimen116
\abstract@box=\box28
\c@editornote=\count102
\c@cureqno=\count103
\pt@box=\box29
\pt@width=\dimen117
\pt@line=\count104
\pt@column=\count105
\pt@nlines=\count106
\pt@ncol=\count107
\pt@page=\count108
\pt@tmpcapwidth=\dimen118
\c@plate=\count109
) (sample2.aux)
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 145.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 145.
AAS manuscript substyle, v5.0 <25 Sep 98>.
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+lasy on input line 150.
(ulasy.fd
File: ulasy.fd 1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
) [1

] [2

] [3] [4] [5] [6]
Overfull \hbox (29.01564pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 436--445
 [][] 
 []


Overfull \hbox (29.01564pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 457--457
 []$[]$ 
 []


Overfull \hbox (29.01564pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 457--457
 []$[]$ 
 []


Overfull \hbox (29.01564pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 457--457
 []$[]$ 
 []


Overfull \hbox (29.01564pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 457--457
 []$[]$ 
 []


Overfull \hbox (29.01564pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 457--457
 []$[]$ 
 []

Table 1 has been set to width 498.77063pt
[7]
Page 1 of table 2 has been set to width 424.88113pt with 23 lines per page 
[8] [9]
Page 2 of table 2 has been set to width 438.58932pt with 23 lines per page 
[10]
Page 3 of table 2 has been set to width 427.9186pt with 23 lines per page 
[11]
Page 4 of table 2 has been set to width 426.20332pt with 23 lines per page 
[12]
Page 5 of table 2 has been set to width 421.53383pt with 23 lines per page 
[13]
Table 2 has been set to width 438.2089pt
[14] [15








] [16

] (sample2.aux)

 *File List*
  aastex.cls    1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
 article.cls    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
  size12.clo    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
latexsym.sty    1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
graphicx.sty    1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
  keyval.sty    1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
graphics.sty    1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
    trig.sty    1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
graphics.cfg
textures.def    1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later (A
rthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
 amsmath.sty    1997/03/20 v1.2d AMS math features
 amstext.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b
  amsgen.sty    
  amsbsy.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b
  amsopn.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b operator names
  natbib.sty    1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
verbatim.sty    1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
   ulasy.fd    1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
 ***********

 )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
 1937 strings out of 3926
 19626 string characters out of 65536
 84103 words of memory out of 169984
 4769 multiletter control sequences out of 10000
 14 hyphenation exceptions out of 3001
 35i,18n,24p,422b,491s stack positions out of 200i,100n,120p,5000b,4000s

Output written on sample2 (16 pages, 30435 bytes).
elapsed seconds = 17.47

Textures 2.0.2 (preloaded format=LaTeX R9P0 98.10.16)  20 JAN 1999 23:17
(samptbls
LaTeX2e <1998/06/01>
(samptbls.tex
File: samptbls.tex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
(aastex.cls
Document Class: aastex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
Class aastex Info: Original \LaTeX2.09 style by Chris Biemesderfer (chris@ferber
ts.com). Adapted to \LaTeXe by A. Ogawa (ogawa@teleport.com) on input line 68.
(article.cls
Document Class: article 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
(size12.clo
File: size12.clo 1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
)
\c@part=\count79
\c@section=\count80
\c@subsection=\count81
\c@subsubsection=\count82
\c@paragraph=\count83
\c@subparagraph=\count84
\c@figure=\count85
\c@table=\count86
\abovecaptionskip=\skip41
\belowcaptionskip=\skip42
\bibindent=\dimen102
) (latexsym.sty
Package: latexsym 1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
\symlasy=\mathgroup4
LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `lasy' in version `bold'
(Font)                  U/lasy/m/n --> U/lasy/b/n on input line 85.
) (graphicx.sty
Package: graphicx 1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(keyval.sty
Package: keyval 1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
\KV@toks@=\toks14
) (graphics.sty
Package: graphics 1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
(trig.sty
Package: trig 1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
) (graphics.cfg)
Package graphics Info: Driver file: textures.def on input line 85.
(textures.def
File: textures.def 1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later
 (Arthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
))
\Gin@req@height=\dimen103
\Gin@req@width=\dimen104
) (amsmath.sty
Package: amsmath 1997/03/20 v1.2d AMS math features
\@mathmargin=\skip43
(amstext.sty
Package: amstext 1996/10/28 v1.2b
(amsgen.sty
File: amsgen 1996/10/29 v1.2b
\@emptytoks=\toks15
\ex@=\dimen105
)) (amsbsy.sty
Package: amsbsy 1996/10/28 v1.2b
\pmbraise@=\dimen106
) (amsopn.sty
Package: amsopn 1996/10/28 v1.2b operator names
)
LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 188.
\uproot@=\count87
\leftroot@=\count88
\classnum@=\count89
\DOTSCASE@=\count90
LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 335.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 418.
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 422.
\Mathstrutbox@=\box26
\strutbox@=\box27
\big@size=\dimen107
LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 500.
LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 501.
\skewcharcount@=\count91
\familycount@=\count92
\pointcount@=\count93
\accentdimen@=\dimen108
\accentmu@=\count94
\minaw@=\dimen109
\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count95
\dotsspace@=\muskip10
\c@parentequation=\count96
\dspbrk@lvl=\count97
\tag@help=\toks16
\row@=\count98
\column@=\count99
\maxfields@=\count100
\andhelp@=\toks17
\eqnshift@=\dimen110
\alignsep@=\dimen111
\tagshift@=\dimen112
\tagwidth@=\dimen113
\totwidth@=\dimen114
\lineht@=\dimen115
\@envbody=\toks18
\multlinegap=\skip44
\multlinetaggap=\skip45
) (natbib.sty
Package: natbib 1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
\bibhang=\skip46
\bibsep=\skip47
LaTeX Info: Redefining \cite on input line 467.
\c@NAT@ctr=\count101
) (verbatim.sty
Package: verbatim 1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
\every@verbatim=\toks19
\verbatim@line=\toks20
\verbatim@in@stream=\read1
)
\@slugcmmntwidth=\dimen116
\abstract@box=\box28
\c@editornote=\count102
\c@cureqno=\count103
\pt@box=\box29
\pt@width=\dimen117
\pt@line=\count104
\pt@column=\count105
\pt@nlines=\count106
\pt@ncol=\count107
\pt@page=\count108
\pt@tmpcapwidth=\dimen118
\c@plate=\count109
) (samptbls.aux (table1.aux) (table2.aux) (table3.aux) (complext.aux))
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 70.
LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 70.
AAS manuscript substyle, v5.0 <25 Sep 98>.
(table1.tex
File: table1.tex 1999/01/22 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+lasy on input line 73.
(ulasy.fd
File: ulasy.fd 1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
)
Overfull \hbox (28.88113pt too wide) in alignment at lines 73--94
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 1 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[1]
Overfull \hbox (42.58932pt too wide) in alignment at lines 94--114
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 2 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[2]

Class aastex Warning: Command \tablebreak is deprecated in aastex V 5.0. Using \
\ instead (please fix your document).  on input line 133.


Overfull \hbox (28.54768pt too wide) in alignment at lines 114--134
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 3 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[3]
Overfull \hbox (22.67274pt too wide) in alignment at lines 134--154
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 4 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[4]
Overfull \hbox (32.13792pt too wide) in alignment at lines 154--174
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 5 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[5]
Overfull \hbox (22.67274pt too wide) in alignment at lines 174--194
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 6 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[6]
Overfull \hbox (22.67274pt too wide) in alignment at lines 194--214
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 7 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[7]
Overfull \hbox (47.96555pt too wide) in alignment at lines 214--234
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 8 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[8]
Overfull \hbox (26.39375pt too wide) in alignment at lines 234--254
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 9 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[9]

Class aastex Warning: Command \tablebreak is deprecated in aastex V 5.0. Using \
\ instead (please fix your document).  on input line 255.


Overfull \hbox (30.20332pt too wide) in alignment at lines 254--274
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 10 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[10]
Overfull \hbox (35.85893pt too wide) in alignment at lines 274--294
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 11 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[11]
Overfull \hbox (30.20332pt too wide) in alignment at lines 294--314
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Page 12 of table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[12]
Overfull \hbox (51.67407pt too wide) in alignment at lines 314--345
[][][][][][][][][][][]
 []

Table 1 has been set to width 396.0pt
) [13] (table2.tex
File: table2.tex 1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
Page 1 of table 2 has been set to width 358.29579pt with 23 lines per page 
[14]
Page 2 of table 2 has been set to width 358.29579pt with 23 lines per page 
[15]
Page 3 of table 2 has been set to width 366.29016pt with 23 lines per page 
[16]
Page 4 of table 2 has been set to width 350.48625pt with 23 lines per page 
[17]
Table 2 has been set to width 355.84999pt
) [18] (table3.tex
File: table3.tex 1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class

Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment at lines 71--92
[][][][][]
 []

Page 1 of table 3 has been set to width 324.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[19]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment at lines 92--112
[][][][][]
 []

Page 2 of table 3 has been set to width 324.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[20]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment at lines 112--132
[][][][][]
 []

Page 3 of table 3 has been set to width 324.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[21]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment at lines 132--152
[][][][][]
 []

Page 4 of table 3 has been set to width 324.0pt with 23 lines per page 
[22]
Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment at lines 152--166
[][][][][]
 []

Table 3 has been set to width 324.0pt
) [23] (complext.tex
File: complext.tex 1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
Table 4 has been set to width 405.92818pt
) [24] (samptbls.aux (table1.aux) (table2.aux) (table3.aux) (complext.aux))

 *File List*
  aastex.cls    1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
 article.cls    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX document class
  size12.clo    1998/05/05 v1.3y Standard LaTeX file (size option)
latexsym.sty    1996/11/20 v2.2d Standard LaTeX package (lasy symbols)
graphicx.sty    1997/06/09 v1.0d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
  keyval.sty    1998/06/05 v1.11 key=value parser (DPC)
graphics.sty    1998/05/27 v1.0h Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)
    trig.sty    1994/10/16 v1.08 sin cos tan (DPC)
graphics.cfg
textures.def    1997/5/28 v0.4 Graphics extensions for Textures 1.7 and later (A
rthur Ogawa/ogawa@teleport.com)
 amsmath.sty    1997/03/20 v1.2d AMS math features
 amstext.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b
  amsgen.sty    
  amsbsy.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b
  amsopn.sty    1996/10/28 v1.2b operator names
  natbib.sty    1998/07/14 6.8c (PWD)
verbatim.sty    1997/04/30 v1.5k LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements
  table1.tex    1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
   ulasy.fd    1996/11/20 v2.2dLaTeX symbol font definitions
  table2.tex    1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
  table3.tex    1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
complext.tex    1999/01/20 5.0rc2 AAS markup document class
 ***********

 )
Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:
 1977 strings out of 3926
 19844 string characters out of 65536
 80327 words of memory out of 169984
 4746 multiletter control sequences out of 10000
 14 hyphenation exceptions out of 3001
 35i,12n,24p,264b,455s stack positions out of 200i,100n,120p,5000b,4000s

Output written on samptbls (24 pages, 52470 bytes).
elapsed seconds = 27.12
\par
}